Catalog: Hazardous Location

Hazardous Location
Catalog
North America
Product Portfolio
Contents
Hazardous Location
Heavy Duty Connectors RockStar® Heat Trace Connector Introduction 4
Heat Trace Connector 6
Non-Incendive Barriers Non-Incendive Barrier Terminal Block 8
MC6-Current Limiter 10
Relays and Optos picoPak MC5O Solenoid Driver 12
WaveSeries MPI-Opto High Speed Optocoupler 14
DELCON Series Relays Overview 16
EXI-series Input Modules 18
EXO-series Output Modules 20
MIS/MOS-series Rail Mountable Bases 23
MICROSERIES C1D2 Relays 24
Accessories 27
Analog Signal Conditioners picoPak I - I 4-20mA Isolator
™
28
WavePak Loop Splitter 30
ACT20X Overview 33
Current Supply Isolator 36
Current Output Isolator 38
Temperature Transducer 40
Universal Signal Converter 42
Universal Signal Isolating Transformer 44
NAMUR Isolating Switching Amplifier 46
Solenoid Driver 50
ACT20M Overview 54
Signal Splitter 56
Signal Converter 58
Signal Isolator 59
Universal Measuring Transducer 60
Passive Isolator 61
Signal Converter and Splitter 63
ACT20 Power-feed Module for CH20M DIN-Rail Bus 64
CH20M Rail Bus 66
Accessories 67
MICROSERIES Overview 68
Supply Isolator 70
Signal Isolator/Converter 72
DC/DC 3-way Isolator 75
WAVESERIES 76
WAVE TTA Universal Signal Converter and Trip Amplifier 76
ITXPlus Universal Signal Converter 80
Configurable DC/DC 3-way Isolator 82
USB Configuration Adapter 84
DC/DC 3-way Isolator 86
1
Analog Signal Conditioners (continued) DC/DC 2-way Isolator 87
DC/DC Passive Isolator 88
RTD Signal Isolator/Converter 89
Temperature Measuring Transducer 90
Frequency Signal Isolator/Converter 93
Current Measuring Transducer 95
Displays Process Value Displays 96
DI350 with LED Display 96
LPD350 with LCD Display 98
LPD405F with LCD Display 100
Power Supplies Power Delivery Products Overview 102
INSTAPOWER 103
PRO-H Series 104
connectPower 108
Electronic Circuit Protection – ESX10-T 116
Surge Protection Devices MTL Overview 124
SD Series 126
SLP Series 133
MA15 Series 134
TP48 Series 135
Industrial Ethernet Active Components Overview 136
Switches Overview 138
Switches Quick Finder Chart 140
Unmanaged Switches 144
Managed Switches 148
Media Converter 158
Serial/Ethernet Converter 160
SFP Modules 162
Accessories 163
Industrial Wireless Products Product Overview 164
Application Notes 167
Wireless Meshing I/O and Gateway Unit 168
Unidirectional Transmitter/Receiver Units 171
Multi-I/O Units 176
Expansion I/O Units 181
Transmitter (Single Sensor Units) 186
Wireless Gateways 190
Wireless Data Modems 195
Specialty Enclosures 202
Pre-configured Wireless Enclosures 203
Selection Guide of Wireless Accessories 205
Accessories
Antennas 208
Cables 220
WLAN Antennas 221
Cables 223
Hardware 224
Accessories Mounting Rails and End Brackets 227
2
Weidmuller Catalogs at a Glance
Catalog 1: Catalog 5:
Modular Terminal Blocks Enclosures and Cable Glands
• P-Series (Push-in) • Stud Style (Screw clamp) • Enclosures
• I-Series (IDC) • Z-Series (Tension clamp) • Cable Glands
• Power Distribution • W-Series (Screw clamp) • Cabtite (Cable Entry System)
Blocks and Fuse Blocks
PCB Terminals and Connectors Tools
• Space Saving Technologies • Cutting • Automatic Machines
• Wide Variety of Clamping Technologies • Stripping • Ferrules
• Pitches Ranging from 3.50 mm to 15.00 mm • Crimping
• Orientations Ranging from 90˚ to 270˚ • Screwdrivers
RockStar®– Heavy Duty Connectors Marking Systems
• Inserts • Terminal Markers
• Modular System • Wire and Cable Markers
• Housings IP65 and IP68 • Device and Equipment Markers
• Cable Glands • Printing Systems and Software
Catalog 4.1: Catalog 8:

Analog Signal Conditioning Sensor Actuator Interface
• Intrinsically Safe Conditioners • SAI Passive Blocks • JACKPAC® IP67
• Signal Converters and Monitoring Devices • SAI Universal
• Indicators and Configurable Displays • SAI ASI
• Fieldbus Distribution Boxes • Cables and Connectors

Relays and Optocouplers Industrial Ethernet
• Mechanical Relays • Unmanaged Switches • SteadyTEC®
• Solid-State (opto) Relays • Managed Switches • IE Connectors
• Power Solid-State Relays • Routers • Accessories
• Multifunction Relays and Timers • Media Converters

Power Delivery Industrial Connectivity
• Power Supplies • Short Form Catalog
• UPS control units/battery back up units • Product Overview
• AC outlet DIN-Rail Mountable Receptacles

Surge Protection Circuit and Surge Protection
• Surge Protection for Low-Voltage • Circuit Breakers
• Surge Protection for Instrumentation and Control • Overvoltage Protection
• Surge Protection for Data Interfaces • AC Receptacles
• Surge Protection for Photovoltaic Systems • GFCI Outlets

Interface Units and PLC Solutions Wireless I/O and Ethernet Connectivity
• Interface Units • Wireless I/O and Ethernet
• PLC Interfaces – H-, R- and S-System • Wireless Gateways
• Byte Precabling Solution • Wireless Transceivers
• Antennas and Accessories
3
Introduction
RockStar® Heat Trace Connector
The temperature in an oil pipeline system must not fall below a specific limit, even
when operating in harsh Arctic conditions, in order to ensure the smooth flow
of oil. Pipelines are therefore equipped with heaters which must be connected
to each other in a simple, safe and durable manner. Weidmuller has designed a
connector with a CSA-approved temperature range from –50 °C to +60 °C. The
coaxial design makes it easy to connect the connector elements in any position
(360°). The inserts can be wired using the reliable screw connection. A snap
closure secures the connection. It can also be easily released using a screwdriver.
This provides long-term protection against an accidental opening.
The benefits for you:
• Two-piece construction helps save you time and money during installation
• Coaxial design for maximum 360° pluggability: can be plugged in without a
complex alignment process or rotation
• Caps provide IP 67 protection even when unplugged
High quality
Housing made from high-grade
tin-plated aluminium.
4
Introduction
Sturdy
Sturdy spiral spring contacts ensure a long-term,
reliable electrical connection.
Color coded
Simplified assignment using color-coded inserts
and caps.
5
Heat Trace Connector
Weidmuller Heat Trace Connector for the process and oil industry
Weidmuller presents the new and innovative Heat Trace

Connector for use in the process industry, and applications
within the harsh outdoor environments in the oil industry.
Our Heat Trace Connector is designed to connect heat trace
MI cables securely, reliably and efficiently.
Product advantages are:

• Coaxial connector design with 360 degree coil spring
interconnects approved for MIL spec applications
• Redundant sealing system providing IP67 protection class
• Vibration and corrosion proof clamping yoke elements as
found in standard Weidmuller connectivity products
• Integrated grounding system
• Corrosion and impact resistant single piece housing
• Standard tooling installation and operation: flat blade
screwdriver only, no crimp tool required
• CSA Class1 Division2/Zone2 approval, T6 temperature
code, -50C to +60C
6
The Weidmuller Heat Trace Connector is designed to provide a maximum level of

customer value:
• Designed to be used in a wide range of ambient temperatures from
–50 °C to +60 °C
• The T6 temperature code allows for diverse fields of application
• Available with two-poles, 14–8 AWG, rated at 35 A, 600 V AC, plus • Simple flat blade screwdriver release of latches
integrated PE (ground) • Coaxial design allows for 360 degrees of mating flexibility (no complicated
• Lightweight yet robust, the connector housing is made of a luminum alloy alignment or rotational movement is required during installation)
with protective tin-plating • Draw-latch on the connector exterior guarantees a secure fit as well as
• Conforms to IP67 and type 6 requirements (connected as well as superior holding power
disconnected with cover) • The simple and reliable installation provides significant time and cost savings
• Comes with or without a 3/4” to 1/2” NPT Reducer
Male HT – Connector Female HT – Connector

Part No. Part No.
HDC HTC M 3/4” 1023890000 HDC HTC F 3/4” 1023880000
HDC HTC M 3/4” C/W 3/4” TO 1/2” ADAPTER 1023890050 HDC HTC F 3/4” C/W 3/4” TO 1/2” ADAPTER 1023880050
Technical Data
Electrical Rated Data
Contacts 2-pole (L1, L2) + PE (ground)
Ratings 35 ampere, 600 V AC, 50 Hz / 60 Hz
Wire
Harmonized 2,5 mm2 – 10 mm2
AWG 8 – 14 AWG
Torque 1.2 Nm (for the screw clamps and securing screws)
Other Characteristics
Clamping Body Aluminium Tin-Plated
Contacts Brass silver-plated
Inserts Polyamide (UL94-V0)
Gasket FVMQ
End Cap Threads 3/4” NPT-F (female thread)
Torque 90.4Nm maximum (for the 3/4” NPT end)
Number of Mating Cycles 25 typical
Environmental Conditions
Enclosure Ratings Type 6, IP67
Approvals
CSA Class I, Division 2, Groups A,B,C,D, T6, Tamb –50 °C to +60 °C, Type 6
Class 1, Zone 2, Ex nA, IIC, T6, Tamb –50 °C to +60 °C, IP67
GOST / VDE / UL in preparation
Accessories Description Material Properties Part No.

ADAP EX 3/4NPT-1/2NPT C1D2 3/4” to 1/2” reducer Copper-free aluminum 7940034662
HDC HTC Mounting Mounting frame Stainless Steel 1049370000
VG NPT 3/4” Eex-eMS Ex cable gland IP68 - 5 bar Brass, nickel plated 1778150000
Screwdriver non-insulated (not shown) SD 0.8x4.0x100 9008340000
Screwdriver insulated (not shown) SDI 0.8x4.0x100 9008400000
7
Non-Incendive Barrier Terminal Block
This terminal block allows circuits to be designated “Non-

Incendive”. A typical application would involve 24Vdc PLC
input signals. By rating the signal as non-incendive, non-
explosion proof devices and wiring can be used in Class 1,
Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D hazardous locations. The
temperature rating is T3C (160°C).
Standard installation and wiring practices apply such as

installation in an approved enclosure.
Features:
• Combifoot mounting for 32mm and 35mm DIN-rails
• Only 12mm wide
• Clear marking of terminals for easy installation
• CSA certified for Class 1, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D,
T3C (160°C)
8

Technical Data
Rated Data
Rated voltage 24Vdc nominal
35Vdc maximum
Rated current 75mA maximum
Resistance 470M ±1%
Wire Size 22-12AWG
Dimensions width 12mm
length 88.4mm
height on TS32 x 15 rail 75.0mm
height on TS35 x 7.5 rail 71.5mm
height on TS35 x 15 rail 78.5mm
Approvals CSA for Class 1, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D, T3C (160°C)
Ordering Data
Part No.
Non-Incendive Barrier TS35 / TS 32/ 9916290000
9
MC6-Current Limiter
MC6 Current Limiter

for 2 Wire Transmitters (loop powered)
The MC6-Current Limiter is designed to install in 4-20mA
loops and prevent short circuits from causing a power supply
to turn off. In the event of a short circuit the maximum
current draw from the power supply is 24mA. Thus a short
in one loop will not cause the power supply to turn off and
shut down a complete system.
Although preventing the power supply from shutting down is

desirable it is also important to know there is a fault. For this
the MC6-Current Limiter provides a digital output to indicate
it is in current limiting mode. When the short is corrected the
module automatically reverts to normal operation.
The voltage drop across the device is just 2.5V max. so

the effect on the complete loop is minimal. Mounting is on
either 32mm or 35mm DIN-rails. The compact package
requires just 8mm of rail space (9.5mm with an end plate).
A version specifically for use in Fieldbus Foundation

Shown with optional End Plate networks is also available.
Features:
• Limits loop current to 24mA maximum, even when there

is a direct short to ground.
• Digital output to indicate short
• Requires just 8mm of rail space
• CSA Class 1, Division 2 approved
10
MC6-Current Limiter
MC6-Current Limiter
Technical Data
Specifications:
Voltage drop across device @ 20mA 2.5Vdc max.
Maximum current in a short circuit condition 24mA
Response time 1ms
Optocoupler output
Voltage 24V ± 20%
Current 50mA max.
Status LED red LED (on indicates fault)
Operating Temperature 0° to +50°C
Storage Temperature -20° to +70°C
Wire Size 22 - 12 AWG
Ordering Data
Part No.
MC6- Current Limiter 9918010000
Block Diagram Dimensions 9.5mm

89mm
CURRENT
24V DETECT/LIMIT Tx+
CAT. NO: 991801
MC6 C UR R E NT
LOOP LIMITE R
68mm
991801
A0 Tx-
TX+ 24V
TX-
I LIMIT AO
R
COM
ALM
ALM COM
Shown with End Plate
(Not required on all terminals): C9040396
Connection Diagram
P/S + IMAX
24V Tx+
24Vdc
- AO Tx-
ALM COM
PLC
{
IMAX= 25mA
Analog
in all fault
Input
conditions
PLC
Digital
Input
11
picoPak MC5O
picoPak MC5O
Solenoid Driver
The picoPak MC5O is a compact DC solid state relay
designed specifically for 24Vdc solenoid applications. The
extra low on-state resistance allows for a high current rating
in a package just 6mm wide.
Features:
• Ultra compact 6mm housing

• 10A @ 5-34Vdc resistive, 6A inductive switch
• Combifoot mounting: TS32 & TS35 DIN-rails
• 4000V isolation
• LED status indication
• Input diode protection
• Load EMF protected
• CE marked
• CSA certified, Class 1 Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D
12
picoPak MC5O
picoPak MC5O
Technical Data
Rated Data
Input 24Vdc
Input voltage range 11.5 to 28Vdc
Nominal Operating current (typical) 5.0mA @ 24Vdc
Output high side MOSFET switch (sourcing)
Output resistance (on state) less than 10mΩ
Nominal switching voltage 5 to 34Vdc
Max. Continuous current 10A resistive, 6A inductive
Operate time (at nom. voltage) 1mS approx.
Release time (at nom. voltage) 1mS max.
Max. operating speed (50% mark space ratio) 50Hz (3000 operations per minute)
Operating temperature range -40...+60º C
General
Isolation surge strength 4000V
Dimensions terminal width 6mm
width across rail 76mm
Height on rail TS32 / TS35 x 7.5 / TS35 x 15 68mm / 63mm / 70.5mm
Conductor size solid 0.5...4.0mm (24-12AWG)
flexible 0.5...2.5mm (24-14AWG)
Fuse/Circuit Breakers (recommended) 20A (65V) Slow Blow, breaking capacity 150A
EMC EN50081-1, EN50082-2
Installation To be installed and maintained by qualified personnel as per instructions,
or module safety may be compromised.
Designed for IEC664 Installation Category II use.
Cleaning Wipe only with a damp cloth moistened with water (de-energise before cleaning).
Approvals CE marked, CSA certified, Class 1 Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D
Ordering Data
Type Part No.
picoPak MC5O 7901690001
End Plate AP C9039986
End Brackets EW (for TS35)/EWK (for TS32) 0383560000 /
0206160000
Cross connection insulated 2 pole 0482700000
3 pole 0482800000
4 pole 0482900000
Cross connection uninsulated 75 pole straight 0535200000
angled 0526400000
Insulation profile 75 pole 0526700000
Power
Supply MC5O
5-34VDC
+ Output Input
_ out
24V
V+
Load 0V 0V
13
WaveSeries MPI-Opto High Speed Optocoupler
WaveSeries MPI-Opto
High Speed Optocoupler
The MPI-Opto offers isolation and signal level conversion for
discrete signals at frequencies up to 50KHz.
It also provides 2 isolated outputs making it ideal for driving

local displays and a PLC or DCS simultaneously. The input
can be 5Vdc or 12-24Vdc while the outputs are rated
5-28Vdc @ 50mA.
The input of the MPI-Opto can be provided by a proximity

switch, photoelectric sensor or turbine flowmeter and can
be either sinking or sourcing. Each output channel provides
inverted and non-inverted signals. Applications include
NPN-PNP conversion, signal inverter, level conversion, signal
splitter and more.
• Up to 50kHz switching frequency

• 1 input and 2 isolated outputs
• 5V and 12-28V inputs
• Can be used with sinking or sourcing sensors
• The innovative Wavebox housing is compact and uses
plug-and-socket connections
• CSA Class 1 Division 2 certified
14
MPI-Opto
MPI-Opto Solid State Relay
• Dual input; 5V or 12-28V 4 9

• 2 isolated outputs 8
• Up to 50 kHz switching frequency 5
• Inverting and non-inverting outputs 6 7
• Compact; just 18mm wide 1 10
• Mounts on 35mm DIN rail
• CE marked 2 11
3 12
OUTPUTS: SINK OR SOURCE 50mA MAX.
Technical Data
Input Terminal Numbering
On-state voltage TTL input 3.2-5Vdc 1 +V2
12-24V input 10-28Vdc 2 ø2A
Off-state voltage TTL input 0-0.8Vdc 3 -V2
12-24Vdc input 0-3Vdc 4 +V1
Current @5V 4mA on-state 5 ø1A
@12Vdc 4mA on-state 6 -V1
@24Vdc 8mA on-state 7 øV
Output 8 TTL
Voltage 5-28Vdc 9 12-24V
Current 50mA max. per output (sink or source) 10 N/C
Low-state voltage drop <1V 11 ø2B
High state voltage supply Vs - 1V
Max. switching frequency (ON/OFF times) 50kHz (4 micro second ON, 4 micro second OFF)
General
Isolation input-output 3000Vac RMS
output channel-to-channel 3000Vac RMS
Temperature operating 0°C to 55°C
storage -20°C to + 70°C
Wire size 22-12AWG
Dimensions in mm width 17.7
length 90.0
height on rail TS32 n/a
height on rail TS35 x 7.5 105.2
Ordering Data
Part No.
WavePak MPI-Opto 9916080000
15
DELCON Series Relays

The optimal interface relay for hazardous locations
Delcon Series Relays help to eliminate interference, signal

disturbances, inductive loads, high DC voltages, and costly
relay replacements.
Pulse transformer technology for isolating I/O signals
offers significant advantages over optical isolation and
electromechanical relays. Most notably, pulse transformer
I/O modules provide higher transient immunity and high
input-to-output isolation.
The high transient immunity means the Weidmuller - Delcon
I/O modules are ideal for I/O applications where electrical
noise is a problem. No additional suppression components are
needed even when used with long unshielded signal cables,
inductive loads or ‘noisy’ power lines.
The limitations of optocoupler based solid-state relays
disappear when pulse transformer I/O modules are used.
For instance, the standard AC output module EXO 24TR has
near zero leakage current; requires no minimum load; can be
used with any power factor 0 to 1; is rated for both general
use and inductive loads at 3A; and is immune to both load
line and signal line spikes.
General Features
• Solid state relay for demanding conditions

• Pulse Transformer Isolation (not OPTO!!!)
• Galvanic isolation 4 kV
• Switches highly inductive loads (AC and DC)
• Switches high DC-voltages
• Excellent immunity to interferences
• Designed and produced in Finland
• Long lifetime – 10 years warranty
• Special product line for hazardous locations (EX-series)
16
Innovative— Add reliability to
Finnish – Delcon a control system
Delcon has manufactured pulse transformer technology Delcon Series relays improve the reliability of the whole
based solid-state relays for demanding industrial control system. The exceptionally clear function and
applications since the end of the 70´s. Delcon has its condition indication of Delcon Series relays is based on a
product development and assembly near Helsinki, Finland. unique current-voltage-hysteresis that guarantees 100 %
The extremely high quality of the products is guaranteed switching and signalling even under the worst conditions.
by the design, the choice of the right components, good Voltage/current - signal diagram
workmanship and 100 % testing.
Current
mA On
Avoid production downtime
Customers choose Delcon because of reliability, safe Off
operation and costs savings in maintenance due to fewer
unexpected production stoppages.
lay
Re y
on Rela
lc a n ical
De ec h upler
le c trom O p to co
E
Voltage
DC
AC relays are immune from interference and Highly reliable DC relays also for
guarantee safe switching and reliable signal extremely difficult loads
indication with
• Switch 4 amp DC-loads with voltages of up to 250 V
• Long and/or parallel signal and load cables without problems and without derating
• Unshielded cables • Switch difficult and highly inductive loads such as
• 2-wire sensors solenoid valves having time factors as high as 100 ms
• Fast operations, off-delay 0.5 ms • Have a long lifetime with high currents
• High switching frequencies up to 1000 Hz (up to 10 A / 24 VDC)
• High momentary currents of up to 30 x In
Loading capacity, AC Relays Loading capacity, DC Relays
17
EXI-series
• Solid state input relay for hazardous
locations
• Non-sparking device, type of
protection nA
• cULus Listed HazLoc, ATEX, IECEx,
CE (EMC and LVD)
• Integrated status LED
• Used with mechanical limit switches
and also with long signal cables
Derating when switching

inductive loads
This relay is meant for PLC inputs and
similar loads. A back-emf clamping Functional block diagram
diode with the load must be used
when switching inductive loads.
Fusing
To protect relay against short circuit
and overload a fast fuse with the
correct rating for the load and the
Mechanical Dimensions
capacity of the relay should be chosen.
Note that when overload current is not
large, it is possible that the fuse will
not protect the relay because of the
tolerance on the fuse rating.
Hazardous area installation

The relay shall be installed in
accordance with this specification. The
relay shall be installed within a suitable
certified enclosure providing protection
from impact, light, solid foreign objects
and water ingress to a level of at least
IP54. The relay shall be derated in
accordance with this specification.
The relay shall only be installed
to mounting sockets MIS1GNEX,
MIS1CCNEX, and MIS1TNEX.
Fixing with the captive screw. The Other General Specification
recommended installation is to the Plug-in Relay Color (Input or Output) Grey
horizontal rail for better cooling DIN-rail base Color Black
of the relays. Input to output isolation 4300VAC RMS minimum
Clearance and Creepage distances I/O 8mm
-25 to +70°C for most models
Operating Temperature Range
-10 to +70°C for EXO5TH, EXO12TH and EXO24TR
Storage Temperature Range -40 to +70°C
Approvals
cULus Listed file E332493
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC Gc Certificate DEMKO 13 ATEX 1041005U
IECEx nA IIC Gc Certificate IECEx ULD 13.00006U
CE according to LVD 2006/95/EC and EMC 2004/108/EC for the relays
18
EXI-series Input modules

Technical Data
Control voltage Load current
Plug-in relay (Typ. Turn-on - range Load voltage Other Output Specification
Input Description Nom.) Other Input Specification (Min. - Max.) (Min. - Nom.) (Max.)
EXI 12CH Input Plug-in Relay 7.5 - 14VDC 7.5 mA max. input current 0 - 50 mA 0 - 28 VDC 0.4 V Voltage drop max.
12 VDC 5 VDC min. switch off voltage 0.5 ms switch on/off
1 µA leakage typ.
EXI 24CH Input Plug-in Relay 16 - 28VDC 7.0 mA max. input current 0 - 50 mA 0 - 28 VD 0.4 V Voltage drop max.
1 µA leakage typ.
EXI 24CHF Input Plug-in Relay 16 - 28VDC 7.0 mA max. input current 0 - 50 mA 0 - 28 VDC 0.4 V Voltage drop max.
24 VDC, Fast 12 VDC min. switch off voltage 10/25µs switch on/off
1 µA leakage typ.
EXI 24CHL Input Plug-in Relay 16 - 28VDC 15 mA min. input current 0 - 50 mA 0 - 28 VDC 0.4 V Voltage drop max.
24 VDC, Increased Input 12 VDC min. switch off voltage 0.5 ms switch on/off
Current 1 µA leakage typ.
EXI 25CH Input Plug-in Relay 16 - 24VAC 15 mA max. input current 0 - 50 mA 0 - 28 VDC 0.4 V Voltage drop max.
24 VAC 12 VAC min. switch off voltage 20/60 ms switch on/off typ.
1 µA leakage typ.
EXI 48CH Input Plug-in Relay 36 - 48VDC 7.0 mA max. input current 0 - 50 mA 0 - 28 VDC 0.4 V Voltage drop max.
1 µA leakage typ.
EXI 49CH Input Plug-in Relay 35 - 48VAC 15 mA max. input current 0 - 50 mA 0 - 28 VDC 0.4 V Voltage drop max.
1 µA leakage typ.
EXI 120CH Input Plug-in Relay 80 - 120VAC 6.0 mA max. input current 0 - 50 mA 0 - 28 VDC 0.4 V Voltage drop max.
1 µA leakage typ.
EXI 120CHI Input Plug-in Relay 80 - 120VAC 6.0 mA max. input current 0 - 100 mA 0 - 28 VDC 0.5 V Voltage drop max. @ 30 mA
120 VAC, Normally 50 VAC min. switch off voltage 40/100 ms switch on/off typ.
Closed 10 µA leakage typ.
EXI 120CHP Input Plug-in Relay 80 - 120VAC 8.0 mA max. input current 0 - 50 mA 0 - 28 VDC 0.4 V Voltage drop max.
120 VAC, Proxy 50 VAC min. switch off voltage 20/40 ms switch on/off typ.
3.5 mA typ. switch off current 1 µA leakage typ.
EXI 125CH Input Plug-in Relay 80 - 120VDC 4.2 mA max. input current 0 - 50 mA 0 - 28 VDC 0.4 V Voltage drop max.
1 µA leakage typ.
EXI 230CH Input Plug-in Relay 170 - 230VAC 5.0 mA max. input current 0 - 50 mA 0 - 28 VDC 0.4 V Voltage drop max.
230 VAC 80 VAC min. switch off voltage 50 ms switch on/off typ.
1 µA leakage typ.
EXI 230CHI Input Plug-in Relay 170 - 230VAC 5.0 mA max. input current 0 - 100 mA 0 - 28 VDC 0.5 V Voltage drop max. @ 30 mA
230 VAC, 80 VAC min. switch off voltage 50/100 ms switch on/off typ.
Normally Closed 10 µA leakage typ.
EXI 230CHP Input Plug-in Relay 170 - 230VAC 7.5 mA max. input current 0 - 50 mA 0 - 28 VDC 0.4 V Voltage drop max.
230 VAC, Proxy 120 VAC min. switch off voltage 40 ms switch on/off typ.
3.5 mA typ. switch off current 1 µA leakage typ.
EXI 230CHR Input Plug-in Relay 170 - 230VAC 5.0 mA max. input current 0 - 50 mA 0 - 28 VDC 5 V Voltage drop typ.
230 VAC, Current 80 VAC min. switch off voltage limited by (500 Ohms internal res.)
Limiting Secondary internal resistor 50 ms switch on/off typ.
1 µA leakage typ.
EXI 250CH Input Plug-in Relay 170 - 250VDC 4 mA max. input current 0 - 50 mA 0 - 28 VDC 0.4 V Voltage drop max.
1 µA leakage typ
19
EXO-series
• DIN-rail solid state output relay for
hazardous locations
• Non-sparking device, type of
protection nA
CE (EMC and LVD)
• Integrated status LED
• For high currents with resistive and
slightly inductive loads
Derating when switching
inductive loads
This relay is meant for resistive and
slightly inductive loads. A back-emf
clamping diode with the load must
Functional block diagram
be used when switching DC inductive
loads. When controlling inductive
AC loads, there is no need to use
extra protection elements such as a
RC circuit or snubbers with the load.
The surge current is not allowed to
exceed the specification. For reasons
of heat dissipation, when the load will
be switched frequently, the average Mechanical Dimensions
current over a reasonable time should
not exceed the specification for
continuous operation.
Fusing
To protect relay against short circuit
and overload a fast fuse with the
correct rating for the load and the
capacity of the relay should be chosen.
Note that when overload current is not
large, it is possible that the fuse will
not protect the relay because of the
tolerance on the fuse rating.

The relay shall be installed in
accordance with this specification. The
relay shall be installed within a suitable
certified enclosure providing protection Other General Specification
from impact, light, solid foreign objects Plug-in Relay Color (Input or Output) Grey
and water ingress to a level of at least DIN-rail base Color Black
IP54. The relays shall be derated in Input to output isolation 4300VAC RMS minimum
accordance with the relay specification. Clearance and Creepage distances I/O 8mm
The relay can be assembled to standard -25 to +70°C for most models
Operating Temperature Range
35 mm DIN-rail. Use proper tool size -10 to +70°C for EXO5TH, EXO12TH and EXO24TR
to tighten the screws. Over-torqueing Storage Temperature Range -40 to +70°C
may cause screw terminal breakage.
Use 60/75 °C copper wire only. Do not
make connections or disconnections Approvals
while circuit is live unless area is known cULus Listed file E332493
to be non-hazardous. The relay shall ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC Gc Certificate DEMKO 13 ATEX 1041005U
only be installed to mounting sockets IECEx nA IIC Gc Certificate IECEx ULD 13.00006U
MOS1GNEX, MOS1CCNEX and CE according to LVD 2006/95/EC and EMC 2004/108/EC for the relays
MOS1TNEX. Fixing with the captive
screw. The recommended installation is
to the horizontal rail for better cooling of
the relays.
20
EXO-series Output modules

Technical Data
Plug-in relay - (Typ. Turn-on range Load voltage Other Output Specification
Output Description - Nom.) Other Input Specification (Min. - Max.) (Min. - Nom.) (Max.)
EXO 5CH Output Plug-in Relay 2.7 - 5 VDC 15.0 mA max. input current 0 - 3 ADC 0 - 60 VDC L/R factor: 0.5 ms (60 V @ 3A) /
5 VDC/0...60 VDC 2 VDC min. switch off voltage (15A for 10ms) 5 ms (24 V @ 2A)
3A 0.5 V Voltage drop typ.
0.5 ms switch on/off
1 mA leakage
EXO 5CHA Output Plug-in Relay 2.7 - 5 VDC 15.0 mA max. input current 0 - 1.8 ADC 0 - 250 VDC L/R factor: 10 ms (250 V @ 1.8A) /
5 VDC/0...250 VDC 2 VDC min. switch off voltage (12A for 10ms) 100 ms (24 V @ 1.8A)
1.8 A 1.0 V Voltage drop typ.
1 mA leakage
EXO 5CHX Output Plug-in Relay 2.7 - 5 VDC 15.0 mA max. input current 0 - 10 ADC 0 - 28 VDC L/R factor: 0.5 ms (24 V @ 10A) /
5 VDC/0...24 VDC 2 VDC min. switch off voltage (6.3 with socket) 2 ms (24 V @ 5A)
10 A (6.3A in base) (80A for 10ms) 0.3 V Voltage drop typ.
1 mA leakage
EXO 5IHA Output Plug-in Relay 2.7 - 5 VDC 15.0 mA max. input current 0 - 1.2A AC - DC 0 - 240 VAC or Load power factor: 0.3 to 1
5 VDC/0...240/250 2 VDC min. switch off voltage (8A for 10ms) 0 - 250 VDC (240 Vac @ 1.2A)
VAC/VDC 1.2 A 1.5 Vac Voltage drop typ.
1 mA leakage
EXO 5TH Output Plug-in Relay 2.7 - 5 VDC 15.0 mA max. input current 0 - 3 AAC 0 - 240 VAC Load power factor: 0 to 1
5 VDC/0...240 VAC 2 VDC min. switch off voltage (90A for 20ms) 1.0 Vac Voltage drop typ.
3 A, Snubber 1/11 ms switch on/off
1.5 mA leakage typ.
EXO 12CH Output Plug-in Relay 8 - 14 VDC 12.0 mA max. input current 0 - 3 ADC 0 - 60 VDC L/R factor: 0.5 ms (60 V @ 3A) /
1 mA leakage
EXO 12CHA Output Plug-in Relay 8 - 14 VDC 12.0 mA max. input current 0 - 1.8 ADC 0 - 250 VDC L/R factor: 10 ms (250 V @ 1.8A) /
1 mA leakage
EXO 12CHX Output Plug-in Relay 8 - 14 VDC 12.0 mA max. input current 0 - 10 ADC 0 - 28 VDC L/R factor: 0.5 ms (24 V @ 10A) /
1 mA leakage
EXO 12TH Output Plug-in Relay 8 - 14 VDC 15.0 mA max. input current 0 - 3 AAC 0 - 240 VAC Load power factor: 0 to 1
3 A, Snubber 1/11 ms switch on/off
1.5 mA leakage typ.
EXO 24CH Output Plug-in Relay 16 - 28 VDC 15.0 mA max. input current 0 - 3 ADC 0 - 60 VDC L/R factor: 0.5 ms (60 V @ 3A) /
1 mA leakage
1 mA leakage
EXO 24CHA4 Output Plug-in Relay 16 - 28 VDC 15.0 mA max. input current 0 - 4 ADC 0 - 250 VDC L/R factor: 5 ms (250 V @ 4.0A) /
1 mA leakage
1 mA leakage
EXO 24IHA Output Plug-in Relay 16 - 28 VDC 15.0 mA max. input current 0 - 1.2A AC - DC 0 - 240 VAC or Load power factor: 0.3 to 1
24 VDC/0...240/250 12 VDC min. switch off voltage (8A for 10ms) 0 - 250 VDC (240 Vac @ 1.2A)
VAC/VDC 1.2 A 1.5 Vac Voltage drop typ.
1 mA leakage
EXO 24TH Output Plug-in Relay 16 - 28 VDC 17.0 mA max. input current 0 - 3 AAC 0 - 240 VAC Load power factor: 0 to 1
24 VDC/0...240 VAC 3 A, 12 VDC min. switch off voltage (90A for 20ms) 1.0 Vac Voltage drop typ.
Snubber 1/11 ms switch on/off
1.5 mA leakage typ.
21
EXO-series Output modules

Technical Data, continued
Plug-in relay - (Typ. Turn-on - range Load voltage Other Output Specification
Output Description Nom.) Other Input Specification (Min. - Max.) (Min. - Nom.) (Max.)
EXO 24TR Output Plug-in Relay 16 - 28 VDC 17.0 mA max. input current 0 - 3 AAC 0 - 240 VAC Load power factor: 0 to 1
3 A, Low Leakage 1/11 ms switch on/off
50µA leakage typ.
1 mA leakage
1 mA leakage
1 mA leakage
1 mA leakage
1 mA leakage
1 mA leakage
1 mA leakage
EXO P120TH Output Plug-in Relay 80 - 120 VAC 6.0 mA max. input current 0 - 3 AAC 0 - 240 VAC Load power factor: 0 to 1
120 VAC/0...240 VAC 45 VAC min. switch off voltage (90A for 20ms) 1.0 Vac Voltage drop typ.
3 A, Snubber 3.0 mA min. switch off current 10/20 ms switch on/off typ.
1.5 mA leakage typ.
EXO P230TH Output Plug-in Relay 170 - 230 VAC 6.0 mA max. input current 0 - 1.5 AAC 0 - 240 VAC Load power factor: 0 to 1
230 VAC/0...240 VAC 90 VAC min. switch off voltage (90A for 20ms) 1.0 Vac Voltage drop typ.
1.5 A, Snubber 3.0 mA min. switch off current 10/20 ms switch on/off typ.
1.5 mA leakage typ.
EXO Series DIN-rail modules

DIN-rail relay
Soldered Control voltage Load current
to base (Typ. Turn-on - range Load voltage Other Output Specification
(no socket) Description Nom.) Other Input Specification (Min. - Max.) (Min. - Nom.) (Max.)
EXO 5CHXSN Output DIN-rail Relay 2.7 - 5 VDC 15 mA max. input current 0 - 10 ADC 0 - 28 VDC L/R factor: 0.5 ms (24 V @ 10A) /
10 A 0.3 V Voltage drop typ.
1 mA leakage
EXO 12CHXSN Output DIN-rail Relay 8 - 14 VDC 12 mA max. input current 0 - 10 ADC 0 - 28 VDC L/R factor: 0.5 ms (24 V @ 10A) /
1 mA leakage
1 mA leakage
1 mA leakage
22
MIS-series
• Mounting sockets for hazardous
locations with tension spring or
screw clamp terminals
• MIS1xxxx for EXI-relays (input)
• MOS1xxxx for EXO-relays (output)
CE (LVD)

The mounting sockets shall be installed
in accordance with this specification.
The sockets shall be installed within a
Connection Diagrams
suitable certified enclosure providing
protection from impact, light, solid
foreign objects and water ingress Connections for MIS 1CCNEX
to a level of at least IP54. The relay/
socket combinations shall be derated in
accordance with the specifications. The
sockets can be assembled to standard
35 mm DIN-rail. Use proper tool size to Connections for MOS 1CCNEX
tighten the screws. Over-torqueing may
cause screw terminal breakage. Use
60/75 °C copper wire only. Logic side Field side
Use only Delcon EXI/EXO -series

relays. The relays can be fixed using
Mechanical Dimensions
the captive screw. Do not make
connections or disconnections while
circuit is live unless area is known to be
See table below

for dimensions
non-hazardous.
Assembly limitations and loading of the
relays depend on the relay types and
ambient conditions. The recommended
installation is to the horizontal rail for
better cooling of the relays.
Technical Data
Rail Mountable Connection wire range / Torque / Load current Load voltage
Bases Flammability range range
With socket Description Connection type (Min. / Max. - solid (stranded)) (Min. - Max.) (Min. / Nom.) Dimensions (mm)
MIS 1CCNEX DIN-rail Socket for Tension spring clamp 22/14 AWG (0.5/2.5mm²) 0 - 6.3 A 0 - 250 12.8 W x 80.6 L x 32.5 H
EXI Input Relay — VAC/VDC (74.0 H with Relay)
UL94V-0
MIS 1GNEX DIN-rail Socket for Screw clamp terminals 22/12(14) AWG (0.5/4.0(2.5)mm²) 0 - 6.3 A 0 - 250 12.8 W x 80.6 L x 38.0 H
EXI Input Relay 0.5 to 0.6Nm VAC/VDC (74.0 H with Relay)
UL94V-0
MIS 1TNEX DIN-rail Socket Screw clamp and 22/12(14) AWG (0.5/4.0(2.5)mm²) 0 - 6.3 A 0 - 250 12.8 W x 80.6 L x 38.0 H
for EXI Input Relay, Test points 0.5 to 0.6Nm VAC/VDC (74.0 H with Relay)
Test Holes 2.3 mm UL94V-0
MOS 1CCNEX DIN-rail Socket for Tension spring clamp 22/14 AWG (0.5/2.5mm²) 0 - 6.3 A 0 - 250 12.8 W x 80.6 L x 32.5 H
EXO Output Relay — VAC/VDC (74.0 H with Relay)
UL94V-0
MOS 1GNEX DIN-rail Socket for Screw clamp terminals 22/12(14) AWG (0.5/4.0(2.5)mm²) 0 - 6.3 A 0 - 250 12.8 W x 80.6 L x 38.0 H
EXO Output Relay 0.5 to 0.6Nm VAC/VDC (74.0 H with Relay)
UL94V-0
MOS 1TNEX DIN-rail Socket for Screw clamp and 22/12(14) AWG (0.5/4.0(2.5)mm²) 0 - 6.3 A 0 - 250 12.8 W x 80.6 L x 38.0 H
EXO Output Relay, Test points 0.5 to 0.6Nm VAC/VDC (74.0 H with Relay)
Test Holes 2.3 mm UL94V-0
23
MICROSERIES C1D2 Relays
The MICROSERIES C1D2 Relay module can be used as a

universal interface between the controller and the actuator
to switch small and medium-sized loads.
• C1D2 approved for use in hazardous locations

• Relay module interchangeable
• Space-saving 6.1 mm width
• Pluggable cross-connection at input and output minimizes
the wiring workload
• VUC versions accept AC and DC input, reducing variations
in inventory
• Integrated RC circuit at input available, protecting from
leakage current on control side
• Integrated polarity protection for quick and safe
installation of the relays
• Integrated LED status indicators for easy and instant
troubleshooting and minimized machine downtime
24
1 change-over contact
AC/DC/UC coil
Technical Data
Output
max. switching voltage AC1/Continuous current 250 V/6 A
min. switching power 12 V / 100 mA
Response time / Drop-out time 6.2ms/3.9ms
11 Contact base material AgSnO
Mechanical endurance 20*106 switching cycles
max. switching frequency at rated load 0.1 Hz
14 A2
Rated data
(12 V DC)
Status indicator/Free wheel diode green LED/Yes
12 A1 Reverse pol. prot available
Ambient temperature (operational) -25°C…+50 °C
11 Storage temperature -40°C…+60 °C
Humidity 40°C/93% RH, no condensation
(24 V DC) 14 A2 Insulation coordination (EN 50178)
Standards EN 50178
12 A1 Rated voltage 300 V
Impulse withstand voltage 4 kV
11 Clearance and creepage distances for control/load side ≥ 5.5 mm
Surge category III
14 Pollution severity 2
(24 V UC) A2
Protective separation to VDE 0106 part 101 Yes
Dimensions Screw connection
12 A1
Clamping range (rating- / min. / max.) (mm2) 2.5 / 0.5 / 4
Length x width x height (mm) 93 / 6.1 / 92
Approvals CE; cULus; C1D2
Note: Cross-connectors and markers - refer to MICROSERIES accessories
Ordering Data
Input 12 VDC 1CO 24 V DC 1CO 24 V UC 1CO
Rated voltage 12 V DC ±20% 24 V DC ±20 % 24 V UC ±10 %
Rated current AC 11 mA
Rated current DC 17 mA 6.6mA 6.4 mA
Power rating 210 mW 160 mW 154 mW
AC Response/dropout Volt 15.8V/7V
DC Response/dropout Volt 6.4V/ 2.5V 15.4V/6.5V 15.8V/7V
AC pickup/dropout current 3.6mA/1.3mA
DC pickup/dropout current 8.4mA/2.4mA 4mA/1.2mA 3.6mA/1.3mA
Relay with socket Type Part No. Type Part No. Type Part No.
Screw connection MRS 12Vdc 1CO C1D2 8967340000** MRS 24Vdc 1CO C1D2 8967350000† MRS 24Vuc 1CO C1D2 8967360000
Spare relay (pluggable)* Type Part No. Type Part No. Type Part No.
RSS113012 12Vdc-Rel1U 4061610000 RSS113024 24Vdc-Rel1U 4060120000 RSS113024 24Vdc-Rel1U 4060120000
*Spare relays do not feature individual C1D2 approval.
**If purchasing in Canada please use Part No. 7940004779
†
If purchasing in Canada please use Part No. 7940004781
25
Relays - MICROSERIES 1 change-over contact

AC/DC/UC coil
• 120 VAC RC version:
RC circuit at the input guarantees
safe switching thresholds,
e.g. for leakage currents on the control side
Technical Data
Output
max. switching voltage AC1/Continuous current 250 V/6 A
min. switching power 12 V / 100 mA
Response time / Drop-out time 6.2ms/3.9ms
Contact base material AgSnO
Mechanical endurance 20*106 switching cycles
max. switching frequency at rated load 0.1 Hz
11 Rated data
(120 V AC RC) Status indicator/Free wheel diode green LED/Yes
Reverse pol. prot available
14 A2
Ambient temperature (operational) -25 °C…+50 °C
Storage temperature -40 °C…+60 °C
12
Humidity 40°C/93% RH, no condensation
A1
Insulation coordination (EN 50178)
Standards EN 50178
11
Rated voltage 300 V
(230 V UC)
14 A2 Clearance and creepage distances for control/load side ≥ 5.5 mm
Surge category III
Pollution severity 2
12 A1
Protective separation to VDE 0106 part 101 Yes
Clamping range (rating- / min. / max.) (mm2) 2.5 / 0.5 / 4
Length x width x height (mm) 93 / 6.1 / 92
Approvals CE; cULus; C1D2
Note: Cross-connectors and markers - refer to MICROSERIES accessories
Ordering Data
Input 120 V AC 1CO RC 230 V UC 1CO
Rated voltage 120 V AC + 10% / -15% 230 V UC +10% / -15%
Rated current AC 7 mA 3.5 mA
Rated current DC 2.9 mA
Power rating 0.84VA 0.8 VA / 660 mW
AC Response/dropout Volt 79 V / 65 V 146 V / 124 V
DC Response/dropout Volt 155 V / 115 V
AC pickup/dropout current 4.5 mA / 3.7 mA 1.9 mA / 1.5 mA
DC pickup/dropout current 1.9 mA / 1.0 mA
Relay with socket Type Part No. Type Part No.
Screw connection MRS 120VUC 1C0 RC C1D2 8967370000 MRS 230VUC 1CO C1D2 8967380000
Spare relay (pluggable)* Type Part No. Type Part No.
RSS1130600 60Vdc-Rel1U 4061630000 RSS113060 60Vdc-Rel1U 4061630000
*Spare relays do not feature individual C1D2 approval.
26
Accessories Genera Data - MICROSERIES
Plug-in cross-connection Technical Data

Type No. of poles Qty Part No. Screw
yellow Conductor connection
ZQV 4N / 2 GE 2 60 1758250000 Solid H07V-U mm2 0.5 … 4.0
ZQV 4N / 3 GE 3 60 1762630000 Stranded H07V-K mm2 0.5 … 2.5
ZQV 4N / 4 GE 4 60 1762620000 “f” with wire end ferrules to DIN 46228-1 mm2 0.5 … 1.5
ZQV 4N / 10 GE 10 20 1758260000 “f” with wire end ferrules with plastic collar mm2 0.5 … 1.5
ZQV 4N / 20 GE 20 20 1909020000 Max. clamping range mm2 0.13 … 4.0
red Plug gauge to IEC 60947-1 size A3
ZQV 4N / 2 RT 2 60 1793950000 General technical data
ZQV 4N / 3 RT 3 60 1793980000 Nominal torque 0.6
ZQV 4N / 4 RT 4 60 1794010000 Continuous current for 2-pole cross-connection A 10
ZQV 4N / 10 RT 10 20 1794040000 Continuous current for multi-pole cross-connection A 10º
ZQV 4N / 20 RT 20 20 1909150000 Stripping length mm 7
blue Ingress protection class IP 20
ZQV 4N / 2 BL 2 60 1793960000 Housing material Wemid
ZQV 4N / 3 BL 3 60 1793990000 UL 94 flammability rating V-0
ZQV 4N / 4 BL 4 60 1794020000 Nominal current A 6
ZQV 4N / 10 BL 10 20 1794050000 Nominal voltage V 250
ZQV 4N / 20 BL 20 20 1909100000
black
ZQV 4N / 2 SW 2 60 1793970000
ZQV 4N / 3 SW 3 60 1794000000
ZQV 4N / 4 SW 4 60 1794030000
ZQV 4N / 10 SW 10 20 1794060000
ZQV 4N / 20 SW 20 20 1909120000
Other accessories Dimensions

Type Qty Part No.
Markers
Screw Connection
WS 12/6 12 x 6 mm 600 1609900000
Labels, Lasermark
LM MT 300 15/6 ge 484 labels/sheet 10 1686360000
Screwdriver
SD 0.6 x 3.5 x 100 10 9008330000
92 mm
93 mm
6.1 mm
27
picoPak™ I - I 4-20mA Isolator
picoPak™ I - I
4-20mA Isolator
The picoPak™ I-I is a very compact isolator for 4-20mA
loops. The output is loop powered. The module is perfect for
eliminating ground loops and providing increased protection
for PLC and DCS analog inputs.
Isolation is optical. This means the output load does not

effect the voltage drop across the input (the voltage drop is a
near constant at 3.5V).
Features:
• Only 8mm wide

• Mounts on 32mm and 35mm DIN-rails
• 2000V isolation
• User adjustable span and zero adjustments
• CSA, CE and Class 1 Div 2 approved
28
Technical Data
Input DC Current L +
IN+
+
Range 4-20mA Vs
AC or DC
4 Wire
Transmitter
—
Impedance variable, <3.5Vdc over input range N —
+
Maximum ratings / type of protection 50mA 990880 18-30Vdc
+
Field device excitation not applicable 24V+
+
IN+ IN+ OUT+ Supply
3 Wire
Other input specification Transmitter
—
IN- IN- OUT-
External
—
picoPak I/I
Output DC current Load
<500 Ohms
+
Range 4-20mA 2 Wire
IN+
Load 0-500M or Rmax=[(Vs-14)/0.02]Ω Transmitter

+
IN-
Burnout level
+
3.6mA for input open, 24mA max. for overcurrent input —
Zero adjustment 15% nominal around 4mA for calibration purposes
Span adjustment 15% nominal around 20mA for calibration purposes
Protection
Other output specification
Supply DC voltage in output loop (2 wire)
Range 18-30Vdc, 24Vdc nominal
Consumption 25mA maximum
General
Accuracy / Linearity 0.1% typical@25°C, 0.8% over temperature range
Temperature coefficient (drift)
Transmission Frequency
Response time, 90% span 5mSec., typical
Other general specification
Status LED none
Isolation (# of ports) 2000V (2 port)
Operating / Storage temperature 0°C to 50°C / -20°C to 70°C
Housing (mounting) DK6 (TS32 and TS35)
Dimensions in mm (length x width x height) 88.4 x 9.5 (end plate included) x 78.5 max.
Wire range (conductor size) 22-12AWG (0.5-4.0mm2)
Tightening torque / insulation stripping length 0.4Nm / 7mm
Approvals CSA, Class 1 Divison 2, CE
Ordering Data
Type Part No.
picoPak™ picoPakTM I-I 9908800000
Optional End plate (width) AP1 (1.5mm) C9040396
Note: AP included with 990880000
29
WavePak Loop Splitter
WavePak
Loop Splitter
The WavePak Loop Splitter module is a 4-20mA current loop
isolator with one loop powered input and two independent,
loop powered, isolated outputs. It is ideal for interfacing
one transmitter to two devices such as a PLC and a
local indicator.
Some loop splitters are actually two single channel devices

with their inputs connected in series.This increases the
loading on the current loop. Weidmuller’s Loop Splitter
has a single input circuit with a near constant voltage drop
of no more than 3.5V, regardless of the output loop load.
This is accomplished through the use of optical isolation
as opposed to transformer coupling. Optical isolation also
provides higher isolation levels - 1000V in the case of the
Loop Splitter.
Features:
• Loop powered
• Near constant input voltage drop
• Only 12.5mm wide
• Mounts on 35mm DIN-rail
• CSA approved, Class 1 Division 2 approved
30
Specifications:
Input: 4-20mA
Input voltage drop: <3.5V over 4-20mA range
Isolation: Optical
1000V between input and each output + output to output
Output: 4-20mA
Output loop supply: 19-30Vdc per loop
Output loop impedance: up to 500Ω with a 24Vdc loop supply
Accuracy (each channel): @25°C ±0.1% typical
-15°C to +50 C temperature range: ±0.8% typical
Response time (each channel): 10mS typical
Operating temperature range: -15°C to +50°C
Ordering Data
Part No.
WavePak-I/2I 792040 0000
Notes: The Unit should be recalibrated under the normal operating conditions (factory calibated at 24°C into 250W). Inadequate ventilation
and/or multiple loop splitters (or warm adjacent modules) can affect linearity. Optimal resilts can be achieved with 1cm (1/4”) space
either side of the loop splitter.
31
This page left blank intentionally.
32
Intrinsically safe signal conditioners for hazardous area applications – Overview
Intrinsically safe signal conditioners

for hazardous area applications
ACT20X signal converters thanks to their accuracy, temperature stability and high
insulation strength. They can easily be used around the
The ACT20X is a completely new line of signal converter globe since they already have all the necessary international
products for the Ex zone. These compact modules require approvals, including ATEX, ICEEX, GOST and FM.
only 11 mm per channel and take up very little space in The newest member of the ACT20X family is the ACT20X-
the electrical cabinet. Weidmuller has specifically designed HUI-SAO-LP. This offers an intrinsically safe input for 0/4
the ACT20X line for process automation applications in Ex to 20 mA, 0 to10 V, temperature and resistance signals,
and non-Ex zones. The 17 different variants can process all and separates the Ex zone from the safe zone. The narrow
standard input signals (such as 2-wire, HART®-, NAMUR-, 12.5mm module is supplied via the 4 to 20 mA output.
RTD, thermocouple or DC signals) from Ex zone 0. They
can also handle digital or analog signals from Ex-zone Features
field devices to the controller. The integrated relay output
issues an alert in the event of a malfunction; this makes • International approvals for Zone 0, 1 and 2 (IECEx, ATEX)
troubleshooting easier and reduces facility down times. and Class 1 Division 1 and 2 (FM)
The WI-Manager configuration software is based on FDT • Analog and binary signal interface to Zone 0/Div.1 for
(Field Device Tool) technology. The software allows you to explosion-risk inputs and outputs
configure all ACT20X products with your PC so that they • All standard input signals (4 to 20 mA HART®-, NAMUR-,
can be custom-fit to a wide variety of process applications. RTD- or thermocouple signals) out of Ex zone 0, 1 or 2
Weidmuller provides a device type manager (DTM) for • Two-channel type saves space in the electrical cabinet
the ACT20X modules that can be used in any FDT-based and reduces installation costs
frame. The DTMs allow you to configure different devices • HART® transparent signal isolator
quickly and accurately. They also enable you to analyse • Integrated alarm contact
measurements and diagnostics data. The DTM can also be • Configuration over FDT/DTM standard with the frame
used to clearly identify the connected device. The FDT frame application “WI Manager“
application “WI Manager“ and the device-specific DTMs
are available from Weidmuller free of charge. The ACT20X
modules can be used in a temperature range from –20 °C
to +60 °C without limitations. The modules can be installed
in the safe zone or in the explosion risk area of Zone 2. The
ACT20Xs always deliver a pure, interference-free signal
33
ACT20X – Overview
ACT20X – intrinsic safety signal conditioners for hazardous areas
PC-configurable conditioners family for hazardous d.c., temperature, Namur and volt-free contact signals. On
areas in the new Weidmuller electronics housing for the output side field devices in the Ex area are controlled
installation in safe or hazardous areas. via the ACT20X with analog or digital signals. All ACT20X
products are characterised by insulation, accuracy and high
ACT20X meets the arduous requirements of the process temperature stability.
industry where potentially explosive fluids are controlled. The The digital 2-channel versions with width of 22.5 mm
range connects to sensors and actuators in the hazardous are available with either transistor or relay output. Due to
area, isolates their signals and limits the energy passed this high component density, the space requirements and
to them. On the input side ACT20X models can process installation costs are reduced accordingly.
34
ACT20X – Overview
Configuration via FDT
All modules can be quickly and

conveniently configured with
manufacturer-independent FDT/DTM
software.
\ Worldwide application
Fulfils the strict standards and require-

; ments of the process industry. Can be
used worldwide due to international
" and local approvals ATEX, IECEX,
CULUS, FM, GOST and DNV.
Intelligent connection system Current supply isolator,

HART® Transparent
Pluggable, coded, with release lever.
The release lever simplifies
maintenance and allows disconnection
without damaging the cables.
Current output isolator,
HART® Transparent
Alarm function
No laborious troubleshooting. Alarm

function integrated for cable or sensor
errors. In case of failures, a diagnostic Temperature transducer
signal is sent to the control system.
Robust
+60 °C
to Wide ambient temperature range from Universal measurement and signal
– 20 °C … + 60 °C. isolator/converter
–20 °C
NAMUR disconnect-switch
amplifier
Valve control component
35
ACT20X
Current supply isolator, HART® Transparent
The ACT20X-HAI-SAO current supply isolator is a HART®-protocol transparent

signal isolator for analog input signals from Ex zone 0. It provides an analog
signal for the safe zone on the output side. It is available in a single-channel or
double-channel version.
Connection diagram: ACT20X-HAI-SAO current supply isolator Ex label

ATEX
Input Signals Output Signals II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4
II (1) G [Ex ia] IIC/IIB/IIA
Analogue, 4...20 mA
II (1) D [Ex iaD]
2-wire supply – IECEx
44
14 42
+ 4...20 mA Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
+ mA mA
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
Channel 1:
– –
Tx 43
13 41
–
2-wire supply + [Ex ia Da] IIIC
2-wire supply – FM
+ 42
12 44
+ 4...20 mA Installation in CL I DIV2 GP A-D T4
Current mA mA
– – Protects Ex circuits, in compliance with
– 41
11 43
2-wire supply + Cl. I-III ABT 1/2 GP A-G or
Cl. I Zn2 AEx/Ex nA nC [ia] IIC T4.
Spannungsversorgung
und Modulstatus
Gnd.
24 51
+ Supply +19,2...31,2 V DC
Channel 2:
Tx 23 52
–
Module status
+
22 53
N.C.
– 21 54
Module status
Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22 / Zone 2 / FM Cl. 1, Abt. 2,

Cl. I/II/III, div. 1 gr. A-G div. A-D o safe area
Application example:
Measuring temperature with a head transmitter, signal transmission with HART®
EX-Zone Safe Zone A.C. supply

Control system
Power
+24 V DC supply
+
2 wire HART® 0V –
head transmitter
for temperature
To other isolators
Passive
+24 V DC PS
input
4-20 mA / HART® 4-20 mA / HART® channel
input I I output
ACT20X-HAI-SAO
Zone 0
Tank
36
ACT20X
Current supply isolator ACT20X-HAI-SAO-S / 2HAI-2SAO-S
• Converts analog signals from the Ex Zone 0 into

analog output signals for the safe zone
• Active and passive current inputs
• HART® Transparent
• PC configuration with FDT/DTM software,
download at www.weidmuller.com
• Relay output for error alarm
• 2-channel module can also be used as
signal splitter
I
I
PS
Technical Data
Input
Input current 4...20 mA
Sensor supply ≤ 28 V DC
Residual ripple (current loop) < 7.5 mVeff
Output analog
Output current 3.5 – 23 mA
Output signal limit < 28 mA
load impedance current ≤ 600 Ω
2-wire supply ≤ 26 V DC
Accuracy < 0.1% span
Temperature coefficient < 0.01% of span/°C (TU)
Step response time ≤ 5 ms
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB) 0.5…2.5 kHz @ 3.5…23 mA bi-directional HART® signal
Alarm output
Type Relay, 1 NC (voltage-free)
Nominal switching voltage ≤ 125 V AC / 110 V DC (safe area)
≤ 32 V AC / 32 V DC (Zone 2)
Continuous current ≤ 0.5 A AC / 0.3 A DC (safe zone), ≤ 0.5 A AC / 1 A DC ( Zone 2)
Power rating ≤ 62.5 VA / 32 W (safe area)
≤ 16 VA / 32 W (Zone 2)
General Data
Supply voltage 19.2 – 31.2 V DC
Power consumption ≤ 3 W (2 channels)
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature -20 °C...+60 °C / -20 °C...+85 °C
Insulation coordination
Insulation voltage 2.6 kV (input / output)
Rated voltage 300 V
EMC standards DIN EN 61326
Data for Ex applications (ATEX)
Voltage U0 Current loop 28 V / externally 10 V
Current I0 Current loop 93 mA / externally 10 mA
Power P0 Current loop 0.65 W / externally 0.1 W
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm²) 2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
Length x width x height (mm) 119.2 / 22.5 / 113.6
Approvals DEKRAATEX; IECEXDEK
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
1-channel version ACT20X-HAI-SAO-S 1 8965430000
2-channel version ACT20X-2HAI-2SAO-S 1 8965440000
Note: CBX200 USB configuration adapter - 8978580000
37
ACT20X
Current output isolator, HART® Transparent
The ACT20X-SAI-HAO current output isolator is HART®-transparent. The input is connected to the safe area controller or
PLC, and the output is connected to an analog actuator in a hazardous area, e.g. Zone 0. It is available in a single-channel or
double-channel version.
Connection diagram: Ex label

ATEX
Ex Output signals Input signals II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4
Analogue, 4...20 mA
II (1) D [Ex iaD]
IECEx
44
14 42 Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Ch1
Channel 1:
43
13 41 [Ex ia Da] IIIC
FM
Load 42
12 44
Installation in CL I DIV2 GP A-D T4
Ch 2
4...20 mA Protects Ex circuits, in compliance with
41
11 43 Cl. I-III ABT 1/2 GP A-G or
Cl. I Zn2 AEx/Ex nA nC [ia] IIC
Power Supply and

Module Status
Gnd. –
24 51
Supply +19,2...31,2 V DC
Channel 2:
23 52
Module status
Load 22 53
4...20 mA N.C.
21 54
Module status
Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22 / Zone 2 / FM Cl. 1, div. 2,

Cl. I/II/III, div. 1 gr. A-G gr. A-D or safe area
Application example: controlling an actuator in the Ex zone.
A.C. supply Safe Zone EX-Zone

Control
system
Power
supply +24 V DC
+
- 0V
Actuator
HART® valve
Actuator
+24 V DC PS
4-20 mA / HART® input 4-20 mA / HART® output

I I
Positioning
Output – transmitter
Control system
ACT20X-SAI-HAO
Control valve
38
ACT20X
Current output isolator ACT20X-SAI-HAO-S / 2SAI-2HAO-S
• For controlling field devices located in explosion

risk zones
• HART® Transparent
• 1 or 2 channels in one module
I
I
PS
Technical Data
Input
Input current 4…20mA
Voltage drop <2V
Output analog
Output current 4…20 mA (max. 23 mA)
Output signal limit < 28 mA
2-wire supply > 14.5 V @ 20 mA
Residual ripple (current loop) < 7.5 mVeff
Accuracy < 0.1% span
Temperature coefficient < 0.01% of span/°C (TU)
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB) 0.5…2.5 kHz @ 3.5…23 mA bi-directional HART® signal
Alarm output
≤ 32 V AC / 32 V DC (Zone 2)
≤ 16 VA / 32 W (Zone 2)
General data
Rated voltage 300 V
Voltage U0 28 V DC
Current I0 93 mA
Power P0 < 650 mW
Approvals DEKRAATEX; GOSTME25; IECEXDEK
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
1-channel version ACT20X-SAI-HAO-S 1 8965450000
2-channel version ACT20X-2SAI-2HAO-S 1 8965460000
39
ACT20X
Temperature transducer
The ACT20X-HTI-SAO temperature transducer processes temperature signals from PT100 sensors and
thermocouples originating in the Ex zone. A current signal (mA) can also be connected as the input signal. The
input is part of an intrinsically safe circuit (Zone 0). The isolated milliamp analog output is the input to the
receiver or controller in the safe area. It is available in a single-channel or double-channel version.
Connection diagram: ACT20X-HTI-SAO temperature transducer Ex label

ATEX
Input signals Output signals II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4
RTD Analogue, 0/4...20 mA
Current Connection, TC
II (1) D [Ex iaD]
wires 2-wire supply – IECEx
44
14 42
+ 4...20 mA Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
mA mA Channel 1
– – [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
43
13 41
Channel 1:
+ 2-wire supply + [Ex ia Da] IIIC

2-wire supply – FM
42
12 44
+ 4...20 mA Installation in CL I DIV2 GP A-D T4
mA mA Channel 2
– – Protects Ex circuits, in compliance with
41
11 43
2-wire supply + Cl. I-III ABT 1/2 GP A-G or
Supply and module status

RTD
Current Connection, TC
wires Supply –
24 51
Supply +19,2...31,2 V DC
23 52
Channel 2:
Module status
22 53
N.C.
21 54
Module status

Cl. I/II/III, div. 1 gr. A-G gr. A-D or safe areal
Accuracy / temperature coefficients

Application example: temperature measurements in the Ex zone ACT20X-HTI-SAO
Input Accuracy Temperature
coefficient
Input mA ≤ ±4 μA ≤ ±4 μA / °C
EX-Zone Safe Zone A.C. supply Input RTD
Control system
Pt100 ≤ ±0.2 °C ≤ ±0.02 °C / °C
Ni100 ≤ ±0.3 °C ≤ ±0.03 °C / °C
Power Input TC
+24 V DC supply
+ Type B ≤ ±4.5 °C ≤ ±0.45 °C / °C
Type E, J, K, L, N, T, U ≤ ±1 °C ≤ ±0.1 °C / °C
0V - Type R , S, W3, W5, LR ≤ ±2 °C ≤ ±0.2 °C / °C
Resistance
temperature sensor
To other isolators
passive
PS
input
4-20 mA Output
I I
ACT20X-HTI-SAO
Zone 0
Tank
40
ACT20X
Temperature transducer ACT20X-HTI-SAO-S / 2HTI-2SAO-S
• Converts intrinsically safe RTD, thermal and mA

signals into analog signals for the safe zone
J, I
I
J, I
I
PS
Technical Data
Input Type Temperature- Accuracy
Type RTD, TC, DC (mA) range
Sensor supply 3.8…26 V DC Metal PTC
Temperature input range Configurable Pt100 -200…850 °C
± (0.15 + 0.02 x T) Class A
Line resistance in measuring circuit ≤ 50 Ω Pt500 -200…850 °C
± (0.30 °C + 0.005 x T) Class B
Input current 0(4)...20 mA Pt1000 -200…850 °C
Input resistance, current 20 Ω + PTC 50 Ω Ni50
Output Ni100 -60…0 °C ± (0.4 + 0.007 x T)
Output current 0(4)…20 mA / 20…4 mA (configurable) Ni120 0…180 °C ± (0.4 + 0.028 x T)
Output signal limit 3.8…20.5 mA / 0…20.5 mA (dependent on range) Ni1000
load impedance current ≤ 600 Ω TC-Type according to IEC60584-1
Influence of load resistance ≤ 0.01% of span / 100 Ω B 50…250 °C ± 25 K
Current loop output 250…500 °C ± 10 K
Output current (current loop) 4…20 mA 500…1820 °C ± 6 K
Load resistance (UB - 3.5) / 0.023 A E -200…-150 °C ± 4 K
Influence of load resistance ≤ 0.01% of span / 100 Ω -150…1000 °C ± 3 K
2-wire supply 3.5…26 V DC J -200…-150 °C ± 4 K
Alarm output -150…1200 °C ± 3 K
Type Relay, 1 NC (voltage-free) K -200…-150 °C ± 5 K
Nominal switching voltage ≤ 125 V AC / 110 V DC (safe area) -150…1200 °C ± 3 K
≤ 32 V AC / 32 V DC (Zone 2) 1200…1372 °C ± 4 K
Continuous current ≤ 0.5 A AC / 0.3 A DC (safe zone), ≤ 0.5 A AC / 1 A DC ( Zone 2) N -200…-150 °C ± 6 K
Power rating ≤ 62.5 VA / 32 W (safe area) -150…1300 °C ± 3 K
≤ 16 VA / 32 W (Zone 2) R -50…200 °C ±10 K
General data 200..1780 °C ± 6 K
Supply voltage 19.2 – 31.2 V DC S -50…200 °C ± 10 K
Power consumption ≤ 3 W (2 channels) 200…1780 °C ± 6 K
Tightening torque, min. / Tightening torque, max. 0.4 Nm / 0.6 Nm T -200…-150 °C ± 5 K
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature -20 °C...+60 °C / -20 °C...+85 °C -150…400 °C ± 3 K
Insulation coordination according to DIN43710
Insulation voltage 2.6 kV (input / output) U 0…600 °C ± 3 °C
Rated voltage 300 V L 0…900 °C ± 3 °C
Voltage U0 8.7 V DC
Current I0 18.4 mA
Power P0 40 mW
Approvals cULus; FMEX; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
1-channel version ACT20X-HTI-SAO-S 1 8965470000
2-channel version ACT20X-2HTI-2SAO-S 1 8965480000
41
ACT20X
Universal signal converter
The ACT20X-HUI-SAO-S is a universal input signal isolator/converter. This model processes temperature
signals from PT100 sensors and thermocouples as well as DC voltage and current signals (mA) from the
hazardous area. On the output side, an isolated milliamp signal is passed to the receiver or controller in the
safe area. This model also has a relay output which can be used for a process alarm or trip.
Connection diagram: the ACT20X-HUI-SAO universal measurement and signal isolating converter Ex label
ATEX
44
14 42
2-wire supply – II (1) D [Ex ia Da]
+
mA mA
4...20 mA IECEx
43
13 41 – – Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
* 2-wire supply + [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
42
12 44
Relay [Ex ia Da] IIIC
N.O. FM
41
11 43
Relay Protects Ex circuits, in compliance with
Cl. I-III ABT 1/2 GP A-G or
Input signals Power Supply
Gnd –
24 51
+ Supply +19,2...31,2 V DC
Tx 23 52
–
+ Module status
22 53
+
N.C.
21 54
Module status

Cl. I/II/III, div. 1 gr. A-G div. A-D or safe area

Application example: position measurement of an actuator ACT20X-HUI-SAO
coefficient
EX-Zone Safe zone A.C. supply Input Volt ≤ ±20 μV ≤ ±2 μV / °C
Control system
Input RTD
Pt100 ≤ ±0.2 °C ≤ ±0.02 °C / °C
Power Ni100 ≤ ±0.3 °C ≤ ±0.03 °C / °C
+24 V DC supply
+ Input TC
Type B ≤ ±4.5 °C ≤ ±0.45 °C / °C
0V - Type E, J, K, L, N, T, U ≤ ±1 °C ≤ ±0.1 °C / °C
Type R , S, W3, W5, LR ≤ ±2 °C ≤ ±0.2 °C / °C
Other devices
Passive
PS
input
channel
4-20 mA output
R I
Positional
potentiometer
ACT20X-HUI-SAO
Valve
42
ACT20X
Universal signal converter ACT20X-HUI-SAO-S
• Universal isolator for intrinsically safe RTD

signals, thermal sensor signals, resistor signals,
potentiometer signals and DC signals (mA,V)
• Digital relay output adjustable as threshold switch
J, I, U
I
PS
Technical Data
Input Type Temperature- Accuracy
Type RTD, TC, DC (mA, V) range
Sensor supply 28...16.5 V DC/0…20 mA Metal PTC
Temperature input range Configurable Pt100 -200…850 °C
± (0.15 + 0.02 x T) Class A
Line resistance in measuring circuit ≤ 50 Ω Pt500 -200…850 °C
± (0.30 °C + 0.005 x T) Class B
Input current 0(4)...20 mA Pt1000 -200…850 °C
Input voltage 0…12 V DC, configurable: 0..1 / 0.2…1 / 0…5 / 0…10 and 2…10 V DC Ni50
Input resistance, voltage/current > 10 MΩ / 20 Ω + PTC 50 Ω Ni100 -60…0 °C ± (0.4 + 0.007 x T)
Output analog Ni120 0…180 °C ± (0.4 + 0.028 x T)
Output current 0…23 mA, configurable: 0…20 / 4…20 / 20…0 / 20…4 mA Ni1000
Output signal limit 3.8…20.5 mA / 0…20.5 mA (dependent on range) TC-Type according to IEC60584-1
load impedance current ≤ 600 Ω B 50…250 °C ± 25 K
Influence of load resistance ≤ 0.01% of span / 100 Ω 250…500 °C ± 10 K
Current loop output 500…1820 °C ± 6 K
Output current (current loop) 4…20 mA E -200…-150 °C ± 4 K
Load resistance ≤ (Vs - 10 V) / 20 mA (current loop) -150…1000 °C ± 3 K
Influence of load resistance ≤ 0.01% of span / 100 Ω J -200…-150 °C ± 4 K
2-wire supply ≤ 26 V DC -150…1200 °C ± 3 K
Output digital K -200…-150 °C ± 5 K
Type Relay, 1 NO -150…1200 °C ± 3 K
Function Configurable switching thresholds 1200…1372 °C ± 4 K
Nominal switching voltage ≤ 250 V AC / 30 V DC (safe area) N -200…-150 °C ± 6 K
≤ 32 V AC / 32 V DC (Zone 2) -150…1300 °C ± 3 K
Continuous current ≤ 2 A AC/DC (safe area, Zone 2 area) R -50…200 °C ±10 K
Alarm output 200..1780 °C ± 6 K
Type Relay, 1 NC (voltage-free) S -50…200 °C ± 10 K
Nominal switching voltage ≤ 125 V AC / 110 V DC (safe area) 200…1780 °C ± 6 K
≤ 32 V AC / 32 V DC (Zone 2) T -200…-150 °C ± 5 K
Continuous current ≤ 0.5 A AC / 0.3 A DC (safe zone), ≤ 0.5 A AC / 1 A DC ( Zone 2) -150…400 °C ± 3 K
General data according to DIN43710
Supply voltage 19.2 – 31.2 V DC U 0…600 °C ± 3 °C
Power consumption ≤ 3.5 W L 0…900 °C ± 3 °C
Tightening torque, min. / Tightening torque, max. 0.4 Nm / 0.6 Nm
Rated voltage 300 V
Voltage U0 8.7 V DC
Current I0 18.4 mA
Power P0 40 mW
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
1-channel version ACT20X-HUI-SAO-S 1 8965490000
43
ACT20X
Output loop powered universal measurement and signal isolating converter
The ACT20X-HUI-SAO-LP is a universal input, isolating signal converter. This model processes temperature
signals from PT100 sensors and thermocouples as well as DC voltage and current signals (mA) from the
hazardous area. The 12.5 mm wide module is powered through it‘s 4-20 mA output.
Connection diagram: the ACT20X-HUI-SAO-LP universal measurement and signal isolating converter Ex label
ATEX
2-wire supply – II (1) D [Ex iaD]
42
+ 4...20 mA
mA mA IECEx
– – Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
* 41
2-wire supply +
42
12 [Ex ia Da] IIIC
FM
41
11 Installation in CL I DIV2 GP A-D T4
Protects Ex circuits, in compliance with
Input signals Power Supply
Gnd –
51
+ Supply +19.2...31.2 V DC
Tx 52
–
+
22
+
21


Application example: Temperature measurement in the Ex-zone ACT20X-HUI-SAO-LP
coefficient
EX-Zone Safe Zone Input Volt ≤ ±20 μV ≤ ±2 μV / °C
Control
system Input RTD
Pt100 ≤ ±0.2 °C ≤ ±0.02 °C / °C
Ni100 ≤ ±0.3 °C ≤ ±0.03 °C / °C
Input TC
Type B ≤ ±4.5 °C ≤ ±0.45 °C / °C
Type E, J, K, L, N, T, U ≤ ±1 °C ≤ ±0.1 °C / °C
Resistance
temperature sensor Type R , S, W3, W5, LR ≤ ±2 °C ≤ ±0.2 °C / °C
Input
channel
active
4-20 mA Output
I I
ACT20X-HUI-SAO
Zone 0
Tank
44
ACT20X
Universal signal isolating transformer ACT20X-HUI-SAO-LP-S
• Universal isolator for intrinsically safe RTD

signals, thermal sensor signals, resistor signals,
potentiometer signals and DC signals (mA,V)
• Supply via output loop
• 12.5 mm thin housing
J, I, U
Technical Data
Input Inputs
Type RTD, TC, DC (mA, V), 2 - 3 wire resistor Type Thermocouples (TC), RTD, mA,
Temperature input range configurable Volt, mV, resistor, potentiometer
Input current ± 25 mA Type Standard Lower Upper Min.
Input voltage ± 28 V DC limit limit area
Input resistance, voltage / Input resistance, current > 10 MΩ @ 600 mV, 2 MΩ @ 28 V / 70 Ω B 100 °C 1820 °C 400 °C
Potentiometer 10 Ω…10 kΩ E -270 °C 1000 °C
IEC584
Resistance 0…12 kΩ J -270 °C 1200 °C
80 °C
Output analog K -270 °C 1372 °C
L DIN43710 -100 °C 900 °C
Thermocouple inputs
Output current 4…20 mA (max. 23 mA)
N -180 °C 1300 °C 100 °C
≤ 10 mVss
R, S IEC584 -50 °C 1768 °C 300 °C
Residual ripple (current loop)
T -270 °C 400 °C 80 °C
Accuracy < 0.1 % of end value
U DIN43710 -200 °C 600 °C 100 °C
Temperature coefficient Max. 200 ppm/K of output range
User-defined Input Up to 101 values
Step response time < 400 ms (10…90 %)
Error detection Upper error signalling value:
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB) 100 Hz
23 mA,
General data
Lower error signalling value:
Supply voltage 11…28 V DC (loop powered)
3,5 mA
Power consumption
mA ±25 mA @ 70 Ω 4 mA
±28 V @ 2 MΩ 2,0 V
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature 0 °C...+60 °C / -20 °C...+70 °C Volt
±12 V @ 2 MΩ 1,0 V
±600 mV @ >10 MΩ 50 mV
Insulation voltage 4 kV (input / output) mV
±150 mV @ >10 MΩ 15 mV
Rated voltage 300 Veff
EMC standards DIN EN 61326 Type Standard Lower Upper Min.
limit limit area
Pt100,
2-, 3-, 4-wire RTD
Voltage U0 5.88 V DC
Pt200 -200 °C 850 °C -20 °C
Current I0 82.3 mA
Pt1000 DIN43710
Power P0 121 mW
Ni120 -80 °C 320 °C 15 °C
Cu10 -100 °C 260 °C 100 °C
User-defined Input Up to 101 values
Resistance 0 to12 kΩ 500 Ω
Approvals cULus
0 to15 kΩ 100 Ω
0 to 750 Ω 50 Ω
Ordering Data Potentiometer 1.2 kΩ to 500 kΩ
Type Qty. Part No.
1-channel version ACT20X-HUI-SAO-LP-S 1 1318220000
45
ACT20X
NAMUR isolating switching amplifier: with relay output
The ACT20X-HDI-SDO-RNO (NC) isolating switching amplifier is a specialised signal isolating converter
for Namur sensor signals or for volt-free contacts from a Zone 0 hazardous area. A single relay, available
optionally as NC or NO, provides the output signal in the safe zone. Single-channel or double-channel versions
are also available.
Connection diagram: ACT20X HDI-SDO-RNC Ex label

ATEX
NAMUR Mechanical II (1) D [Ex iaD]
switch Relay
IECEx
14 44
+ Channel 1: Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Channel 1:
Rs N.O. or N.C. [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA

13 43 Relay
Rp [Ex ia Da] IIIC
– Rp
Relay FM
12 42 Installation in CL I DIV2 GP A-D T4
Channel 1:
N.O. or N.C. Protects Ex circuits, in compliance with
Relay
NAMUR Mechanical Power supply

switch Gnd. –
24 51
+
Channel 2:
Rs
Supply +19,2...31,2 V DC
Rp
23 52
– Rp
Module status
22 53
N.C.
21 54
Module status

Application: monitoring of fill level with the ACT20X HDI-SDO-RNO (relay output)

Control
Power
+24 V DC supply
+
Fill level is high,
0V -
intrinsically safe
Namur or
mechanical switch
Other converter
PS
Channel 1 digital input Channel 1 digital output

Zone 0
ACT20X-2HDI-2SDO-RNO
Fill level is low,

intrinsically safe
Tank Namur or
mechanical switch
46
ACT20X
NAMUR isolating switching amplifier ACT20X-HDI-SDO-RNO-S / RNC-S

ACT20X-2HDI-2SDO-RNO-S / RNC-S
• Converts intrinsically safe signals (NAMUR /
switching contact) from EX Zone 0 into digital
output signals (relay output) for the safe zone
PS
Technical Data Ordering Data

Input Type Qty. Part No.
Sensor NAMUR sensor, according to EN60947, switch with or without RS, RP 1-channel version, NO
ACT20X-HDI-SDO-RNO-S 1 8965340000
Sensor supply 8 V DC / 8 mA 1-channel version, NC
Resistance RP = 750 Ω / RS = 15kΩ ACT20X-HDI-SDO-RNC-S 1 8965350000
Input frequency 0...5 kHz 2-channel version, NO
Pulse duration > 0.1 ms ACT20X-2HDI-2SDO-RNO-S 1 8965370000
Input resistance 1 kΩ 2-channel version, NC
Trigger level low / Trigger level high < 1.2 mA / > 2.1 mA ACT20X-2HDI-2SDO-RNC-S 1 8965380000
Output signal in case of wire break < 0.1 mA, > 6.5 mA (in case of wire break)
Output
Rated switching voltage ≤ 250 V AC / 30 V DC (safe area)
≤ 32 V AC / 32 V DC (Zone 2)
Continuous current ≤ 2 A AC/DC (safe area, Zone 2 area)
Power rating ≤ 500 VA / 60 W (safe area)
≤ 16 VA / 32 W (Zone 2)
Alarm output
≤ 32 V AC / 32 V DC (Zone 2)
≤ 16 VA / 32 W (Zone 2)
General data
NAMUR supply 8 V DC / 8 mA
Rated voltage 300 V
Current I0 12 mA DC
Power P0 32 W
47
ACT20X
Pulse Isolator, with NPN transistor output.
The ACT20X-HDI-SDO isolating switching amplifier is a digital pulse signal isolator for Namur sensors or
volt-free contacts from a Zone 0 hazardous area. A transistor (NPN) output is provided for the receiver or
controller in the safe area. Single-channel or double-channel versions are also available.
Connection diagram: ACT20X HDI-SDO Ex label

ATEX
NAMUR Mechanical II (1) D [Ex iaD]
switch Opto + IECEx
14 44
+ Channel 2: Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Rs [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
Channel 1:
13 43
Rp Opto – [Ex ia Da] IIIC
– Rp
Opto + FM
12 42 Installation in CL I DIV2 GP A-D T4
Channel 1: Protects Ex circuits, in compliance with
Opto –
NAMUR Mechanical Power Supply

switch
Gnd –
24 51
+
Rs
2:
Supply +19,2...31,2 V DC
Channel
Rp
23 52
– Rp
Module status
22 53
N.C.
21 54
Module status

Application: monitoring the fill level with isolating switching amplifier

Control
Power
+24 V DC supply
+
Fill level is high,
0V -
intrinsically safe
Namur or
mechanical
Other converter
switch PS

Zone 0
ACT20X-2HDI-2SDO
Fill level is low,

intrinsically safe
Tank Namur or
mechanical
switch
48
ACT20X
NAMUR isolating switching amplifier ACT20X-HDI-SDO-S / 2HDI-2SDO-S
• Converts intrinsically safe signals (NAMUR /

switching contact) from EX Zone 0 into digital
output signals (relay output) for the safe zone
PS
Technical Data
Input
Sensor NAMUR sensor, according to EN60947, switch with or without RS, RP
Sensor supply 8 V DC / 8 mA
Resistance Parallel resistor 15kΩ, Series resistor 750Ω
Input frequency 0...5 kHz
Pulse duration > 0.1 ms
Input resistance 1 kΩ
Trigger level low / Trigger level high < 1.2 mA / > 2.1 mA
Output signal in case of wire break < 0.1 mA, > 6.5 mA (in case of wire break)
Output
Type NPN transistor output
Switching frequency 5 kHz
Pulse duration > 0.1 ms
Rated switching voltage ≤ 30 V DC
Power rating ≤ 80 mA / ≤ 2.4 W
Voltage drop at max. load < 2.5 V DC
Alarm output
≤ 32 V AC / 32 V DC (Zone 2)
≤ 16 VA / 32 W (Zone 2)
General data
NAMUR supply 8 V DC / 8 mA
Rated voltage 300 V
Current I0 12 mA DC
Power P0 32 W
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
1-channel version ACT20X-HDI-SDO-S 1 8965360000
2-channel version ACT20X-2HDI-2SDO-S 1 8965390000
49
ACT20X
Digital actuator driver for gas group IIC, 35 mA
The ACT20X-SDI-HAO-S solenoid/actuator driver takes a switched input from e.g. a safe area controller and
delivers an corresponding output to operate an actuator in a hazardous area, e.g. Zone 0. It is available in a
single-channel or double-channel version.
Connection diagram: ACT20X SDI-HDO Ex label

ATEX
Ex-Output Signals Input signals II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4
Alarm Solenoid +V +V II (1) G [Ex ia] IIC/IIB/IIA
14 44 II (1) D [Ex iaD]
IECEx
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Channel 1:
13 43
+V +V
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
12 42
FM
11 41 Protects Ex circuits, in compliance with
Power Supply
Alarm Solenoid Gnd. –
24 51
+19.2...31.2 V DC
Channel 2:
23 52
Module status
22 53
N.C.
21 54
Module status
Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22 / Zone 2 / Cl. 1, div. 2,

Cl. I/II/III, div. 1 gr. A-G gr. A/D or safe area
Output data
Application: Inflow control in Ex zone with gas group IIC For gas group IIC (≤ 35 mA)
Connection terminal
Channel 1 U without load U with load I max
11-12 Min. 24 V Min. 12.5 V 35 mA
Control
A.C. supply Safe Zone EX-Zone 11-13 Min. 24 V Min. 13.5 V 35 mA
Ignition protection group IIC 11-14 Min. 24 V Min. 14.5 V 35 mA
system
DC
Power
supply
For gas group IIC (≤ 35 mA)
+ Ex alarm siren
Connection terminal
19.2-31.2 V DC Channel 2 U without load U with load I max
-
21-22 Min. 24 V Min. 12.5 V 35 mA
Alarm signal 21-23 Min. 24 V Min. 13.5 V 35 mA
21-24 Min. 24 V Min. 14.5 V 35 mA
PS

Zone 0
ACT20X-2SDI-2HDO
Valve open/closed Solenoid valve

signal Tank
50
ACT20X
Solenoid driver ACT20X-SDI-HDO / 2SDI-2HDO
• Valve control component for control of intrinsically

safe valves, LEDs, acoustic alarms, etc.
• Output current is limited to 35 mA for ignition
group IIC
PS
Technical Data
Input
Type NPN, PNP switching signal
Input voltage ≤ 28 V DC
Input resistance, voltage 3.5 kΩ
Trigger level low ≤ 2.0 V DC (NPN), ≤ 8.0 V DC (PNP)
Trigger level high ≥ 4.0 V DC (NPN), ≥ 10V DC (PNP)
Alarm output
≤ 32 V AC / 32 V DC (Zone 2)
≤ 16 VA / 32 W (Zone 2)
General data
Power consumption ≤ 3.5 W (with 2 channels)
Rated voltage 300 V
Voltage U0 28 V DC
Current I0 ≤ 110 mA
Power P0 ≤ 0.95 W
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
1-channel version ACT20X-SDI-HDO-L-S 1 8965400000
2-channel version ACT20X-2SDI-2HDO-S 1 8965420000
51
ACT20X
Valve control component for gas group IIB, 60 mA
The ACT20X-SDI-HAO-S solenoid/actuator driver takes a switched input from e.g. a safe area controller and
delivers an corresponding output to operate an actuator in a hazardous area, e.g. Zone.
This driver is suitable for switching solenoid valves or alarm devices.
Connection diagram: ACT20X-SDI-HDO Ex label

ATEX
Ex Output Signals Input Signals II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4
Alarm Solenoid II (1) G [Ex ia] IIC/IIB/IIA
14 44 II (1) D [Ex iaD]
Not connected IECEx
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Channel 1:
13 43
+V +V
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
12 42
FM
11 41 Protects Ex circuits, in compliance with
Power supply
Gnd –
24 51
+19,2...31,2 V DC
23 52
Channel 2:
Not connected
Module status
22 53
N.C.
21 54
Module status
Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22 / Zone 2 / Cl. 1, div. 2, gr. A/D

Cl. I/II/III, div. 1 gr. A-G or safe area
Output data
Application: Inflow control in Ex zone with gas group IIB For gas group IIB (≤ 60 mA)
Connection terminal
Channel 1 U without load U with load I max
Min. 9 V 60 mA
11-12 Min. 24 V
Control
A.C. supply Safe Zone EX-Zone Min. 11.5 V 50 mA
Zone 1 Min. 12.5 V 60 mA
system
Ignition protection group IIB 11-13 Min. 24 V
Min. 10 V 50 mA
DC
Power Min. 11 V 60 mA
supply 11-14 Min. 24 V
+ Ex alarm siren Min. 13 V 50 mA
19.2-31.2 V DC
-
Alarm signal
PS
Channel 1 digital input
2x ACT20X-SDI-HDO
PS
Zone 0
Channel 2 digital input
Valve open/closed Solenoid valve

signal Tank
52
ACT20X
Solenoid driver ACT20X-SDI-HDO-H-S
• Valve control component for control of intrinsically

safe valves, LEDs, acoustic alarms, etc.
• Output current is limited to 35 mA for ignition
group IIC
PS
Technical Data
Input
Type NPN, PNP switching signal
Input voltage ≤ 28 V DC
Input resistance, voltage 3.5 kΩ
Trigger level low ≤ 2.0 V DC (NPN), ≤ 8.0 V DC (PNP)
Trigger level high ≥ 4.0 V DC (NPN), ≥ 10V DC (PNP)
Alarm output
≤ 32 V AC / 32 V DC (Zone 2)
≤ 16 VA / 32 W (Zone 2)
General data
Power consumption <2W
Rated voltage 300 V
Voltage U0 28 V DC
Current I0 ≤ 135 mA
Power P0 ≤ 0.77 W
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
1-channel version ACT20X-SDI-HDO-H-S 1 8965410000
53
ACT20M – Overview
ACT20M – a narrow 6 mm signal converter
The new dimension for converting and isolating – The product line consists of Input Loop Powered, Output
housed in a 6 mm width Loop Powered and Auxiliary Powered analog isolators and
converters, including a universal input converter.
The new ACT20M range combines innovative technologies The eight-connection housing allows additional functionality
with the highest levels of functionality in an electronics such as 2 channel ILP, 2 channel OLP isolation and signal
housing measuring just 6 mm in width. Up to two splitting with input powering option. The configuration is
channels per module result in space savings in the carried out via DIP switches or the FDT/ DTM software. The
electrical cabinet. The high electrical isolation of 2.5 kV ACT20M modules are supplied via direct wiring or a rail bus.
and an accuracy of up to 0.05 % both help to ensure a
high degree of process reliability.
54
ACT20M – Overview
Saves space
6.1 mm Up to two channels of 6 mm width

result in space savings in the
electrical cabinet.
High level of galvanic isolation

U, I,
R, T U,I
2.5 kV of electrical isolation
(300 V rated voltage) ensures excellent
process reliability.
PS
Signal splitter
Installation is simple and quick
The power supply is simply snapped

onto the rail bus for fast and easy
installation. The supply can be through Signal converter
any ACT20M module or a separate
power-feed unit.
Many different uses

+70 °C Universal measuring transducer
The high measuring accuracy, the
to
wide temperature range and the
–25 °C international approvals (cULus, ATEX
Zone 2, FM Div. 2, GL, DNV) enable
them to be used worldwide for
many applications. Passive isolator
\ Ex n
u;
CH20M rail bus
Power-feed modules
55
ACT20M
Signal splitter ACT20M-AI-2AO-S
• Isolating, converting and duplicating DC signals

• Configured using DIP switch
• Power supply via the rail bus
• 4-way isolation
I, U 4 5 I, U
IN 3 6 OUT 1
I, U 2 7
Supply
OUT 2 1
82 83 8
Supply
Technical Data
Input Input Switch
Input current 0(4)...20 mA
Input voltage 0(2)…10 V, 0(1)…5 V 1 2 3 4
Sensor supply > 17 V DC at 20 mA 0 … 20 mA ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Input resistance, voltage 500 kΩ 4 … 20 m ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Voltage drop, current input < 1.5 V 0 … 10 V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Output 2 … 10 V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Output current 0(4)...20 mA 0…5V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Output voltage 0(2)...10 V, 0(1)...5 V 1 …5 V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
load impedance current < 300 Ω, per channel 0 ... 20 mA loop ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
load impedance voltage ≥ 10 kΩ 4 ... 20 mA loop ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
General data
Configuration DIP switch Output 1 Switch
Supply voltage 24 V DC ± 30 %
Ambient temperature -25 °C...+70 °C 5 6 7
Accuracy < 0.05 % of measuring range 0 … 20 mA ◼ ◼ ◼
Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.01 % / °C 4 … 20 m ◼ ◼ ◼
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB) 100 Hz 0 … 10 V ◼ ◼ ◼
Power consumption, typ. 400 mW 2 … 10 V ◼ ◼ ◼
Power consumption, max. 1.2 W 0…5V ◼ ◼ ◼
Insulation coordination 1 …5 V ◼ ◼ ◼
Insulation voltage 2.5 kVeff
Output 2 Switch
8 9 10
Surge voltage category II
0 … 20 mA ◼ ◼ ◼
4 … 20 m ◼ ◼ ◼
0 … 10 V ◼ ◼ ◼
2 … 10 V ◼ ◼ ◼
Approvals CE; cULus; DETNORVER; FMEX; GL; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX
0…5V ◼ ◼ ◼
1 …5 V ◼ ◼ ◼
Note: Power supply optionally over the DIN mounting rail CH20M ◼ = on
◼ = off
Ordering Data ACT20M-AI-2AO-S
Type Qty. Part No. 2-wire

+
4 5
+
PLC
mA In Out 1 V, mA
Screw connection ACT20M-AI-2AO-S 1 1176020000 passive – 3 U, I 6 – passive
U, I
PLC 2 U, I 7
Note: DIN mounting rail, see Accessories V, mA Out 2
+ + Power
– Power – 24 V
passive 1 8
4-wire 4 5 PLC
+ +
V, mA In Out 1 V, mA
active – 3 U, I 6 – passive
U, I
PLC 2 U, I 7
+ + Power
V, mA Out 2
– Power – 24 V
passive 1 8
56
ACT20M
Signal splitter ACT20M-CI-2CO-S
• Isolating, converting and duplicating DC signals

• 4-way isolation
4 5
I IN I OUT 1
3 6
2 7
I OUT 2 Supply
1
82 83 8
Supply
Technical Data
ACT20M-CI-2CO-S
Input
Input current 0(4)...20 mA 4-wire
+
4 5
+
PLC
Voltage drop, current input < 1.5 V mA In Out 1 mA
active – 3 I 6 – passive
Output
I
Output current 0(4)...20 mA PLC
+
2 I 7
+ Power
mA Out 2
load impedance current < 300 Ω, per channel passive – 1 Power 8 – 24 V
load impedance voltage ≥ 10 kΩ

General data
Configuration none
Ambient temperature -25 °C...+70 °C
Accuracy < 0.05 % of measuring range
Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.01 % / °C
Power consumption, typ. 400 mW
Power consumption, max. 0.8 W
Length x width x height (MM) 114.3 / 6.1 / 112.5
Approvals CE; cULus; DETNORVER; FMEX; GL; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX
Note: Power supply optionally over the DIN mounting rail CH20M
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
Screw connection ACT20M-CI-2CO-S 1 1175990000
Note: DIN mounting rail, see Accessories
57
ACT20M
Signal converter ACT20M-AI-AO-S
• Isolating and converting DC signals

• 3-way isolation
I, U 4 5 I, U
IN 3 OUT
6
2
7
1 Supply
82 83 8
Supply
Technical Data
Input Input Switch
Input current 0(4)...20 mA
Input voltage 0(2)…10 V, 0(1)…5 V 1 2 3 4
Sensor supply > 17 V DC at 20 mA 0 … 20 mA ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Input resistance, voltage >500 kΩ 4 … 20 m ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Voltage drop, current input <1,5 V 0 … 10 V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Output 2 … 10 V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Output current 0(4)...20 mA 0…5V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Output voltage 0(2)...10 V, 0(1)...5 V 1 …5 V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
load impedance current ≤ 600 Ω 0 ... 20 mA loop ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
load impedance voltage ≥ 10 kΩ 4 ... 20 mA loop ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
General data
Configuration DIP switch
Supply voltage 24 V DC ± 30 % Output 1 Switch
Accuracy < 0.05 % of measuring range 5 6 7
Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.01 % / °C 0 … 20 mA ◼ ◼ ◼
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB) 100 Hz 4 … 20 m ◼ ◼ ◼
Power consumption, typ. 400 mW 0 … 10 V ◼ ◼ ◼
Power consumption, max. 1.2 W 2 … 10 V ◼ ◼ ◼
Insulation coordination 0…5V ◼ ◼ ◼
Insulation voltage 2.5 kVeff 1 …5 V ◼ ◼ ◼
Rated voltage 300 Veff ◼ = on
Pollution severity 2 ◼ = off
Surge voltage category II ACT20M-AI-AO-S
2-wire 4 5 PLC
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm²) 2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5 mA In
+ +
Out 1 V, mA
Length x width x height (mm) 114.3 / 6.1 / 112.5 passive – 3 U, I 6 – passive
Approvals CE; cULus; DETNORVER; FMEX; GL; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX 2

U, I
7
+ Power
Power – 24 V
1 8
Ordering Data 4-wire 4 5 PLC

+ +
Type Qty. Part No. V, mA In Out 1 V, mA
active – 3 U, I 6 – passive
Screw connection ACT20M-AI-AO-S 1 1176000000
U, I
2 7
+ Power
Note: DIN mounting rail, see Accessories 1 Power 8 – 24 V
58
ACT20M
Signal isolator ACT20M-CI-CO-S
• Isolating DC signals
• 3-way isolation
4 5
I IN I OUT
3
6
2
7
1 Supply
82 83 8
Supply
Technical Data
Input ACT20M-CI-CO-S
Input current 0(4)...20 mA 4-wire 4 5 PLC

+ +
Voltage drop, current input < 1.5 V mA In Out 1 mA
active – 3 I 6 – passive
Output
I
Output current 0(4)...20 mA 2 7
+ Power
load impedance current ≤ 600 Ω 1 Power 8 – 24 V
General data
Configuration none
Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.01 % / °C
Power consumption, typ. 400 mW
Power consumption, max. 0.8
Approvals CE; cULus; DETNORVER; FMEX; GL; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX;
ROHS
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
Screw connection ACT20M-CI-CO-S 1 1175980000
59
ACT20M
Universal measuring transducer ACT20M-UI-AO-S
• Isolating and converting of temperature signals

and DC signals
• Configuration using FDT/DTM software
• 3-way isolation
4 5 I, U
3 OUT
6
I, U, R 2
IN 7
1 Supply
82 83 8
Supply
Technical Data
Input ACT20M-UI-AO-S
Sensor Thermocouples: B, E, J, K, L, LR, N, R, N, R, S, T, U, W3, W5, RTD: 4-wire 4 5 PLC

+ +
PT100, PT1000, Ni100, Ni1000, 2-/3-/4-wire mA In Out 1 mA
active – 3 U, I, ϧ 6 – passive
Potentiometer 10 Ω…10 kΩ
U, I
Resistance 10 Ω…10 kΩ 2 7
+ Power
Input current 0(4)...20 mA 1 Power 8 – 24 V
Input voltage 0(2)…10 V, 0(1)…5 V

Input resistance, voltage > 10 MΩ
Voltage drop, current input <3V
2-wire 4 5 PLC
Sensor supply > 15 V DC at 20 mA mA In
+ +
Out 1 mA
– –
Output passive 3 U, I, ϧ 6 passive
Output current 0(4)...20 mA 2

U, I
7
+ Power
Output voltage 0(2)...10 V, 0(1)...5 V Power – 24 V
1 8
load impedance voltage ≥ 10 kΩ
General data
Configuration With FDT/DTM software
ACT20M-UI-AO-S
Ambient temperature -25 °C...+70 °C +
4 5
+
PLC
Out 1 mA
Accuracy < 0.1 % of measuring range 4-wire 3 U, I, ϧ 6 – passive
Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.01 % / °C V In U, I
active – 2 7
Power consumption, typ. 400 mW + Power
Power – 24 V
Power consumption, max. 1.2 W 1 8
Rated voltage 300 Veff 4 5 PLC
+
Pollution severity 2 –
Out 1 mA
passive
3 U, I, ϧ 6
U, I
Dimensions Screw connection TC
+
2 7
+ Power
In
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm²) 2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5 – 1 Power 8 – 24 V

Approvals cULus; DETNORVER; FMEX; GL; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX
Note: Power supply optionally over the DIN mounting rail CH20M ACT20M-UI-AO-S
Sense + 4 5 PLC
+
Ordering Data R+ 3 U, I, ϧ 6 –
Out 1 mA
passive
Type Qty. Part No. RTD

R– 2
U, I
7
Screw connection ACT20M-UI-AO-S 1 1176030000 + Power
24 V
Sense – 1 Power 8 –
Note: CBX200 USB configuration adapter - 8978580000DIN mounting rail,

see Accessories
60
ACT20M
Passive isolator ACT20M-CI-CO-ILP-S
• Isolation of DC signals without a separate

power supply
• Supplied with power from the input
measuring circuit
• Available as either single-channel or double-
channel version
• 2-way isolation
4 5
I IN 1 I OUT 1
3 6
2 7
I IN 2 I OUT 2
1 8
Technical Data
Input ACT20M-CI-CO-ILP-S
Voltage drop, current input 1.25 V + 0.015 Vout @25°C 4-wire 4 5 PLC
+ +
Input current 0(4)...20 mA mA In
– –
Out mA
active 3 I 6 passive
Output
Output current 0(4)...20 mA 2 7
I
load impedance current ≤ 600 Ω 1 8
General data
Configuration none
Ambient temperature -25 °C...+70 °C ACT20M-2CI-2CO-ILP-S
4-wire 4 5 PLC
Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.01 % / °C mA In 1
+ +
Out 1 mA
I
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB) 100 Hz active – 3 I 6 – passive
Power consumption, max. 30 mW per channel 4-wire 2 7 PLC

+ I +
Insulation coordination mA In 2 I Out 2 mA
active – 1 8 – passive
Dimensions 1-channel version
Approvals DETNORVER; FMEX; GL; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
1-channel version ACT20M-CI-CO-ILP-S 1 1176070000
2-channel version ACT20M-2CI-2CO-ILP-S 1 1176080000
61
ACT20M
Passive isolator ACT20M-CI-CO-OLP-S
• Isolation of DC signals without a separate

power supply
• Supplied with power from the output
measuring circuit
• Available as either single-channel or double-
channel version
• 2-way isolation
4 5
I IN 1 I OUT 1
3 6
2 7
I IN 2 I OUT 2
1 8
Technical Data
Input ACT20M-CI-CO-OLP-S
Voltage drop, current input Typical 2.5 V 2-wire 4 5 PLC

+ +
Input current 4...20 mA mA In
– –
Out mA
passive 3 I 6 active
Output
Output current 4...20 mA 2 7
I
Supply voltage 6…35V 1 8
General data
Configuration none
Ambient temperature -25 °C...+70 °C ACT20M-2CI-2CO-OLP-S
2-wire 4 5 PLC
Temperature coefficient ≤± 0.07 µA x (Δ °C x V supply) @ Tamb < 25 °C mA In 1
+ +
Out 1 mA
I
, ≤±0.02 µA x (Δ °C x V supply) @ Tamb > 25 °C passive – 3 I 6 – active
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB) 100 Hz 2-wire 2 7 PLC

+ I +
Power consumption, max. 30 mW per channel mA In 2 I Out 2 mA
passive – 1 8 – active
Dimensions 1-channel version
Approvals DETNORVER; FMEX; GL; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
1-channel version ACT20M-CI-CO-OLP-S 1 1176040000
2-channel version ACT20M-2CI-2CO-OLP-S 1 1176050000
62
ACT20 power-feed unit
ACT20M-BAI-AO-S ACT20M-BAI-2AO-S
Signal converter and splitter
• Bipolar DC signal isolation, conversion and

splitting (doubling)
• 4-way isolation
±I, ±V I, V ±I, ±V I, V
4 5 4 5
IN OUT 1 IN OUT 1
3 6 3 6
2 7 2 7
OUT 2 Supply OUT 2 Supply
1 1
82 83 8 82 83 8
I, V I, V
Supply Supply
Technical Data
Input
Input current -10…+10 mA / -20…+20 mA -10…+10 mA / -20…+20 mA
Input voltage -10…+10 V / -5…+5 V -10…+10 V / -5…+5 V
Output
Output current 0/4…20 mA 2x 0/4…20 mA or 1x ±20 mA, ±10 mA
Output voltage 0…5 V / 1…5 V / 0…10 V / 2…10 V 2x 0…5 V / 1…5 V / 0…10 V / 2…10 V
Load impedance current < 600 Ω 2x 300 Ω
Load impedance voltage > 10 k Ω > 10 k Ω
General data
Supply voltage 24 V DC ± 30 % 24 V DC ± 30 %
Ambient temperature (Operation -25 °C…+70 °C -25 °C…+70 °C
Storage temperature -40 °C…+85 °C -40 °C…+85 °C
Accuracy < 0.05 % of measuring range < 0.05 % of measuring range
Temperature coefficient < 0.01 % /K < 0.01 % /K
Cut-off frequency 100 Hz 10 Hz 100 Hz 10 Hz
Insulation voltage 2.5 kV 2.5 kV
Rated voltage 300 V 300 V
Pollution degree 2 2
Overvoltage protection II II
Dimensions
Length x width x height (mm) 114.3 x 6.1 x 112.5 114.3 x 6.1 x 112.5
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm2) 2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5 2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
Approvals cULus 61010-1; FMEX; GL; DNV; IECEX; KEMAATEX; ROHS cULus 61010-1; FMEX; GL; DNV; IECEX; KEMAATEX; ROHS
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No. Type Qty. Part No.
ACT20M-BAI-AO-S 1 1375450000 ACT20M-BAI-2AO-S 1 1375470000
Accessories
Markers MF 5/7.5 MC NEUTRAL 1877680000 MF 5/7.5 MC NEUTRAL 1877680000
Note: DIN mounting rail, see Accessories DIN mounting rail, see Accessories
63
CH20M rail bus
Power-feed module for the CH20M DIN-rail bus
4 A supply with backup supply and

error analysis
The power-feed unit ACT20-FEED-IN-PRO-S supplies

the devices on the CH20M DIN-rail bus with 24 V DC.
At the same time, the FEED-IN device reads the group error
contact – optionally provided by the installed devices – from
the CH20M rail bus and sends a message through the
status relay to the external controller. Optionally, two power
supplies can be connected as a primary and back-up, to
create a redundant 24 V DC source. An installation in
Zone 2 / Division 2 is also possible. Three LEDs show the
status of the power supply and the error status.
Weidmuller offers a compact and narrow 6 mm

feed-in module as an alternative. This feeds the 24 V DC
from it‘s field terminals directly to the to the DIN rail-bus. Up
to 80 modules can be fed with a maximum available current
The FEED-IN-PRO can supply a maximum of 4 A to feed of 2.5 A.
up to 120 devices mounted on a CH20M rail bus. Quick
identification of errors on the DIN-rail bus is through the
internal status relay. The FEED-IN-PRO device immediately
recognises and displays when a power supply has failed.
The supply is then switched automatically to the redundant
power supply.
64
ACT20 power-feed unit
ACT20 power-feed module ACT20-Feed-In-PRO-S ACT20-Feed-In-BASIC-S
• Distributes the supply onto the busbar

• Compatible with Weidmuller CH20 DIN-rail bus
• Optional connection f or backup supply
• Approved for use in Ex-Zone 2 /Div. 2
• Monitoring of the supply voltage
• Alarm alerts via the status relay
Alarm
Power supply, 0 V 51 Power supply, +24 V

44 NC
Power supply, +24 V 52
43 Status relay, N.C.
Backup, +24 V 53
42 Status relay, shared
Backup, 0 V 54 Power supply, 0 V
41 Status relay, N.O.
85 84 83 82 81
0V
0V
+24 V
+24 V
Status
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Technical Data
Input
Supply voltage 21.6...26.4 V DC 21.6...26.4 V DC
Input current Max. 4 A 0.5...2.5 A DC
21.6...26.4 V DC
Trigger level for the power supply Fault < 21 V DC
Output, power supply
Output voltage Input voltage -0.5 V DC / 4 A Corresponds to the input voltage
Output power 96 W
Output current Max. 4 A Equivalent to input current
Output, status relay in safe zone
Max. switching voltage, AC / Max. switching voltage, DC 250 V / 30 V 250 V / 30 V
Continuous current 2 A AC / DC
AC power, max. 500 VA / 60 W
General data
Degree of efficiency 0,976 100 %
Ambient temperature -20 °C...+60 °C -25 °C...+70 °C
Power consumption <2W
Protection degree IP 20 IP 20
Weight 140 70
Humidity 95 %, no condensation 95 %, no condensation
Dimensions Screw connection Screw connection
Length x width x height (mm) 119.2 / 22.5 / 113.6 114.3 / 6.1 / 112.5
Approvals DEKRAATEX; FMEX; GOSTME25; IECEXDEK cULus; DETNORVER; FMEX; GL; GOSTME25; IECEXKEM; KEMAATEX
Ordering Data
Screw connection ACT20-FEED-IN-PRO-S 1 8965500000 ACT20-FEED-IN-BASIC-S 1 1282490000
Note: DIN mounting rail, see Accessories DIN mounting rail, see Accessories
65
CH20M rail bus
CH20M rail bus
Quick and safe power supply through the DIN-rail. The supply of 24 V DC to the power rail can be from any
one of the auxiliary powered ACT20M modules, when that
module is itself externally supplied. This allows the rail to
This customer-friendly infrastructure solution brings power, power up to 8 other modules (approximately 400 mA). For
signals and data to the rail in a quick and reliable manner. powering additional ACT20Ms, a separate Feed-In module
The rail bus can replace the tedious individual wiring process can be used.
with a flexible and uninterrupted system solution. As a result, The ACT20-Feed-In-Basic provides a simple and compact
the customer saves time and cost-especially if any module (6 mm width) power supply interface to the rail, for
changes are needed later, as other adjacent modules are supplying up to 2.5 A (up to 50 x ACT20M modules).
not disturbed. The uninterrupted system bus is securely
integrated within the 35 mm standard mounting rail.
Whether 7.5 mm or 15 mm high, the custom-fit rail profiles
are easy to install on all TS-35 standard rails in accordance
with DIN EN 60715.
The resistant gold-plated contacts ensure a permanent and

reliable contact. The ACT20M modules are simply snapped
onto the mounting rail and are automatically in contact with
the DIN-rail bus.
The ACT20-Feed-In-Pro is a more powerful 22.5 mm wide

solution. This takes 2 external 24 V DC inputs, and via
internal diodes provides a redundant supply to the rail, and
an alarm output in the case of input failure.
66
CH20M rail bus
Rail bus accessories
CH20M BUS-PROFIL TS35x7.5/1000 CH20M BUS-PROFIL TS35x15/1000 CH20M BUS 4.50/05 AU/1000
Support section for bus circuit board Support section for bus circuit board Bus PCB
• Support section for TS35 x 7.5 • Support section for TS35 x 15 • Bus circuit board for use on TS35 x 7.5
• Length: 250, 500 or 750 mm • Length: 250, 500 or 750 mm and TS 35 x 15
• Length: 250, 500 or 750 mm
• Five conductor paths, gold-plated
• Electrical rating: 63 V AC, 5 A/conductor path
Ordering Data Ordering Data Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No. Type Qty. Part No. Type Qty. Part No.
CH20M BUS-PROFIL TS35x7.5/250 10 1248150000 CH20M BUS-PROFIL TS35x15/250 5 1248180000 CH20M BUS 4.50/05 AU/250 10 1248220000
CH20M BUS-ADP TS35/1000 CH20M BUS-AP LI TS35x7.5 & 15 CH20M BUS-AP RE TS35x7.5 & 15
Cover plate End plate End plate
• Cover plate for DIN-rail bus • End plate for DIN-rail bus • End plate for DIN-rail bus
• Length: 250, 500 or 750 mm • Fits on TS35 x 7.5 and TS35 x 15 • Fits on TS35 x 7.5 and TS35 x 15
• left • right
Ordering Data Ordering Data Ordering Data

Type Qty. Part No. Type Qty. Part No. Type Qty. Part No.
CH20M BUS-ADP TS35/250 10 1248250000 CH20M BUS-AP LI TS35x7.5 & 15 50 1193160000 CH20M BUS-AP RE TS35x7.5 & 15 50 1193170000
CH20M BUS-ADP TS35/500 10 1248260000
CH20M BUS-ADP TS35/750 5 1248270000
SET CH20M BUS 250MM TS 35X15 SET CH20M BUS 250MM TS 35X7.5
Set Set
• SET consists of one each of • SET consists of one each of

CH20M BUS 4.50/05 AU/250 CH20M BUS 4.50/05 AU/250
CH20M BUS-ADP TS 35/250 CH20M BUS-ADP TS 35/250
CH20M BUS-AP LI TS 35X7.5 & 15 CH20M BUS-AP LI TS 35X7.5 & 15
CH20M BUS-AP RE TS 35X7.5 & 15 CH20M BUS-AP RE TS 35X7.5 & 15
CH20M BUS-PROFIL TS 35X15/250 CH20M BUS-PROFIL TS 35X7.5/250
Ordering Data Ordering Data
SET CH20M BUS 250MM TS 35X15 1 1335150000 SET CH20M BUS 250MM TS 35X7.5 1 1335140000
67
MICROSERIES – Overview
MICROSERIES
Slim size – great functionality (HIGH) has a high rated voltage of 300 V.
The RPS/RPSH modules are compact-sized 4...20 mA supply
isolators with 300 V / 3-way isolation and supply for sensors.
The MICROSERIES leads the field in analog signal The HART® Transparent RPSH enables HART®-compatible
conditioning. It packs a great deal of functionality into its sensors to be connected, powered and isolated. The
thin 6.1 mm width. The enclosed version of the signal MICROINTERFACE Analog adapter module makes it much
converter is available with a screw connection (as MAS easier to wire up a facility. There is no longer any need for a
variants) and with a tension clamp connection (as MAZ time-consuming and error-prone individual wiring process.
variants). The MICROSERIES modules measure PT100 A block is constructed of eight MIRCOSERIES modules and
signals, thermocouple signals and DC-current/voltage two power supply modules.
signals. They then electrically isolate and convert them into This block can then be bridged electrically using pluggable
standardized analog signals. ZQV cross-connectors. The MICROINTERFACE Analog
The DC/DC Select modules are one of the highlights in this adapter is mounted and connected to the signal connection
series. These 3-way isolators function to isolate and convert terminals (input or output). Signals are transmitted via the
DC standard signals. A DIP switch can be used to adapt 15-pole SUB-D connector and connected with pre-fabricated
them to the particular application. The DC/DC Select HI cables.
68
MICROSERIES – Overview
Security
Electrical isolation increases the safety

of operations and reduces the risk of
facility malfunctions.
Simple signal conditioning
The DIP switches on the side can be

used to adapt the sensor signals to the
standard DC signals of 0/4 to 20 mA or
0 to 10 V.
Saves space in the electrical cabinet
The high component density allows

you to save more than 50 % of the
space on a DIN-rail when compared to
standard widths over 12.5.
Simple wiring
A time-saving cabling system with

MICROINTERFACE; the power supply
can be bridged from one module to the Supply isolator
next using cross-connections.
PT100 / RTD signal isolator /

converter
Thermocouple signal isolator /

converter
Pluggable adapter for connecting

to system cable
69
MICROSERIES – supply isolator
With HART® MAS RPSH
• 2-conductor system
• 3-way isolation
• With HART® transmission
• Output signal can be configured
• With sensor feed
0V 24 V DC
3 4
I cc cc
U/I 2 5
PS PS
V
Out
VC Current
1 I Loop I 6
+ +
Technical Data
Input Setting options/switch position
Sensor 2-wire Schalter
Switch
Sensor supply 16.5 V / constant for 3 – 22 mA Output 1 2 3 4
4 ... 20 mA ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Output
0 ... 20 mA ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Output current 0(4)...20 mA
0 ... 10 V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Output voltage 0...10 V
Output signal limit 22...25 mA or 11...12.5 V ◼ = on
Load impedance, voltage/current ≥ 10 kΩ / ≤ 500 Ω ◼ = off
Offset current < 30 µA
General data PS
- +
Power consumption ca. 1 W
Accuracy IOUT: < 0.1 % / UOUT: < 0.2%
Step response time ≤ 2 ms 3 4
Temperature coefficient ≤ 50 ppm/K PS
- 2 5 -
Ambient temperature 0 °C...+55 °C
I U/I
Insulation coordination mA IN OU T mA V
1 6
Standards DIN EN 61010-1, DIN EN 60079, DIN EN 61326-1 + +
EMC standards DIN EN 61326 class B
Rated voltage 600 V
Length x width x height (mm) 88 / 6.1 / 97.8
Approvals CE; cURus; cULusEX; GOSTME25
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
Screw connection MAS RPSH 1 8721170000
Note: Cross-connectors for power supplies and markers –

refer to Accessories
70
MICROSERIES – supply isolator
Without HART® MAS RPS
• 2-conductor system
• 3-way isolation
• Power supply can be cross-connected
• With sensor feed
0V 24 V DC
3 4
I cc cc
I 2 5
PS PS
V
Out
VC Current
1 I Loop I 6
+ +
Connection
Technical Data
Input
4...20 mA
PS
Input current
Sensor 2-wire - +
Sensor supply 16.5 V / constant for 3 – 22 mA
Output
Output current 4...20 mA
3 4
Output signal limit 22...25 mA
/ ≤ 500 Ω PS
Load impedance, voltage/current - 2 5 -
Offset current < 30 µA I I
V mA IN OU T mA V
1 6
General data + +
Configuration none
Power consumption ca. 1 W
Accuracy < 0,1 %
Temperature coefficient ≤ 50 ppm/K
Standards DIN EN 61010-1, DIN EN 60079, DIN EN 61326-1
EMC standards DIN EN 61326 class B
Rated voltage 300 V
Approvals CE; cURus; cULusEX; GOSTME25
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
Screw connection MAS RPS 1 8721150000

71
MICROSERIES - PT100 / RTD - signal isolator / converter
RTD 2-/3-wire converter PT100 output select
• 2-way isolation between input and output /

power supply
• PT100 2-/3-wire
• Output can be calibrated via DIP switch
• ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4
• UL Class I, Div. 2
PT100
J U/I
VC
Technical Data
Sensor PT100/2-/3-wire (in compliance with IEC 751)
Sensor supply 0.8 mA Schalter
Switch
Temperature input range 0...100 °C Output 1 2 3 4
Output 0 ... 10 V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Output voltage / Output current 0...10V / 0...5V / 0(4)...20 mA 0 ... 20 mA ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Load impedance, voltage/current ≥ 10 kΩ / ≤ 400 Ω @ 24 V 4 ... 20 mA ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
General data 0 ... 5 V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Configuration DIP switch ◼ = on
Supply voltage 24 V DC ± 10 % ◼ = off
Power consumption ca. 0.6 W
Step response time < 0.7 s
Connection
Temperature coefficient ≤ 250 ppm/K of final value
Insulation coordination PS
Standards DIN EN 60079, DIN EN 61326-1 + –
EMC standards EN 55011, EN 61000-6 /-2, EN 61326
Rated voltage 100 V
Impulse withstand voltage 1.5 kV 3 4
Insulation voltage 500 Veff / 1 s
2 V/I 5 –
Surge voltage category III
Pt 10 0 OUT mA V
Pollution severity 2 1 6
Clearance & creepage distances ≥ 1.5 mm +

Approvals CE; cULusEX; DEMKOATEX; GOSTME25
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
Screw connection MAS PT100 0…100C EX 1 8975690000

72
MICROSERIES - thermocouple signal isolator / converter
Thermal isolator/converter type K Thermo-K output select

power supply
• Cold-junction compensation
• Linearisation
J U/I
VC
Technical Data
Sensor Thermocouple acc. to IEC 584, type: K
Temperature input range 0...1000 °C Switch
Output Output 1 2 3 4
Output voltage / Output current 0...10V / 0...5V / 0(4)...20 mA 0 ... 10 V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Wire break detection Output value: > 20 mA, >10 V 4 ... 20 mA ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Supply voltage 24 V DC ± 10 % ◼ = on
Power consumption ca. 0.6 W ◼ = off
Step response time < 0.7 s
Temperature coefficient ≤ 250 ppm/K of final value Connection
Standards DIN EN 60079, DIN EN 61000-4-2
EMC standards EN 55011, EN 61000-6 /-2, EN 61326 PS
Rated voltage 100 V – +
Impulse withstand voltage 1.5 kV
3 4
Clearance & creepage distances ≥ 1.5 mm – 2 V/I 5 –
Dimensions Screw connection IN OUT mA V
1 6
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm²) 2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5 + +
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
Screw connection MAS Thermo-K 0…1000C EX 1 8975710000

73
MICROSERIES - thermocouple signal isolator / converter
Thermal isolator/converter type J Thermo J output select

power supply
• Cold-junction compensation
• Linearisation
• ATEX II 3 G Ex nA nL IIC T4
J U/I
VC
Technical Data
Sensor Thermocouple acc. to IEC 584, type: J
Temperature input range 0...700 °C Switch
Output Output 1 2 3 4
Output voltage / Output current 0...10V / 0...5V / 0(4)...20 mA 0 ... 10 V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Wire break detection Output value: > 20 mA, >10 V 4 ... 20 mA ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Supply voltage 24 V DC ± 10 % ◼ = on
Power consumption ca. 0.6 W ◼ = off
Step response time < 0.7 s Connection
Standards DIN EN 60079, DIN EN 61326-1
EMC standards EN 55011, EN 61000-6 /-2, EN 61326 PS
Rated voltage 100 V – +
Impulse withstand voltage 1.5 kV
3 4
Clearance & creepage distances ≥ 1.5 mm – 2 V/I 5 –
Dimensions Screw connection IN OUT mA V
1 6
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm²) 2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5 + +
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
Screw connection MAS THERMO-J 0…700C EX 1 8975730000

74
MICROSERIES - DC/DC 3-way isolator
Configurable DC/DC select
• 3-way isolation
• Can be configured via DIP switch
• Power supply can be cross-connected
• Minimal power loss
Technical Data
Input voltage / Input current 0...10 V / 0(4)...20 mA
Switch
Input resistance, voltage/current 100 kΩ / ≤ 5 Ω
S1 S2
Voltage drop < 0.1 V @ IIN =20 mA (current input)
Input Output 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6
Output 0 … 20 mA 0 … 20 mA
Output voltage / Output current 0...10 V / 0(4)...20 mA 0 … 20 mA 4 … 20 mA
Load impedance, voltage/current ≥ 10 kΩ / ≤ 500 Ω 0 … 20 mA 0 … 10 V
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB) > 100 Hz 4 … 20 mA 0 … 20 mA
General data 4 … 20 mA 4 … 20 mA
Supply voltage 24 V DC ± 15 % 4 … 20 mA 0 … 10 V
Power consumption ca. 0.6 W 0 … 10V 0… 20 mA
Accuracy < 0.5 % of end value 0 … 10V 4… 20 mA
Temperature coefficient ≤ 150 ppm/K of of final value 0 … 10V 0… 10 V
= on
Storage temperature -20 °C...+85 °C = off
Standards EN 50178 Connection
Rated voltage 50 V
Insulation voltage 500 Veff / 1 s PS
Overvoltage category II – +
Dimensions Screw connection Tension clamp connection
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm²) 2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5 1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
3 4
Length x width x height (mm) 88 / 6.1 / 97.8 92 / 6.1 / 97.8
Approvals cURus; CE; cULusEX – 2
PS
5 –
V/I V/I
V mA IN OUT mA V
1 6
Ordering Data + +
Type Qty. Part No.

Screw connection MAS DC/DC select 1 8594810000
Tension clamp connection MAZ DC/DC select 1 8594840000
Note: Cross-connectors for power supplies andmarkers –

75
WAVESERIES – Universal signal converters and trip amplifiers, configurable
WAVE TTA – one module fits all ...
In the case of signal processing this is a big benefit. The For linearised and/or isolated analog outputs, the user has
maintenance engineer who hasn’t got the right spare a choice of standard or variable DC milliamps and voltage
isolator or transmitter, and has to run part of the plant on ranges. These can be set as either direct or reverse acting.
manual control for a day or two before the replacement The user can also select upscale or downscale output in the
arrives understands this. It wastes his time and money. event of a sensor break or an open circuit in the input.
So Weidmuller has designed a signal processor with
unique flexibility. The TTA provides 2 changeover-relay outputs which can be
independently set, for use as high and low level alarms or
In one module the Wave TTA is an intelligent signal control points.
• Isolator
• Convertor Configuring the versatile TTA to change input and output
• Transmitter parameters is simple, and performed from a computer via an
• Lineariser interface (CBX200 USB).
• Trip-amplifier
Powering the TTA is flexible too. When the auxiliary supply
The new WAVE TTA is a “universal“ Transmitter is anything between 18 and 264 V (AC or DC), one module
Trip‑Amplifier. It is part of Weidmuller’s well-established can take it.
WAVESERIES family of analog signal conditioners, which are
widely used in process and factory automation applications. Physically, the TTA comes in a black WAVESERIES housing
with a flammability class V0 acc. UL 94, for mounting on
The TTA is unique. It has a combination of high performance TS35 DIN rail. Pluggable connectors, allow screw or tension
and exceptional configurability. Designed for process clamp wiring. A screwdriver-releasable front flap gives
industry applications, the TTA will work accurately and access to the configuration interface socket.
stably over a wide ambient temperature range, and over a
wide supply voltage range, and with most types of sensor
inputs. For 2-wire current transmitters 24 V DC power is
provided. Alternatively the TTA can be a passive input for the
current source.
Most commonly used temperature sensors and DC inputs

are accepted, and the TTA also allows the user to define his
own characteristics, so special sensor types and linearisation
can easily be acommodated.
To help simplify installation and loop commissioning, test
terminals are provided to permit input and output signal
checks without removing cabling.
76
WAVESERIES – Universal signal converters and trip amplifiers, configurable
Universal input signals Inputs & outputs configurable via

• Temperature signals (such as RTDs), One module computer
integrates thermocouples and potentiometers, • The range of configurability of the
frequency transmitter, DC voltage signals and DC TTA is remarkable – and made
current signals. easy using TTA SET software, in
conjunction with the CBX200
USB interface.
Current source or loop

powered input Both analog and relay outputs
• For DC current inputs the TTA can be used • In one module the TTA integrates
with either a passive input, or provide power adjustable alarm or control outputs
for a two-wire transmitter. from mechanical relays, as well as it‘s
proportional analog output.
Wide AC/DC power input

(18-264 V AC/DC)
User-definable
characterisation
• If none of the standard input Wide ambient temperature range
linearisation options suit (–40 to 70 °C)
the sensor, a special curve • Mounting the TTA outside in the
can easily be created. field is no problem. It‘s ambient
temperature range means it can
also be field enclosure mounted.
High accuracy and temperature

stability
• T
he Wave TTA offers superior
performance and minimises losses
for data acquisition systems, with
its output accuracy typically
< 0.1 %, and temperature
stability < 0.01 %/K
Milliamp signal testing without

removing cables
UL Class I Div.2 and ATEX Zone 2 approvals • The current and voltage
inputs can be tested using a
supplemental test contact without
loosening the existing wiring.
77
WAVESERIES - universal signal converter and trip amplifier, configurable
WAVE TTA EX WAS6 TTA EX / WAZ6 TTA EX
• Input and outputs can be configured on PC with

the TTA-SET software, download at
www.weidmuller.com
• Universal input signals
• Loop-powered or passive input
• Pluggable connection terminals
• ATEX 3 G Ex nA IIC T4
• UL Class I, Div.2
Analogue Inputs 3 Port Isolation

Relay
J V, I Channel 1
V, I
Relay
Channel 2
Output
PS
+24 V DC 0 ... 11 V /
0 ... 22 mA
18-264 V AC/DC supply
Technical Data
Input Typical functions
Sensor Thermocouples: B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T (IEC 60584), PT100, PT1000,
Isolator
(EN 60571) Ni100, Ni1000, (JIS1604), Cu10, Cu25, Cu50, Cu100
(DIN 43760) 2-/3-/4-wire I
Potentiometer 100 Ω...100 kΩ I, V
Resistance 10 Ω…5 kΩ
Input frequency 2 Hz…100 kHz PS
Input voltage -200...500 mV (min. 4 mV span), -20...50 V DC (min. 0.5 V span)
Input current -20...50 mA (min. span 0.4 mA)
Sensor supply 24 V DC / 22 mA Converter
Output analog
f, I, V
Output voltage Adjustable between -10...+10 V (min. span of 2.5 V)
Output current Adjustable between 0...20 mA (min. span of 5 mA) I, V
Load impedance, voltage/current > 10 kΩ @ 0...10 V / > 20 kΩ @ -10...+10 V / < 700 Ω
PS
Signal output direct or inverted
Transmit function Linear, x1/2, x3/2, x5/2 or user-defined curve (101 points)
Output digital Transmitter
Type 2 x 1 CO contact (hard gold-plated)
Switching voltage AC, max. / DC, max. 250 V / 30 V J
Continuous current 2 A AC/DC I, V
General data
Configuration TTA Set Software PS
Supply voltage 24...240 V AC/DC; 24...36 V AC / 24...50 V DC (ATEX Zone 2)
Power consumption < 3.5 W
Accuracy < 0.1 % span (DC. RTD); 0.2 % span (or 1 °C) + CJ failure Lineariser
Temperature coefficient < 0.1 % / K (DC, RTD); < 0.1 % FSR / K + CJ error 0.07 °C/K I, V
(thermocouples )
I, V
Step response time 50 ms...1 sec (RTD, mV inputs), 110 ms...1 sec (V, mA inputs) PS
Humidity 5...95 %, no condensation
Standards DIN EN 50178, DIN EN 60079, DIN EN 61000-4-2 Trip amplifier
EMC standards EN 55011, EN 61000-6
J
Rated voltage 300 V
Surge voltage category III PS
Clearance & creepage distances ≥ 5.5 mm (1 mm Input/output)
Insulation voltage 2.5 kV
Length x width x height (mm) 100 / 45 / 112.4 100 / 45 / 112.4
Approvals CE; cULus; cULusEX; KEMAATEX
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
Screw connection WAS6 TTA EX 1 8964310000
Tension clamp connection WAZ6 TTA EX 1 8964320000
78
79
WAVESERIES – Universal signal converters, output loop powered
ITXPlus
Universal, loop powered signal isolating converter Furthermore, the ITXPlus can be connected to resistors,
potentiometers and sensors which operate in the mV/mA
range. Functionality also includes square root extraction,
The ITXPlus is a compact signal isolating converter that is and x to the power 3/2 and 5/2 transfer functions. Other
loop-powered, programmable and electrically isolated. On characteristic curves which have not been pre-programmed
the input side, the user can connect DC-current/voltage can be entered directly using a PC. In this way you can
signals, 2-, 3-, or 4-wire PT100s, and thermocouples. The reproduce any sensor’s characteristic curve.
ITXPlus measures, filters and isolates the input signals. It The T-Set software can be used for configuration or for showing
converts them into a proportional signal from 4 to 20 mA. measurement trends. The CBX100 interface connects the
The ITXPlus provides a 4 to 20 mA current loop output. ITXPlus with the PC. It implements complete electrical isolation
For linear temperature measurements, you can connect between the serial port and the signal converter.
all standard types of thermocouples and resistance
temperature detectors (RTDs). The ITXPlus can also process
signals from any non-linear device, such as a NTC or PTC
sensor, or log. potentiometer. User-definable curves can be
programmed into a table containing up to 101 co-ordinates
for thermocouple and RTD ranges and 25 for other variables.
Technical Data
Inputs
Type Thermocouple, PT100/RTD, mA, volt, mV, resistance
Type Standard Lower limit Upper limit Min. range
B 400 °C 1828 °C
200 °C
C 0 °C 2000 °C
E IEC584 –100 °C 1000 °C
J –100 °C 1200 °C
50 °C
Thermocouple inputs
K –180 °C 1372 °C
L DIN 43710 –100 °C 900 °C
N –180 °C 1300 °C 100 °C
R –50 °C 1760 °C
IEC584 200 °C
S –50 °C 1760 °C
T –200 °C 400 °C 50 °C
W3, W5 ASTM E98890 0 °C 2300 °C 200 °C
User-defined Input 2–101 values
Cold-junction compensation ± 1.0 °C
Wire-break recognition yes
mA –10 mA to + 20 mA to 40 Ω input resistance (min. range 1 mA)
Volt –5 V to + 10 V to 2 M Ω input resistance (min. range 0.5 V)
mV –100 mV to + 200 mV to 2 M Ω input resistance (min range 4 mV)
Type Standard Lower limit Upper limit Min. range

PT 100 DIN 43710 –200 °C 850 °C
PT 100 JIS –200 °C 630 °C
PT 200 DIN 43710 –200 °C 850 °C 50 °C
2, 3, 4-wire RTD
PT 200 JIS –200 °C 630 °C

NI 120 DIN 43710 –80 °C 320 °C
CU 100 DIN 43710 –100 °C 260 °C 100 °C
Cable resistance 5 Ω max.
Sensor current 0,1 mA
Influence of cable resistance sensor (3/4 wire) < 0.002 Ω per Ω wire resistance
Resistance 0 to 10 k Ω (min. range 10 Ω)
Accuracy
Type Range Temperature coefficient Accuracy
E,J,K,L,N,T,U < 500 °C ± 0.02 °C per C° ambient temperature
≤ ± 1.0 °C
> 500 °C ± 0.01 % of end value per °C ambient temperature
B, C, R, S, W3, W5 ± 0.02 °C per C° ambient temperature ≤ ± 2.0 °C
mV, V, mA ≤ ± 0.1 % of end value
All
PT100/RTD ≤ ± 0.5 °C
Resistance ≤ ± 0.1 % of end value
80
WAVESERIES - universal signal converter, output-current loop-powered
ITXPlus ITXPlus
Programmable with T-SET
Universal signal isolator/converter with
2-wire technology
• Current, voltage and temperature inputs (RTD, TC)
• Supply via output loop (Output loop-powered)
• PC-programmable with T-SET, download at
www.weidmuller.com
+24 V
6
+ + +
1 J/V/I
L
2
3 Iout
I 5
4
H W
Technical Data Connections

Input Terminal Signal
Type RTD, TC, DC (mA, V), Voltages (≤ 100 mV), Current input [mA], 5 Loop –ve
Thermocouple
Supply voltage
Type, thermocouple B / C / E / J / K / L / N / R / S / T / W3 / W5 6 Loop +ve
- 200...+ 2300 °C depending on thermocouple
Type, RTD PT100, PT1000, (EN 60571) Ni100, Ni1000, (JIS1604), Cu10, Cu25, 1 Signal + Power supply
Cu50, Cu100 (DIN 43760) 2-/3-/4-Leiter Sensor
Input current -10...+20 mA (min. span 1 mA) 2 Signal + Power supply Thermocouple
Input voltage -5...+10 V / -100...+200 mV (min. span 0.5 V / 4 mV) Storage
Input resistance, voltage/current 2 MΩ / 40 Ω (only for programming)
Output 1 A-Sense
Type Current output 3 A 4-wire PT100/RTD
Output current 4...20 mA 2 B (or resistance)
load impedance current typ. 700 Ω @ 24 V DC 4 B-Sense
General data 1 A-Sense
3-wire PT100/RTD
Configuration T Set Software 3 A
(or resistance)
Supply voltage 10...40 V DC, loop powered 2 B
Humidity 10...90 % (no condensation) 3 A 2-wire PT100/RTD
Temperature coefficient typ. 0.02 % / °C 2 B (or resistance)
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature -10 °C...+70 °C / -20 °C...+70 °C 1 Signal +
Voltage (mV or V)
Long-term drift 0.1 % / 10.000 h 2 Signal –
Step response time Typ. 200 ms (10...90%) 1 Signal +
Current (mA)
Insulation coordination 2 Signal –
Impulse withstand voltage 4 kV (1.2/50 µs) 3 A
Rated voltage 300 Veff 1 Wiper Potentiometer
Insulation voltage 2 kV input / output 2 B
Approvals CE; cULus; cULusEX
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
Universal input ITXPlus 1 7940016563

Refer to Accessories for markers.
81
WAVESERIES - DC/DC 3-way isolator
Configurable PRO DC/DC
• Universally adjustable via DIP switch

• WAVETOOL software helps with configuration,
• Power supply 20...230 V AC/DC
• Minimal power loss
• Adjustable transmission frequency
Switch position/setting options

Switch
Input S1 S2
U/I Input range 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
U/I 0 … ±60 mV ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
0 … ±100 mV ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
0 … ±150 mV ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
VC 0 … ±300 mV ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼◼
0 … ±500 mV ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
0 … ±1 V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
0 … ±5 V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Technical Data 0 … ±10 V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Input 0 … ±100 V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Input voltage / Input current ± 20 mV...± 200 V / ± 0.1mA...± 100 mA 0 … + ∼0.3 mA ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Input resistance, voltage/current Approx. 1 MΩ / < 5 mA: approx. 100 Ω; >5 mA: approx. 5 Ω 0 … ±1 mA ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Output 0 … ±5 mA ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Output voltage / Output current 0...±10 V / 0...±20 mA 0 … ±10 mA ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Load impedance, voltage/current ≥ 1 kΩ / ≤ 600 Ω 0 … ±20 mA ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB) > 10 kHz/ < 10 Hz 0 … ±50 mA ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Offset current / Offset voltage 20 µA / 10 mV 4 … ±20 mA* ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Adjustment range, zero point ± 25 % of the measuring span of selected output range *Offset conversion not calibrated
Adjustment range, amplification 0.33...3.30 x end value of selected output range
Displacement -100%, -50%, 0%, 50%, 100% of measuring span
General data Switch S2 4
Configuration DIP switch, Potentiometer calibrated ranges ◼
Supply voltage 22…230 V AC/DC +10 % Span-pot. activated: input x 0.33 ... x 3.30
Power consumption ca. 1 W non calibrated range ◼
Accuracy < 0.1 % of end value, + Offset 0.1 %
Ambient temperature -10 °C...+70 °C Switch
Insulation coordination Output S1 S3
Standards DIN EN 61010-1, DIN EN 60079, DIN EN 61000-4-2 Output range 5 6 7 1 2
EMC standards DIN EN 61326, EN 61000-2-6 0 … ±10 V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
2 … 10 V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Rated voltage 600 V
0 … ±5 V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Impulse withstand voltage 5 kV, 1.2/50 µs (IEC 255-4)
1…5V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Insulation voltage input or output/supply 4 kVeff
0 … ±20 mA ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Surge voltage category III 4 … 20 mA ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Length x width x height (mm) 92.4 / 12.5 / 112.4 92.4 / 12.5 / 112.4 Offset S1 S2
Approvals CE; cULus; cULusEX; GL (in % of output voltage) 8 9 10 5
0% ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Ordering Data -100 % ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼

-50 % ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Type Qty. Part No. +50 % ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Screw connection WAS4 PRO DC/DC 1 8560740000 +100 % ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Tension clamp connection WAZ4 PRO DC/DC 1 8560750000 Zero pot. activated: additional ±25 %
Note: Markers – refer to Accessories.

Switch S3 3
Bandwidth 10 kHz ◼
Bandwidth 10 kHz ◼
Set range can be documented on side of housing.
◼ = on
◼ = off
82
Configurable WAVEPak
3-way isolator Wiring possibility A (input passive)
Configurable signal isolating converter
• Provides external sensor supply via DIP switch +24 V 0V
1 7
• Supply of 12-60 V DC Iin Iout
2 8
• Current or voltage input can be configured PS
• Input or output scaling 3
0V 0V
5
• Direct or negated output signal V/I Vout
Vin
4 V/I 6
Wiring possibility A (input passive) Wiring possibility B (input active)

+24 V 0V +24 V 0V
1 7 1 7
Iin Iout 0V Iout
2 8 2 8
L PS TP+ PS
0V 0V +24 V 0V
3 5 3 5
V/I Vout V/I
Vin Vout
4 V/I 6 4 V/I 6
H W TP–
Technical Data Wiring possibility B (input active) Connections

Input +24 V 0V Terminal Signal
Type Current or voltage output1 configurable with
7 jumper 1 Signal +
Iout Supply voltage
Input signal 0...220mA
V or 0...10 V 7 Signal –
2 8
Sensor supply 20TP+
mA @ 24 V DC output PS 4 Signal +
Voltage input
Input resistance, voltage/current >31 MΩ /+24100V Ω 0V
5
3 Signal –
Resolution 3.5 µA / 1.76 mV per bitV/I Vout
2 Signal +
Current input
Output 3 Signal –
4 V/I 6
3 Signal +
Type TP– of voltage output, configured with jumper
Current Loop Powered Input
Output current / Output voltage 0...22 mA / 0...10 V 2 Signal –
6 Signal +
load impedance current ≤ 1kΩ Voltage output
load impedance voltage Connections
≤ 500 Ω
5 Signal –
8 Signal +
General data Terminal Signal Current output
5 Signal –
Configuration 1 switch Signal +
DIP
Supply voltage
Supply voltage 7
12...60 V DC Signal –
Power consumption 4 W @ 24 VSignal
2.5 DC + Voltage input
Linearity <3 ± 0.1 % (typically
Signal±–0.05 %)
Humidity 210...90 % (no condensation)
Signal +
Current input
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature 03 °C...+60 °C /Signal –
-25 °C...+70 °C
3
≤ 0.05 % / °C
Signal +
Temperature coefficient Loop Powered Input
2 Signal –
Long-term drift 0.1 % / 10.000 h
6 Signal +
Step response time < 220 ms (10...90 %) Voltage output
5 Signal –
Insulation coordination CE; cULus; cULusEX
8 Signal +
Impulse withstand voltage 45 kV (1.2/50 µs) Current output
Signal –
Insulation voltage 2 kV input / output / power supply
Approvals CE; cULus; cULusEX
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
Universal converter WAVEPak DC/DC 1 7940024139
Note: Markers – refer to Accessories.
83
USB configuration adapter
CBX200 CBX200 USB
• Interface converter for configuration, with

galvanic isolation
• USB port for connecting to PC
• TX and RX status displays
• WI-Manager and TTA Set configuration software
programs, download at www.weidmuller.com
Technical Data
Input The CBX200 USB is a USB2.0/RS232-interface converter with
Type USB 2.0 (USB type A plug) galvanic isolation. It has additional functionality for controlling
Input current ≤ 100 mA and supplying the connected RS232 device. The CBX200 USB makes
Input resistance 22 kΩ it possible to configure the intrinsically safe ACT20X product line and
Input voltage 1.6 … 5.6 V the WAVE TTA signal converter.
Output The CBX200 USB is not compatible with the CBX100 USB.
Type RS232 (4-pole 2.5-mm jack plug)
Output voltage 3.3 V regulated
Output current 3A
Level on interfaces 1.8…5.6 V (automatically adapted)
Baud rate ≤ 115 kBd Table for selecting a configuration adapter
Activation signal 9…15 V typ. 12 V / 4 mA Product CBX100 CBX200
Insulation coordination ACT20X X
Insulation voltage 2.5 kV (input / output) WAVE TTA X X
ITX+ X
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
CBX200 USB 1 8978580000
Pin assignments for jack plug
GND RxD TxD

Vcc/control input
DTR* Vcc
0 3,3 V
1 0V
Control input RTS* RS232 interface

12 V 1 active
12 V 0 active
0V 1 active
0V 0 not active
* RTS and DTR are internal control signals
Installation notes
The power supply to the device comes from the USB port
via a USB type-A plug. The output-side of the RS232 interface
uses a four-pole 2.5-mm jack plug to connect. This jack plug
is also capable of activating the RS232 interface when needed
with a 12-V control voltage. With the assistance of the DTM,
the USB interface is diverted to a COM interface. The RS232
interface can be activated with an RTS signal
(RTS = 1➝ output activated) via the diverted COM interface.
The jack plug is also capable of supplying the RS232 node
with a regulated voltage of 3.3 V at 4 mA current.
The DTR signal (DTR = 0 ➝ supply activated) is used for control.
It is also possible to query the status using the DSR signal
(DSR = 0 ➝ output activated).
The "WI-Manager" software, the "TTA Set" and the

www.weidmuller.com.
DTM library can all be downloaded free of charge from
www.weidmueller.com.
84
USB configuration adapter
CBX100 CBX100 USB
• USB interface adapter for configuring

• USB port for connecting to PC
• Tx and Rx status displays
• Configuration software (T-Set) can be downloaded
at www.weidmuller.com
Technical Data Table for selecting a configuration adapter

Display Product CBX100 CBX200
Status indicator LED (send / receive) ACT20X X
General data WAVE TTA X X
Insulation voltage 500 V for 60 s ITX+ X
Humidity 10...90 % (no condensation)
Approvals cULus
Wiring diagram
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
Converter
CBX100USB 1 7940025031
1 Output
2
3
4 Input
PC
CBX100
85
20 kHz limiting frequency 4...20 mA / 0...10 V 0...10 V / 4...20 mA

UL Class I, Div. 2 UL Class I, Div. 2
• Signal conversion
• Galvanic isolation between input/output signals
and power supply
• Power supply can be cross-connected using
plug-in jumpers
U/I
U/I
VC
Technical Data
Input
Input voltage / Input current / 4...20 mA 0...10 V /
Input resistance, voltage/current / 50 Ω 500 kΩ /
Output
Output voltage / Output current 0...10 V / / 4...20 mA
Load impedance, voltage/current ≥ 2 kΩ / ≤ 600 Ω / ≤ 500 Ω
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB) ≥ 15 kHz (typ. 20 kHz) ≥ 15 kHz (typ. 20 kHz)
General data
Configuration none none
Power consumption < 1.3 W @ IOUT = 5 mA < 1.5 W @ IOUT = 20 mA
Accuracy < 0.2 % of end value ± 0.2 % of final value
Temperature coefficient ≤ 250 ppm/K of final value ≤ 250 ppm/K of final value
Step response time ≤ 40 µs (typ. 30 µs) ≤ 40 µs (typ. 30 µs)
Ambient temperature 0 °C...+55 °C 0 °C...+55 °C
Standards DIN EN 50178, DIN EN 61000-4-2 DIN EN 50178, DIN EN 61000-4-2
EMC standards EN 55011, EN 61000-6 EN 55011, EN 61000-6
Impulse withstand voltage 4 kV 4 kV
Insulation voltage 1.2 kVeff / 5 s 1.2 kVeff / 5 s
Surge voltage category III III
Pollution severity 2 2
Clearance & creepage distances ≥ 3 mm ≥ 3 mm
Approvals CE; CSA; cULus; cULusEX; GOSTME25 CE; CSA; cULus; cULusEX; GOSTME25
Ordering Data
Screw connection WAS5 CVC HF 4-20/0-10V 1 8447280000 WAS5 VCC HF 0-10/4-20MA 1 8447340000
Note: Cross-connector for power supplies and markers – refer to Accessories Cross-connector for power supplies and markers – refer to Accessories
86
Supply on outputside 4...20 mA / 4...20 mA 4...20 mA / 0...10 V

UL Class I, Div. 2 UL Class I, Div. 2
• Signal conversion
• Galvanic isolation between input and
output signals
plug-in jumpers
I
U/I
VC
Technical Data
Input
Input voltage / Input current / 4...20 mA (current loop) / 4...20 mA (current loop)
Output
Output voltage / Output current / 4...20 mA 0...10 V /
Load impedance, voltage/current / ≤ 500 Ω ≥ 1 kΩ /
Cut-off frequency (-3 dB) ≥ 15 Hz (typ. 20 Hz) ≥ 15 Hz (typ. 20 Hz)
General data
Configuration none none
Current consumption < 32 mA @ IOUT = 20 mA < 20 mA @ IOUT = 10 mA
Current-carrying capacity of cross-connect. ≤2A ≤2A
Accuracy ± 0.2 % of final value ± 0.2 % of final value
Temperature coefficient ≤ 250 ppm/K of final value ≤ 250 ppm/K of final value
Step response time ≤ 30 ms (typ. 20 ms) ≤ 30 ms (typ. 20 ms)
Ambient temperature 0 °C...+55 °C 0 °C...+55 °C
Standards DIN EN 50178, DIN EN 61000-4-2 DIN EN 50178, DIN EN 61000-4-2
EMC standards EN 55011, EN 61000-6 EN 55011, EN 61000-6
Impulse withstand voltage 4 kV 4 kV
Insulation voltage 1.2 kVeff / 5 s 1.2 kVeff / 5 s
Surge voltage category III III
Pollution severity 2 2
Clearance & creepage distances ≥ 3 mm ≥ 3 mm
Dimensions Screw connection Tension clamp connection Screw connection Tension clamp connection
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm²) 2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5 1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5 2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5 1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5
Length x width x height (mm) 92.4 / 12.5 / 112.4 92.4 / 12.5 / 112.4 92.4 / 12.5 / 112.4 92.4 / 12.5 / 112.4
Approvals CE; CSA; cULus; cULusEX CE; CSA; cULus; cULusEX
Ordering Data
Screw connection WAS4 CCC DC 4-20/4-20MA 1 8444980000 WAS4 CVC DC 4-20/0-10V 1 8445040000
Tension clamp connection WAZ4 CCC DC 4-20/4-20MA 1 8444990000
Note: Cross-connector for power supplies and markers – refer to Accessories Cross-connector for power supplies and markers – refer to Accessories
87
WAVESERIES - DC/DC passive isolator
Signal multiplier Loop powered 2OLP
• Galvanic isolation
• Input and output current loop feed
• Very low power consumption
• No calibration necessary
• ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4
I I
I
Technical Data
Input Example of application
Input current 4...20 mA (current loop)
~
Voltage drop 3.8 V
230 V AC
Output
Sensor
Output current 2 x 4...20 mA (current loop)
24 V DC 24 V DC
Output signal limit Approx. 31 mA
Load impedance, voltage/current / RL = (UB-12 V) / 20 mA z.B. 600 Ω at 24 V ~
230 V AC
General data 4 ... 20 mA
Configuration none
4 ... 20 mA
Supply voltage min. 12 V DC/ max. 30 V DC
Accuracy typ. 0.1 %; max. 0.2 % 1
WAVE ANALOGUE 7 10
Temperature coefficient ≤ 150 ppm/K 2 2OLP 8 11

8581160000/8581170000
12
Step response time < 20 ms 3 9

Rated voltage 300 V
Impulse withstand voltage 4 kV 230 V AC SPS
Insulation voltage input or output/supply 4 kVeff / 5 s
Surge voltage category III ~
24 V DC
Clearance & creepage distances ≥ 5.5 mm
Approvals CE; cULusEX; DEMKOATEX; GOSTME25; cULus
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
Screw connection WAS5 CCC 2OLP EX 1 8975640000
Notes: Markers – refer to Accessories.
88
WAVESERIES - temperature measuring transducer
RTD signal isolator/converter PRO RTD

UL Class I, Div. 2
• Universally adjustable via DIP switch
• 3-way isolation
• Linearisation
plug-in jumpers
RTD
J,R U/I
VC
Technical Data
Input
Sensor PT100/2-/3-/4-wire, Ni100/2-/3-/4-wire, potentiometer: min. 0–100
Ω, max. 0–100 kΩ, resistance: 0–450 Ω
Temperature input range configurable
Output
Output current / Output voltage 0(4)...20 mA / 0...10 V
Offset current / Offset voltage max. 100 µA / max. 0.05 V
Load impedance, voltage/current ≥ 1 kΩ / ≤ 600 Ω
Wire break detection LED flashing (output value: > 20 mA, >10 V)
Fine adjustment ≥ ± 5 %, Version 1 and later: ≥ 12.5 % / potentiometer: 12.5%...25%
Status indicator Module active: LED on/ wire breakage: LED flashing/
Error: LED off
General data
Configuration DIP switch, Potentiometer
Power consumption 830...880...980mW at IOUT = 20 mA
Step response time fast/slow: 2-/3-/4-conductor: 1.2 s/2.2 s; potentiometer: 0.5 s/1.1 s
Rated voltage 300 V
Insulation voltage 2 kVeff / 5 s
Clearance & creepage distances ≥ 3 mm
Approvals CE; cULus; GL; cULusEX
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
Screw connection WAS5 PRO RTD 1 8560700000
Tension clamp connection WAZ5 PRO RTD 1 8560710000
Note: Cross-connector for power supplies and markers – refer to Accessories
89
PRO RTD
Switch position / setting options
Choice of inputs ■ = on Choice of outputs Switch on the manual fine

Switch 1 □ = off Switch 2 adjustments
Input 1 2 3 Output 6 7 S. 1
PT100 2-wire ■ ■ ■ 0...10 V ■ □ Man. adjustment 8
PT100 3-wire □ ■ ■ 0...5 V ■ ■ off □
PT100 4-wire ■ □ ■ 0...20 mA □ □ on ■
R 2-wire □ □ ■ 4...20 mA □ ■
NI100 2-wire ■ ■ □
NI100 3-wire □ ■ □ Choice of step
NI100 4-wire ■ □ □ response time
Potentiometer □ □ □ S. 2
Step response time 8
slow ■
fast □
Choice of minimum input size Accuracy, slow/fast step response time

Switch 1
ϑmin Rmin Potimin 4 5 6 7 PT 100,Ni 100: 0,3 % from measuring range 0,8 %
0 °C 0Ω 0% ■ ■ ■ ■ from measuring range < 100 K / 0,3 K / 0,8 K
-10 °C 10 Ω 10 % ■ ■ ■ □ Potentiometer: 0.2 % from end value / 0.3 %
-20 °C 20 Ω 20 % ■ ■ □ ■ Resistance: 0.2 % from end value / 0.3 %
-25 °C 20 Ω 25 % ■ ■ □ □
-30 °C 30 Ω 30 % ■ □ ■ ■
-40 °C 40 Ω 40 % ■ □ ■ □ Temperature coefficient
-50 °C 50 Ω 50 % ■ □ □ ■
-60 °C 60 Ω 60 % ■ □ □ □ Measuring range ≥ 200 K ≤ 200 ppm / °C
-70 °C 70 Ω 70 % □ ■ ■ ■ 100 K ≤ Measuring range < 200 K ≤ 250 ppm / °C
-80 °C 80 Ω 80 % □ ■ ■ □ 40 K ≤ Measuring range < 100 K ≤ 400 ppm / °C
-90 °C 90 Ω □ ■ □ ■
-100 °C 100 Ω □ ■ □ □
-150 °C 150 Ω □ □ ■ ■
-200 °C 200 Ω □ □ ■ □
Special area □ □ □ ■
Choice of measuring range Adjustment example for zero and span

Switch 2
T R Poti 1 2 3 4 5 Temperature adjustment:
40 K 20 Ω 20 % ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Output 4…20 mA
50 K 25 Ω 25 % ■ ■ ■ ■ □ DIP switch -10 °C…+110 °C
60 K 30 Ω 30 % ■ ■ ■ □ ■ Span 75…110 °C
70 K 35 Ω 35 % ■ ■ ■ □ □
80 K 40 Ω 40 % ■ ■ □ ■ ■ Range 120 °C
90 K 45 Ω 45 % ■ ■ □ ■ □ Adjustment range ± 12.5 %
100 K 50 Ω 50 % ■ ■ □ □ ■
110 K 55 Ω 55 % ■ ■ □ □ □
120 K 60 Ω 60 % ■ □ ■ ■ ■
125 K 62,5 Ω 62,5 % ■ □ ■ ■ □
130 K 65 Ω 65 % ■ □ ■ □ ■ Zero
140 K 70 Ω 70 % ■ □ ■ □ □
150 K 75 Ω 75 % ■ □ □ ■ ■
160 K 80 Ω 80 % ■ □ □ ■ □ –25° C 95° C
–10° C 110° C
170 K 85 Ω 85 % ■ □ □ □ ■ –5° C 125° C
180 K 90 Ω 90 % ■ □ □ □ □
190 K 95 Ω 95 % □ ■ ■ ■ ■ Span
200 K 100 Ω 100 % □ ■ ■ ■ □
250 K 125 Ω --- □ ■ ■ □ ■ 110° C
5° C 125° C
300 K 150 Ω --- □ ■ ■ □ □ 140° C
350 K 175 Ω --- □ ■ □ ■ ■
400 K 200 Ω --- □ ■ □ ■ □
450 K 225 Ω --- □ ■ □ □ ■
500 K 250 Ω --- □ ■ □ □ □
550 K 275 Ω --- □ □ ■ ■ ■
600 K 300 Ω --- □ □ ■ ■ □ Wavetool adjustment tool
650 K 325 Ω --- □ □ ■ □ ■ This service tool enables quick and straightforward
700 K 350 Ω --- □ □ ■ □ □ configuration of the WAVEANALOG PRO.
750 K 375 Ω --- □ □ □ ■ ■
Internet download:
800 K 400 Ω --- □ □ □ ■ □
850 K 425 Ω --- □ □ □ □ ■ http://www.weidmuller.com
900 K 450 Ω --- □ □ □ □ □
90
RTD signal isolator/converter PRO RTD Cu

UL Class I, Div.2 Selection of connection Selection of senor
• Universally adjustable via DIP switch Switch 1 Switch 1
• 3-way isolation Connection 1 Type 2 3
3-wire ◼ Cu 10 ◼ ◼
• Linearisation 4-wire ◼ Cu 25 ◼ ◼ ◼
• Power supply can be cross-connected using Cu 50 ◼ ◼
plug-in jumpers Cu 100 ◼ ◼
• WAVETOOL software helps with configuration, Selection of minimum input values

download at www.weidmuller.com Switch 1
ϑ min 4 5 6 7
– 0 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
– 10 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
– 20 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
– 25 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
– 30 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Cu – 40 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
U/I
– 50 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
– 60 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
– 70 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
VC – 80 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
– 90 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
– 100 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
– 150 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Technical Data – 200 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Input
Sensor 3-/4-wired, Cu 10. Cu 25, Cu 50. Cu 100 special range ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Temperature input range Adjustable from -200...+260°C
Output Selection of the measurement range
Output current / Output voltage 0(4)...20 mA / 0...10 V Switch 2
Offset current / Offset voltage max. 100 µA / max. 0.05 V Span 1 2 3 4 5
Load impedance, voltage/current ≥ 1 kΩ / ≤ 600 Ω 40 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Wire break detection LED flashing (output value: > 20 mA, >10 V) 50 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Fine adjustment ± 12.5% of FSR 60 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Status indicator Module active: LED on/ wire breakage: LED flashing/ 70 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Error: LED off 80 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
General data 90 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
DIP switch, Potentiometer 100 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼

Configuration
110 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
120 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Power consumption 880...980...1030mW at IOUT = 20 mA
125 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Step response time Fast: 1.2 s/ slow: 2.2 s
130 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Ambient temperature 0 °C...+55 °C 140 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Insulation coordination 150 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Standards DIN EN 50178, DIN EN 61000-4-2 160 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
EMC standards EN 55011, EN 61000-6 170 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Rated voltage 300 V 180 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Impulse withstand voltage 4 kV 190 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Insulation voltage 2 kVeff / 5 s 200 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Surge voltage category III 210 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Pollution severity 2 220 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Clearance & creepage distances ≥ 3 mm 230 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Dimensions Screw connection 240 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Clamping range (nominal / min. / max.) (mm²) 2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5 250 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Length x width x height (mm) 92.4 / 17.5 / 112.4 260 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Approvals CE; cULus; cULusEX; GOSTME25 270 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼

280 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
290 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Ordering Data 300 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Type Qty. Part No. 350 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Screw connection WAS5 PRO RTD Cu 1 8638950000 400 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼

450 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
460 K ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Note: Cross-connector for power supplies and markers – refer to Accessories
Selection of Output Switching on the
Switch 2 manual fine adjustment
Connection 6 7 Switch 1
0 ... 10 V ◼ ◼ man adj. 8
0 ... 20 mA ◼ ◼ off ◼
4 ... 20 mA ◼ ◼ on ◼
Selection of step set time
Time of step Switch 2

response 8
slow ◼
◼ = on
fast ◼
◼ = off
91
Thermal converter type: K,J,T,E,N,R,S,B PRO Thermo

UL Class I, Div. 2 Select of Selection of minimum
• 3-way isolation thermocoupler temperature
• Internal cold-junction compensation SW1 SW1
• Power supply can be cross-connected using Typ 1 2 3 ϑ min 1 2 3 4
plug-in jumpers K ◼ ◼ ◼ 0 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
• Suitable for insulated and uninsulated thermocouples J ◼ ◼ ◼ – 10 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼

T ◼ ◼ ◼ – 20 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
• WAVETOOL software helps with configuration, E ◼ ◼ ◼ – 30 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
download at www.weidmuller.com N ◼ ◼ ◼ – 40 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
R ◼ ◼ ◼ – 50 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
S ◼ ◼ ◼ – 100 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
B ◼ ◼ ◼ – 150 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
– 200 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
+ 50 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
+ 100 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
+ 150 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
U/I + 200 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
J + 250 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
+ 500 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Special range ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
VC
Selection of Selection of output
temperature span Switch 2
Technical Data SW2 Output 6 7
Input Span 1 2 3 4 5 0 ... 10 V ◼ ◼
Sensor Thermo element (IEC 584) type: K,J,T,E,N,R,S,B 100 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ 0 ... 20 V ◼ ◼
Temperature input range -200...+1820 °C 150 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ 4 ... 20 V ◼ ◼
Output 200 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Output voltage / Output current 0...10 V / 0(4)...20 mA 250 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ Switching on the
manual fine adjustment
Load impedance, voltage/current ≥ 1 kΩ / ≤ 600 Ω 300 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
SW 2
Offset current / Offset voltage max. 100 µA / max. 0.05 V 350 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Line resistance in measuring circuit 50 Ω 400 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ man. adjust. 6
Wire break detection LED flashing (output value: > 20 mA, >10 V) 450 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ off ◼
Fine adjustment ± 5% (switchable) 500 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ on ◼
Status indicator Module active: LED on/ wire breakage: LED flashing/ 550 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
600 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ Switching on the
Error: LED off filter function
650 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
General data SW 2
700 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Configuration DIP switch Filter 8
750 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Supply voltage 24 V DC ± 25 % 800 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ off ◼
Power consumption 800...850...950 mW at IOUT = 20 mA 850 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ on ◼
Step response time without filter: max. 1.4 s; with filter: max. 7.5 s 900 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Current-carrying capacity of cross-connect. ≤2A 950 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Ambient temperature 0 °C...+55 °C 1000 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Storage temperature -20 °C...+85 °C 1050 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Default setting Type K; 0...1000°C; 4...20mA; filter: off; man. calibration: off 1100 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Insulation coordination 1150 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Standards DIN EN 50178, DIN EN 61000-4-2 1200 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
EMC standards EN 55011, EN 61000-6 1250 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Rated voltage 300 1300 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Impulse withstand voltage 4 kV 1350 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Insulation voltage 2 kVeff / 5 s 1400 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Surge voltage category III 1450 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
1500 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
1600 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Clearance & creepage distances ≥ 3 mm
1700 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ = on
1800 °C ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ = off
Length x width x height (mm) 92.4 / 17.5 / 112.4 92.4 / 17.5 / 112.4 Accuracy
Approvals CE; cULusEX; GL; cULus K -200 °C … -150 °C ± (5K + 0.1 % of set range)
-150 °C …1200 °C ± (3K + 0.1 % of set range)
1200 °C …1372 °C ± (4K + 0.1 % of set range)
Ordering Data J -200 °C … -150 °C ± (4K + 0.1 % of set range)
Type Qty. Part No. -150 °C …1200 °C ± (3K + 0.1 % of set range)
T -200 °C … -150 °C ± (5K + 0.1 % of set range)
Screw connection WAS5 PRO Thermo 1 8560720000 -150 °C … 400 °C ± (3K + 0.1 % of set range)
Tension clamp connection WAZ5 PRO Thermo 1 8560730000 E -200 °C … -150 °C ± (4K + 0.1 % of set range)
-150 °C …1000 °C ± (3K + 0.1 % of set range)
Note: Cross-connector for power supplies and markers – refer to Accessories N -200 °C … -150 °C ± (6K + 0.1 % of set range)
-150 °C …1300 °C ± (3K + 0.1 % of set range)
R -50 °C … 200 °C ± (10K + 0.1 % of set range)
200 °C …1760 °C ± (6K + 0.1 % of set range)
S -50 °C … 200 °C ± (10K + 0.1 % of set range)
200 °C …1760 °C ± (6K + 0.1 % of set range)
B 50 °C … 250 °C ± (25K + 0.1 % of set range)
250 °C … 500 °C ± (10K + 0.1 % of set range)
500 °C …1820 °C ± (6K + 0.1 % of set range)
92
WAVESERIES – frequency signal isolator/converter configurable
WAVEPRO Frequency
WAVEANALOG PRO Frequency

delivers settings help, for any
input and output values.
Adjusting input range using Connection configuration for the sensors
The input range is set using frequency device to be measured:
the DIP switches (a frequency
generator is not required) • Select the switch setting for saving
the frequency: S2.1 = 0, S2.2 = 1,
There are 2 different methods: S2.3 = 1 and S2.4 = 1
• Apply min. frequency to the module
1. Lower measuring frequency = 0 Hz • Connect the module to the
power supply
• Choose operating mode “= … fmax” • The LED lights up when the input
S2.3 = 0 and S2.4 = 0 frequency is being measured. If the
• Set the upper measuring frequency LED goes off, the frequency has
using DIP switches S1 and S2.1, been saved and the module can
S2.2 (see table) be disconnected from the power
• That’s all! supply again.
• Repeat with max. frequency: S2.1 =
2. Lower measuring frequency ≠ 0 Hz 1, S2.2 = 0, S2.3 = 1 and S2.4 = 1
• Select special range:
• First the lower measuring frequency S2.1 = 1, S2.2 = 1, S2.3 = 1 and
must be saved. Select mode “save S2.4 = 1
fmin”. S2.3 = 1 and S2.4 = 0. Set
the frequency using DIP switches S1
and S2.1, S2.2 (see table) To save
the frequency, briefly connect the
module to the power supply.
• Select mode “fmin … fmax”
S2.3 = 0 and S2.4 = 1
• Set the upper measuring frequency
using DIP switches S1 and S2.1,
S2.2 (see table).
• That’s all!
93
WAVESERIES - frequency signal isolator / converter configurable
f/DC isolator/converter PRO Frequency

UL Class I, Div. 2
• 3-way isolation
• Max. input frequency: 100 kHz
• Input and output ranges adjustable via DIP
switch
• No calibration necessary
• Programmable custom range
Selecting the
operating mode
Operating mode Switch 2
f 3 4
U/I
0 … fmax ◼ ◼
fmin … fmax ◼ ◼
saving
VC of fmin ◼ ◼
f = (A+B) x C
Technical Data Selecting Selecting
the frequency the frequency
Input
Switch1 Switch 1
Sensor 2-, 3-wire PNP/NPN, Namur initiator, push-pull step A 1 2 3 4 B 5 6 7 8
Rated input level Threshold/hysteresis: Namur: approx. 1.7 mA/approx. 0.2 mA; NPN: 0 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ 0 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
approx. 6.5 V/approx. 0.2 V; PNP: approx. 6,7 V/approx. 0.5 V 1 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ 0.1 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Output 2 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ 0.2 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Output voltage / Output current 0...10 V / 0(4)...20 mA 3 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ 0.3 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Load impedance, voltage/current ≥ 1 kΩ / ≤ 600 Ω 4 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ 0.4 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Offset current / Offset voltage max. 100 µA / max. 0.05 V 5 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ 0.5 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Status indicator Green LED 6 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ 0.6 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
General data 7 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ 0.7 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Configuration DIP switch 8 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ 0.8 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼

9 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ 0.9 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
10 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Power consumption Max. 1.6 W at IOUT = 20 mA Selecting
11 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Accuracy < 0.2% of output range 12 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ the frequency
Temperature coefficient Max. 200 ppm/K of output range 13 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ Switch 2
Step response time 360 ms + 2 times the period time of input frequency 14 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ C 1 2
Ambient temperature 0 °C...+55 °C 15 ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼ x1 ◼ ◼
Insulation coordination x10 ◼ ◼
Standards DIN EN 50178, DIN EN 61000-4-2 x100 ◼ ◼

x1000 ◼ ◼
EMC standards EN 55011, EN 61000-6, EN 61326
Rated voltage 300 V
Impulse withstand voltage 6 kV Selecting the output
Insulation voltage 4 kVeff / 5 s Switch 2
Surge voltage category III Output 5 6 7 8
Pollution severity 2 0…10 V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
0…20 mA ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
4…20 mA ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
0…5 V ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Length x width x height (mm) 92.4 / 12.5 / 112.4 92.4 / 12.5 / 112.4 Special range (frequency generator is required)
Approvals CE; cULusEX; cULus Switch 2
Function 1 2 3 4
save min. frequency ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Ordering Data save max. frequency ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Type Qty. Part No. select special range ◼ ◼ ◼ ◼
Screw connection WAS4 PRO Freq 1 8581180000 ◼ = on

Tension clamp connection WAZ4 PRO Freq 1 8581190000 ◼ = off
Note: Cross-connector for power supplies and markers – refer to Accessories Application
230 V AC Registering motor

∼ revolutions using
24 V DC
7 8 Namur sensor
5 6
SPS
8581180000/8581190000
PRO FREQUENCY
0…20 mA
WAVEANALOG
1 2
3 4
N–
N+
Namur
activated: <= 1,2 mA
not activated: >= 2,1 mA
94
WAVESERIES - current measuring transducer
Analog output 1/5/10 A AC 4...20 mA

Loop-powered
• Monitors AC currents
• Input and output are electrically isolated
• Input and output ranges adjustable via
DIP switch
• No calibration required
• ATEX II 3 G nL IIC T4
• UL Class I, Div.2
1
I AC + 24 V 7
NC
2
U/I
I NC 8
IN
3
I 4...20 mA 9
VC
Technical Data
Input
Input current 0...1 A AC/ 0...5 A AC/ 0...10 A AC
Input frequency 50...60 Hz
Max. current 100 A for 1s
Voltage of measuring circuit 250 V AC
Sensor Transforming (internally)
Output
Output current / Output voltage Current loop /
Offset current max. 100 µA
Output signal limit Approx. 24 mA
Load impedance, voltage/current / ≤ 600 Ω
Step response time typ. 700 ms
Accuracy 0.5 % FSR
Temperature coefficient ≤ 200 ppm/K
Status indicator LED ON: OK; FLASHING: signal out of range;
LED OFF: Error
General data
Supply voltage 13...30 V DC
Current consumption
Current-carrying capacity of cross-connect.
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature 0 °C...+50 °C / -20 °C...+70 °C
Default setting 0...5 A AC, 4...20 mA
Standards DIN EN 50178 (secure separation)
Rated voltage 300 V
Insulation voltage 4 kVeff / 5 s
Approvals CE; cULusEX; DEMKOATEX; cULus
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
Screw connection WAS1 CMA LP 1/5/10A EX 1 8975590000
Tension clamp connection WAZ1 CMA LP 1/5/10A EX 1 8975610000
Note: Cross-connectors for power supplies and markers – refer to

Accessories
95
Process value displays with LED display
Indicators with scalable displays

DI350
3½-digit LED display, auxiliary powered Typical application of DI350
The DI350 is a pair of inexpensive 3½-digit displays - one for

analog current (4-20 mA) and the other for voltage + 24 V
(0-10 V) signals, for use in industrial applications. 0V
4 ... 20 mA = 0-150.0 kl DI350

or % – Input
An integrated regulated power supply can be used to supply
+ Input
two-wire transmitters. Tank container
The decimal point can be moved to any of the positions Power supply
(1.XXX, 1X.XX, 1XX.X or 1XXX) so that it can display values
in any range. Transmitter [dB]
The bright seven-segment LEDs are easily visible even in

weak lighting. The special filtering properties of the front Wiring diagramm DI350
face give it a wide viewing angle.
+24 V 0V
The DIN-standard 1/8 front panel with IP65 protection 7 8
ensures reliable operation in wet areas. The connection uses
+ 24 V PS
pluggable screw-connection elements. 1
0V
2
The DI350 models are hazardous area approved cuLus Ex 3 Vin/Iin V/I
(Class 1 Div. 2, Groups A, B ,C & D) 4 0V
Connections
Terminal Signal
1 24 V DC
power supply sensor
2 0 V DC
Inputs
power supply sensor
3 Input signal +
4 Input signal –
5
Not used
6
7 L–
Supply voltage
8 L+
137.0 mm
96.6 mm
143.5 mm
44.7 mm
48.8 mm
18.0 mm Wall thickness Max 18.0 mm 92.0 mm (+0.8/-0.0 mm)

45.0 mm (+0.6/-0.0 mm)
15.5mm
Cut-out
96.6 mm
60.0 mm
15.5mm
96
Process value displays with LED display
DI350 DI350 DI350

Display with voltage input Display with current input
• Display instrument for control panel installation
• 1/8 DIN standard front
• 3½ digits
• IP65 fully insulated
• Integrated power supply for external sensors • Integrated power supply for external sensors
• Linearity with an accuracy of 0.1 % of the • Linearity with an accuracy of 0.1 % of the
H measuring range measuring range
• Complete galvanic isolation • Complete galvanic isolation
L
W
Technical Data
Input
Input signal 0...10 V 4...20 mA
Input resistance 1 MΩ 22 Ω
Supply voltage 24 V DC (up to 25 mA) 24 V DC (up to 25 mA)
Display
Type 3.5 digits, red LED, 14.2 mm 3.5 digits, red LED, 14.2 mm
Display range -1999…1999 -1999…1999
Display value Percentage or real value display Percentage or real value display
Format 1-line / decimal point: 1.000, 100.0, 10.00 1-line / decimal point: 1.000, 100.0, 10.00
Settings
Offset ± 1200 digital steps ± 1200 digital steps
Range of adjustment 20 - 2100 digital steps 20 - 2100 digital steps
General Data
Supply voltage 24 V DC (12...35 V DC) 24 V DC (12...35 V DC)
Power consumption 6 W @ 24 V DC 6 W @ 24 V DC
Linearity < 0.1 % typ. < 0.1 % typ.
Humidity 0...90 % (no condensation) 0...90 % (no condensation)
Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.02 % / °C ≤ 0.02 % / °C
Long-term drift 0.1 % / 10.000 h 0.1 % / 10.000 h
Step response time 200 ms (10...90 %) 200 ms (10...90 %)
Impulse withstand voltage 4 kV (1.2/50 µs) 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)
Insulation voltage 1 kV input / power supply 1 kV input / power supply
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature 0 °C...+60 °C / -25 °C...+70 °C 0 °C...+60 °C / -25 °C...+70 °C
EMC standards DIN EN 61326 DIN EN 61326
Approvals CE; cULus; cULusEX CE; cULus; cULusEX
Ordering Data
Voltage input/Current input DI350 0-10V/0-100.0 1 7940011570 DI350 4-20mA/0-100.0 1 7940010185
97
Process value displays with LCD display
Indicators and configurable displays

LPD350
3½-digit digital display, loop powered

Typical application of LPD350
The LPD350 is a compact, cost effective, 3½ digit digital
indicator designed specifically for current loop signals. The
decimal point can be moved to any position (1.XXX, 1X.XX, LPD350
1XX.X or 1XXX) so that it can display values in a range
Input 24 V DC
of ±1999. 4 ... 20 mA
Temperature WAVEPak Output PLC
probe Isolator 4 ... 20 mA
The LPD350 uses a liquid crystal display which can be read
even under poor lighting conditions.
No additional wiring is needed for a power supply. The user

can simply break the loop and connect to the LPD350. Power supply
The housing has a DIN-standard 1/8 front panel with 75 mm

IP65 protection. The connection uses pluggable screw- 65 mm 96.6 mm
connection elements.
Technical features:
48.8 mm
44.7 mm
• Large 3½-digit digital LCD display 18.0 mm Wall thickness Max 18.0 mm
• 4...20 mA input
• Loop-powered two-wire design (125 Ω loop load) 92.0 mm (+0.8/-0.0 mm)
• Direct or reverse-action display
• Linearity is ± 0.1 % of the corresponding signal range
45.0 mm (+0.6/-0.0 mm)

Cut-out
96.6 mm
• DIN-standard front-panel with IP65 protection

91 mm
• Pluggable screw-connection mechanism

• Hazardous area approved cuLus Ex (Class 1 Div. 2,
Groups A, B, C & D)
98
LPD350 LPD350
Current input
• Display instrument for control panel installation
• 1/8 DIN standard front
• 3½ digits
H Iin
2 I
1 0V
L
W
Technical Data Connections

Input Terminal Signal
Input current 14...20 mA Input –
Voltage drop 22.5 V @ 20 mAInput +
Input resistance 125 Ω
Input current, max. 100 mA constant / 500 mA for 10 sec.
Input current, max. when wired incorrectly 500 mA constant
Display
Type 3.5 digits, black LCD with clear background, 12.7 mm
Display range -1999...1999
Format Single-line
Settings
Offset ± 1999 digital steps in two switching ranges
Range of adjustment 0...3998 in three switching ranges
General data
Accuracy ± 0.05 % from signal range ± 1 digital step
Repeat accuracy ± 0.05 % of signal range
Temperature coefficient Offset ± 0.1 digital steps per °C
adjustment range ± 0.1 digital steps per °C
Step response time 200 ms (10...90 %)
Sampling rate 2,5 x pro s
Approvals2 Iin I CE; cULus; cULusEX; GOSTME25
0V
Ordering1 Data
Type Qty. Part No.
Current input LPD350 4-20mA/0-100.0 1 7940010163
Connections
Terminal Signal
1 Input –
2 Input +
99
Configurable IP67 field-mounted LCD indicator

LPD405F
4½-digit display, loop powered Typical application of LPD450F
The display is loop powered by the 4...20 mA current loop PLC control
4...20 mA current loop/ 24 V DC
with no external supply required. The twenty-mm LCD 2-wire level /enterprise
management
displays can be read even under poor light conditions. LPD450F display and
flow measurer level
Measurement
probe
A sheet of perforated self-adhesive labels is included. They (hall sensor)
include standard engineering units and can be used for all

label needs.
The electronic subassembly is housed in a rugged, glass

reinforced polycarbonate, IP67 case. This housing is suitable Open liquid flow,
container, tube lines
for any industrial environment.
Optionally available is a pipe mounting bracket which can be 140 mm 65 mm

used for horizontal and vertical mounting.
Technical features:
Mounting holes 60 mm
80 mm
• Big 20 mm LCD dispaly
• 4...20 mA inputs (two-wire loop-powered) P
• Integrated signal linearisation (√, x3/2, x5/2 or user-defined)
• Min./max. value display feature
• IP67 protection
• Pipe mount bracket option
70 mm
18 mm
• Hazardous area approved cuLus Ex (Class 1 Div. 2,

Groups A, B, C & D)
Mounting holes 120 mm
100
LPD450F LPD450F
Current input
• Display instrument for outdoor use
• 4½ Digits
• Optionally available with fixing clips for
pipe mounting
H Iin I Iin I
0V 0V
L
W
Technical Data 0RXQWLQJVNHWFK 0RXQWLQJVNHWFK

Input
Transmit function √, x3/2, x5/2 or programmable (2-21 steps)
Display
Type 4.5-character, black LCD with clear background, 20 mm
Display value Percentage or real value display
Display range ±19.999 (0.00…100.00 factory setting)
Decimal point 18888, 1.8888, 18.888, 188.88, 1888.8
General data
Supply voltage Loop powered, via 4...20 mA input
Voltage drop < 4.3 V
Accuracy ± 0.05 % from signal range ± 1 digital step
Repeat accuracy ± 0.01 % of signal range
Temperature coefficient Offset ± 0.01 % / °C 3LSHPRXQWEUDFNHWFDQ 3LSHPRXQWEUDFNHWFDQ
adjustment range ± 0.1 digital steps orEHÀWWHGWRVXLWDYHUWLFDO
0.01 % / °C EHÀWWHGWRVXLWDYHUWLFDO
Humidity 10...90 % (no condensation) RUKRUL]RQWDOSLSH RUKRUL]RQWDOSLSH
PP PP
Step response time Programmable in 99 steps from 1...30 sec.
Sampling rate 16 x pro s
Change of display 2 x per sec.
Ambient temperature / Storage temperature 0 °C...+60 °C / -25 °C...+70 °C
Length x width x height (mm) 65 / 140 / 80
Approvals CE; cULus; cULusEX; GOSTME25
Ordering Data
Type Qty. Part No.
Current input LPD450F 4-20mA 1 7940010236
Note: Fixing clip

Pipe Mount Kit - 7940010667
101
Power Delivery Products
Power Delivery Products
Weidmuller offers a full range of power supplies for process control

and manufacturing automation applications.
INSTAPOWER
The INSTAPOWER family of power supplies is designed in compact and robust
housings for quick and easy TS35 DIN-rail mounting.
• Output voltage adjustable via potentiometer
• Wide-range input: 85…264 VAC /120…300 VDC
(24 W) / 110…370 VDC (25/48W)
• LED status indicator
• Option for connecting in parallel
• International approvals for use world-wide
PRO-H SERIES
The PRO-H SERIES is a new generation of high performance DIN-rail mounted
s ingle-phase power supplies designed to work reliably even under demanding
factory floor conditions.
• Autoselect input eliminates the possibility of selecting the wrong input type
• Hazardous approvals - designed for use in process
automation and other harsh industrial environments.
• Operating temperature range of -25°C to +70°C
• Capable of cold start-up at full load at -25°C.
• Indefinite short circuit, overvoltage and overtemperature protection
• Remote On/Off
• Shock and vibration proof
• Variable output voltage automatically adjusts and overcomes voltage drops/dips
• Easy installation with detachable screw terminal block and snap-on DIN-rail
mounting
• DC-OK signal and external shut down function
connectPower
The connectPower Series power supplies are available in both single phase
and three phase, and offer a number of features designed for demanding
a
pplications.
• Fulfill the demand for high quality power delivery solutions
• Designed with packaging advantages that include a rugged housing,
ability to panel mount, pluggable connectors and load sharing capability
• Feature up to 200% of maximum rated output for a specified
amount of time (power boost)
• Available with low residual ripple (< 10mV in some cases)
• Most models have universal AC/DC input
• Longer hold-up time for most models
• Feature greater galvanic isolation between
input and output
• Operate over a broader range of ambient temperatures
• Many available in 5, 12, 24, 28, and 48V versions
102
INSTAPOWER—Single Phase Input Supplies
CP SNT 24W
r ®
LISTED
%
Diagram/Schematic Circuit Diagram
Technical Data
Input voltage Minimum 85 VAC, 120 VDC

Typical 115-230 VAC ± 10%, 50/60 Hz
Maximum 265 VAC, 300 VDC
Input current at 115 VAC 480 mA RMS ± 20%
(Average values for reference only) at 230 VAC 270 mA RMS ± 20%
at 125 VDC 280 mA ± 20%
at 250 VDC 140 mA ± 20%
Input Protection Fuse 2 A slow fuse (internal, not user serviceable)
Inrush current Thermistor
Overvoltage protection Varistor
Switching frequency 100 kHz PWM
Efficiency at maximum load 78%
Maximum ripple 0.3% RMS Vp-p
Regulation Load (10-100% load) 2% (12, 15 and 5 V) 0.5% (24 and 28 V)
at input voltage 0.2%
Overload protection Overcurrent shutdown with automatic restart plus thermal shutdown/
short circuit
Maximum capacitance at output 8000 µF
Hold time output current following input loss)
(Maximum at 115 VAC 35 ms
at 230 VAC 160 ms
Temperature Storage -40°C…+85°C (-40°F…+185°F)
Operating -20°C…+50°C (-4°F…+122°F) full rated load, Derating: 33% at 60°C
Humidity Operating temperature (140°F)
20…85% RH non-condensing
Storage temperature 20…90% RH
Galvanic isolation Input-output 3 kV RMS
Input/output to mounting rail 4 kV RMS
Input to ground 1.5 kV RMS
Output to ground 500 V RMS
Dimensions
Wire size 0.1…4.0 mm2 (26…12 AWG)
Dimensions (L x W x H) 90.5 x 52 x 62.5 mm (3.56 x 2.05 x 2.46 in.)
Weight 160 g (0.35 lbs.)
Mounting position Horizontal on mounting rail TS35
Clearance 20 mm left and right
30 mm above and below if next to non-heat producing (low-power)
module
60 mm above and below if next to high heat producing module, (i.e.
another power supply)
Approvals
CSA, UL 508 Listed, CE
CSA Class 1 Div. 2 and Zone 2 for 9928890012 and 9928890024
UL 1310 (Class 2) for 9928890024
Ordering Data
Type Part No.
CP SNT 24W
Output voltage/maximum current 24 VDC / 1 A 9928890024
28 VDC / 1 A 9928890028
15 VDC / 1.5 A 9928890015
12 VDC / 1.5 A 9928890012
5 VDC / 2 A 9928890005
103
PRO-H Series—Single Phase Input Supplies
CP T SNT 70W 12V 6A CP T SNT 140W 12V 12A CP T SNT 90W 24V 3.8A
L (+) +
AC
N(-
PE DC -
Technical Data
Input Specifications
Input voltage 115VAC/230VAC autoselect 115VAC/230VAC autoselect 115VAC/230VAC autoselect
Input voltage range 85-132/187-264 VAC autoselect 85-132/187-264 VAC autoselect 85-132/187-264 VAC autoselect
(output current derating below 100VAC) (output current derating below 100VAC) (output current derating below 100VAC)
Input voltage frequency 47Hz - 63Hz 47Hz - 63Hz 47Hz - 63Hz
Harmonic limits EN 61000-3-2, Class A (for limited output power) EN 61000-3-2, Class A (for limited output power) EN 61000-3-2, Class A (for limited output power)
Hold up time 20ms min. 115/230 VAC 20ms min. 115/230 VAC 20ms min. 115/230 VAC
Inrush current <12A @ 115VAC; <20A @ 230VAC <13A @ 115VAC; <25A @ 230VAC <12A @ 115VAC; <20A @ 230VAC
Recommended Circuit breaker, 6A 6A 6A
Curve 1 or fuse, slow blow type
Efficiency 87% typ. 87% typ. 87% typ.
Output Specifications
Output voltage 12 VDC 12 VDC 24 VDC
Output voltage adj. range 12-14 VDC 12-14 VDC 24-28 VDC
Output current 6.5A 13.0A 3.75A
Output power max. 70W 140W 90W
Regulation – Input variation 0.5 % max. 0.5 % max. 0.5 % max.
– Load variation (10–100 %) 0.5 % max. 0.5 % max. 0.5 % max.
Ripple and Noise (20MHz Bandwidth) 100 mV pk-pk typ. (200 mV pk-pk max. at Imax) 100 mV pk-pk typ. (200 mV pk-pk max. at Imax) 100 mV pk-pk typ. (200 mV pk-pk max. at Imax)
Electronic short circuit protection Current limitation at Imax., constant current, Current limitation at Imax., constant current, Current limitation at Imax., constant current,
automatic recovery automatic recovery automatic recovery
Output overvoltage protection 20V 20V 35V
Overload protection electronic overload protection electronic overload protection electronic overload protection
Overtemperature protection Switch off at overtemperature, automatic restart Switch off at overtemperature, automatic restart Switch off at overtemperature, automatic restart
Status indicator Dual color LED (green: DC ok; red: DC off) Dual color LED (green: DC ok; red: DC off) Dual color LED (green: DC ok; red: DC off)
Power OK signal – trigger threshold: 9–11 V 9–11 V 18-22 V
– active output signal: (reference to –Vout) 11.0 V ±1.0 V (20 mA max.) 11.0 V ±1.0 V (20 mA max.) 22.0 V ±2.0 V (10 mA max.)
– relay output rated: 30 VDC/1.0 A rated: 30 VDC/1.0 A rated: 30 VDC/1.0 A
General Specifications
Operating temperature range –25 °C to +70 °C max. (–13 °F to +158°F) –25 °C to +70 °C max. (–13 °F to +158°F) –25 °C to +70 °C max. (–13 °F to +158°F)
Cooling convection cooling, no internal fan convection cooling, no internal fan convection cooling, no internal fan
Mounting TS35 DIN-rail (Horizontal) to allow for cooling TS35 DIN-rail (Horizontal) to allow for cooling TS35 DIN-rail (Horizontal) to allow for cooling
Storage temperature –25 °C to +85 °C (– 13°F to +185°F) –25 °C to +85 °C (– 13°F to +185°F) –25 °C to +85 °C (– 13°F to +185°F)
Humidity (non condensing) 95 % rel. H max. 95 % rel. H max. 95 % rel. H max.
Pollution degree 2 2 2
Temperature coefficient 0.02 %/K 0.02 %/K 0.02 %/K
Reliability, calculated MTBF @ 25°C acc. to IEC 61709 >1.8 Million hours, max. load >1.2 Million hours, max. load >1.8 Million hours, max. load
Remote On/Off by ext. contact. by ext. contact. by ext. contact.
(See LIT0917 - Installation Instructions) DC on: -S contact open DC on: -S contact open DC on: -S contact open
DC off: -S connected via 1Kohm to -Vout DC off: -S connected via 1Kohm to -Vout DC off: -S connected via 1Kohm to -Vout
Isolation according to IEC/EN 60950-1, UL 60950-1, UL 508 according to IEC/EN 60950-1, UL 60950-1, UL 508 according to IEC/EN 60950-1, UL 60950-1, UL 508
Environment – Vibration acc. IEC 60068-2-6 3 axis, sine sweep, 10–55 Hz, 1 g, 1 oct/min 3 axis, sine sweep, 10–55 Hz, 1 g, 1 oct/min 3 axis, sine sweep, 10–55 Hz, 1 g, 1 oct/min
– Shock acc. IEC 60068-2-27 3 axis, 15 g half sine, 11 ms 3 axis, 15 g half sine, 11 ms 3 axis, 15 g half sine, 11 ms
Dimension (W x D x H) 35 x 110 x 110 mm 54 x 110 x 110 mm 35 x 110 x 110 mm
Clearances – Above /Below 80 mm (3.15 in) 80 mm (3.15 in) 80 mm (3.15 in)
– Sides 10 mm (0.39 in) 10 mm (0.39 in) 10 mm (0.39 in)
Weight 0.5kg 0.7kg 0.5kg
Approvals
UL file E236157 cULus Listed to UL508, CSA C22.2 UL file E236157 cULus Listed to UL508, CSA C22.2 UL file E236157 cULus Listed to UL508, CSA C22.2
No. 14 No. 14 No. 14
UL file E255651 cRUus to ANSI/UL60950, CSA60950 UL file E255651 cRUus to ANSI/UL60950, CSA60950 UL file E255651 cRUus to ANSI/UL60950, CSA60950
CSA file 246286 CSA to C22.2 No. 107.1 CSA file 246286 CSA to C22.2 No. 107.1 CSA file 246286 CSA to C22.2 No. 107.1
CSA file 246286 cCSAus to CSA60950, ANSI/UL60950 CSA file 246286 cCSAus to CSA60950, ANSI/UL60950 CSA file 246286 cCSAus to CSA60950, ANSI/UL60950
CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1D2 to C22.2 No. 213 CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1D2 to C22.2 No. 213 CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1D2 to C22.2 No. 213
UL1604, Group A, B, C, D UL1604, Group A, B, C, D UL1604, Group A, B, C, D
CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1Z2 to CSA60079-15 & CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1Z2 to CSA60079-15 & CSA file 246286 cCSAus C1Z2 to CSA60079-15 &
ANSI/ISA 12.012.01, Ex nC IIC T4U, Aex nC IIC T4U ANSI/ISA 12.012.01, Ex nC IIC T4U, Aex nC IIC T4U ANSI/ISA 12.012.01, Ex nC IIC T4U, Aex nC IIC T4U
IEC file SI-1729 B3, CE marked IEC file SI-1729 B3, CE marked IEC file SI-1729 B3, CE marked
LCIE file 10, ATEX 1015 U EN60079-0, EN60079-15 LCIE file 10, ATEX 1015 U EN60079-0, EN60079-15 LCIE file 10, ATEX 1015 U EN60079-0, EN60079-15
(Ex nAC IIC T4 or T5 with derating) (Ex nAC IIC T4 or T5 with derating) (Ex nAC IIC T4 or T5 with derating)
II 3G Ex nA nC IIC t4 Gc II 3G Ex nA nC IIC t4 Gc II 3G Ex nA nC IIC t4 Gc
Ordering Data
Type Part No. Type Part No. Type Part No.
CP T SNT 70W 12V 6A 1105430000 CP T SNT 140W 12V 12A 1105440000 CP T SNT 90W 24V 3.8A 1105790000
104
CP T SNT 180W 24V 7.5A CP T SNT 360W 24V 15A CP T SNT 600W 24V 25A
L (+) +
AC
N(-
PE DC -
Technical Data
Input voltage range 85-132/187-264 VAC autoselect 85-132/187-264 VAC autoselect (output current 85-132/187-264 VAC autoselect (output current
(output current derating below 100VAC) derating below 100VAC) derating below 100VAC)
Output current 7.5A 15A 25A
Power OK signal – trigger threshold: 18-22 V 18-22 V 18-22 V
Approvals
No. 14 No. 14 No. 14
Ordering Data
CP T SNT 180W 24V 7.5A 1105810000 CP T SNT 360W 24V 15A 1105820000 CP T SNT 600W 24V 25A 1105840000
105
CP T SNT 180W 48V 4A CP T SNT 360W 48V 7.5A CP T SNT 600W 48V 12.5A
L (+) +
AC
N(-
PE DC -
Technical Data
Input voltage range 85-132/187-264 VAC autoselect (output current 85-132/187-264 VAC autoselect (output current 85-132/187-264 VAC autoselect (output current
derating below 100VAC) derating below 100VAC) derating below 100VAC)
Output current 4.0A 7.5A 12.5A
Power OK signal – trigger threshold: 36-46 V 36-46 V 36-46 V
Approvals
No. 14 No. 14 No. 14
Ordering Data
CP T SNT 180W 48V 4A 1105850000 CP T SNT 360W 48V 7.5A 1105860000 CP T SNT 600W 48V 12.5A 1105870000
106
PRO-H Series—Diode Modules for Redundancy
Redundancy Modules CP T RM 10 CP T RM 20
Redundancy Module Redundancy Module
With a redundancy module
and two PRO-H Series
power supplies (of same
type) you can configure a
highly reliable, truly redun-
dant power system without
any additional components.
This module enforces the
equivalent sharing of the
output current by each power
supply. The system Technical Data
is fully redundant and
provides output power even Input 2 x 24 VDC 2 x Control Input
if one power supply has Input current 15A 25A
completely failed e.g. by short Output Specifications
circuit on the output. Output voltage 24Function
VDC Diagram 24 VDC
Output voltage adj. range 24-27 VDC 24-27 VDC
In the event that either
Output power max. 360 W + J1.2 600 W
power supply fails or is
J2.3
J2.4 +
Output current 15A @ 24VDC,
DC @
IN 140°C
_
25A @ 24VDC, @Output
40°C
disconnected, the second General Data
J1.1 J2.1
J2.2 _ Load
unit will automatically supply Status indicator LED J3.1

J3.2
LED
the full current to the load. Operating temperature – 25 °C TSPto 70 Remote
°C max. (–13 °F...+158 °F) – 25 °C to 70 °C max. (–13 °F...+158 °F)
Link 1
derating above 40 °C (104 °F): 1.5 %/K derating above 40 °C (104 °F): 1.5 %/K
The redundancy of the Redundancy OK signal (Alarm) trigger threshold at +18...22VDC,
J1.4
Volt adjust
trigger threshold at 18...22VDC, contact open if
system is monitored and if contact open ifDCboth
IN 2_ inputs failed both inputs failed
lost, indicated by an alarm
J1.3
MTBF in acc. To IEC 61709 >350,000 hours, max. load >350,000 hours, max. load
output. The inputs are hot Alarm relay contact 30VDC/1A J4.1
REM Controller
Environment - Vibration 3 axis,TSP
sine sweep,
Remote10…55Hz,
J4.2
1g, 1oct/min. 3 axis, sine sweep, 10…55Hz, 1g, 1oct/min.
swappable and can be - Shock 3 Power
Link 2
axis, 15g half sine, 11ms 3 axis, 15g half sine, 11ms
loaded up to 15A each. Dimension (W x D x H)
Supplies
35 x 110 x 110 mm 54 x 110 x 110 mm
Redundancy
Weight 0.5kg J5.1 J5.2
ok
J5.3 0.7kg
J5.4
Remote link cable (0.5m) 2 cables included Alarm Remote On/Off2 cables included
Remote On/Of by ext. contact: contact open = On, by ext. contact: contact open = On,
contact closed = Off contact closed = Off
Approvals
II 3G Ex nA nC IIC t4 Gc II 3G Ex nA nC IIC t4 Gc
Ordering Data
Type Part No. Type Part No.
CP T RM 10 1105880000 CP T RM 20 1105890000
Function Diagram Connector Positions

Connector Positions
Function Diagram Front view Bottom view Top view
1 2 3 4
+ J1.2 J2.3
J2
J2.4 +
DC IN 1_ Output
J1.1 J2.1
J2.2 _ Load
J3.1
J3.2 Output
TSP Remote
1
Link 1
Volt adjust 2 J4
+ J1.4 1 J3
2
DC IN 2_
J1.3
J4.1
REM Controller J5
TSP Remote J4.2
1
Link 2 DC IN 1 DC IN 2 2
Power 3
Supplies 4
Redundancy
ok
J5.1 J5.2 J5.3 J5.4
Alarm Remote On/Off J1

1 2 3 4
J3 J4
J1 J2 Voltage Control 1 Voltage Control 2 J5
For Input 1 For Input 2
Pin 1 Input 1 -Vin GND (-) S+ S+ DC-OK Signal
Pin 2 Input 1 +Vin GND (-) S- S- DC-OK Relay Contact
Pin 3 Input 2 -Vin Vout (+) - - Remote ON/OFF
Pin 4 Input 2 +Vin Vout (+) - - Remote ON/OFF
Connector Positions
Front view Bottom view Top view

107
1 2 3 4
connectPower—Single Phase Input Supplies
CP SNT 55W CP SNT 160W
Approvals:
r ®
LISTED
%
Diagram/Schematic Circuit Diagram
Technical Data
Input Voltage Minimum 85 VAC, 120 VDC 85 VAC / 195 VAC

Typical 115-230 VAC ± 10%, 50/60 Hz 115 VAC / 230 VAC ± 10%, (selectable) 50/60Hz
Maximum 265 VAC, 300 VDC 138 VAC / 250 VAC
Input current at 115 VAC 1.10 A RMS ± 20% 2.9 A RMS ± 20%
(Average values for reference only) at 230 VAC 0.55 A RMS ± 20% 1.45 A RMS ± 20%
at 125 VDC 590 mA ± 20%
at 250 VDC 315 mA ± 20%
Input protection Fuse 2 A slow fuse (internal, not user serviceable) 6.3 A slow fuse (internal, not user serviceable)
Inrush Current Thermistor Thermistor
Overvoltage Varistor Varistor
Switching frequency 100 kHz PWM 65 kHz PWM
Efficiency at maximum load 80% 85%
Maximum ripple 0.1% RMS Vp-p 0.2% RMS Vp-p
Regulation load (10-100% load) 1.0% 2.0%
at Input voltage 0.8% 0.5%
Overload protection Overcurrent shutdown with automatic restart plus thermal Overcurrent shutdown with automatic restart plus thermal
shutdown/short circuit shutdown/short circuit
Output surge capability 13 A / 1 sec
Maximum capacitance at output 10,000 µF 6000 µF
Parallel connection for load sharing up to 3 devices (passive current division)
Hold time at 115 VAC 30 ms 30 ms
(Maximum output current following input loss) at 230 VAC 180 ms 30 ms
Temperature Storage -40°C…+85°C (-40°F…+185°F) -40°C…+85°C (-40°F…+185°F)
Operating -20°C…+50°C (-4°F…+122°F) full rated load -10°C…+50°C (40°F…+122°F) max. full rated load
Derating: 24 V-1.5 A at 60°C (140°F) Derating: 24 V-5.2 A at 60°C (140°F)
Humidity Operating temperature 20…85% RH non-condensing 20…85% RH non-condensing
Storage temperature 20…90% RH 20…90% RH
Galvanic isolation Input-output 3 kV RMS 3 kV RMS
Input/output to mounting rail 3 kV RMS 3 kV RMS
Input to ground 1.5 kV RMS 1.5 kV RMS
Output to ground 500 V RMS 500 V RMS
Wire size 0.1…4.0 mm2 (26…12 AWG) 0.1…4.0 mm2 (26…12 AWG)
Dimensions (L x W x H) 98 x 57 x 131 mm (3.86 x 2.24 x 5.16 in.) 127 x 57 x 175 mm (5.00 x 2.24 x 6.9 in.)
Weight 478 g (1.05 lbs.) 880 g (1.94 lbs.)
Mounting position Horizontal on mounting rail TS35, Chassis Horizontal on mounting rail TS35, Chassis
Clearance 20 mm left and right 20 mm left and right
30 mm above and below if next to non-heat producing 30 mm above and below if next to non-heat producing (low-power)
(low-power) module module
60 mm above and below if next to high heat producing module, 60 mm above and below if next to high heat producing module, (i.e.
(i.e. another power supply) another power supply)
Fault relay Changeover contact, 30 VDC / 125 VAC @ 1 A max.
Passive Power Factor Correction
Approvals/Certifications
CSA, UL 508 Listed, CE CSA, UL 508 Listed, CE
CSA Class 1 Div. 2 and Zone 2 for 9927480012 and 9927480024 CSA Class 1 Div. 2 and Zone 2 for 9925340024 and 9925340012
UL 1310 (Class 2) for 9927480024
Ordering Data
CP SNT 55W CP SNT 160W
24 VDC-28 VDC / 2.3 A 9927480024 24 VDC-28 VDC / 6.5 A 9925340024
48 VDC / 1.04 A 9927480048 5 VDC / 10 A 9925340005
12 VDC - 15 VDC / 3 A 9927480012 12 VDC / 10 A 9925340012
5 VDC / 3 A 9927480005 48 VDC / 3.25 A 9925340048
Accessories Part No. Part No.
Chassis Mounting Kit 7920560000 7920560000
Side mount Bracket—DIN rail 7940000542
108
connectPower—Single Phase Input Supplies
CP SNT 300W
Approvals:
r ®
LISTED
%
Technical Data
Input voltage Minimal 86 VAC, 100 VDC

Typical 115-230 VAC ± 10% 50/60 Hz
Maximum 265 VAC, 200 VDC
Input current at 300 W at 115 VAC 3.3 A ± 10%
at 230 VAC 1.65 A ± 10%
at 100 VDC 3.7 A ± 10%
at 200 VDC 1.85 A ± 10%
Input power factor 0.99 (under all load conditions)
Input current Sinusoidal (active power factor corrected)
Topology Boost PFC / forward PWM
Input protection Fuse 5 A slow blow 5x20 mm
Inrush current Thermistor
Overvoltage Varistor
Switching frequency 100 kHz ± 5%
Efficiency at max.load 80% typical
Output ripple at 100 kHz: 2 mVp-p
Regulation Load (10-100%) Line (86-265 1%
VAC RMS) 0.2%
Protection Overvoltage Vout > 30 VDC
Undervoltage Vout < 14 VDC
Overload at Vout = 22 VDC, lout > 13.8 A at Vout = 24 VDC, lout > 13.5 A at Vout = 28 VDC, lout > 11.6 A
Output surge capability 18.5 A / 300 mSec
Thermal Heat sink temperature > 100°C (212°F)
Adjustable output voltage 22 VDC…28 VDC (pot. adj.)
Rated output current at Vout = 22 VDC…13.6 A
at Vout = 24 VDC…12.5 A
at Vout = 28 VDC…10.7 A
LED indicator Current limiting: LED yellow Fault: LED red On: LED green
Shut down Power supply goes to fault mode overvoltage, undervoltage or over temperature for more than 2 sec. fault relay drops out/short circuit
The 300 W power supply offers the following additional functions – universal input voltage with PFC (active power factor corrections)
– analog monitoring function of the output voltage 0…30 V corresponds to 0…10 V ± 3%
of the output current 0…15 A corresponds to 0…10 V ± 3%
of the internal temperature 0°C…+100°C (+32°F…+212°F) corresponds to 0…10 V ± 3%
– Fault relay, 1 changeover, closed-circuit current principle
Monitoring output impedance 10 kΩ min. or 5 mA max.
Load share Current increase up to 60 A by wiring up to 5 300 W power supplies in parallel (active current division)
Maximum capacitance at output 10,000 µF
Hold time at 115 VAC 30 ms
at 230 VAC 30 ms
Temperature Storage -40°C…+85°C (-40°F…+185°F)
Operating -20°C…+50°C (-4°F…+122°F)
Derating Output current derating of approx. 20% at 60°C (140°F)
Galvanic isolation Input-output 3 kV RMS
Input/output to mounting rail 3 kV RMS
Input to ground 1.5 kV RMS
Output to ground 500 V RMS
Dimensions (L x W x H) 104 x 240 x 155 mm (4.10 x 9.45 x 6.10 in.)
Weight 1180 g (2.60 lbs.)
Mounting position Horizontal on mounting rail TS35, chassis
Clearance 20 mm left and right; 30 mm above and below if next to non-heat producing (low-power) module; 60 mm above and below if next to high heat
producing module, (i.e. another power supply)
UL 508 Listed, CE, CSA Class 1, Div 2 and Zone 2
Ordering Data
Type Part No.
CP SNT 300W 9916250024
Accessories Part No.
Chassis Mounting Kit Order 2 mounting kits for power supply shown above. 7920560000
109
connectPower—DC-DC Converters
DC to DC converters enable customers DC-DC Converters

to derive low voltage DC signals from
• 12V and 24V input versions • Just 57mm (2.24”) wide
either 12 VDC or 24 VDC sources.
• 5V, 12V, 15V and 24V output • Robust metal housing
They are typically connected at the
variations • CSA Class 1 Div 2 and Zone 2
output of a DC power source and can
• User adjustable output voltage • UL508 listed
deliver DC voltages of 5, 12, 15 or 24
• Input and output plug-socket
volts. DC voltage converters (DC to DC
connectors
converters) are intended in particular
• Output status LED
for the decentralized power supply of
• DIN-rail (TS35) mountable
circuits, assemblies and modules. DC
• Chassis mountable with
voltage converters are often required
optional hardware
for emergency generators to supply
electrical devices from batteries or
other DC systems.
The CP-DCDC 50W family is available
in 2 input versions and 4 output
versions, making them very versatile.
Typical applications include feeding
TTL level circuits (5 VDC) and providing
emergency power to low voltage
circuits.
Remote Monitoring • DC-DC converter used to convert

solar array output (24 VDC in this
case) that is used for powering
SUN
24 VDC input/output devices, to
Solar Cell
Antenna Antenna
12 VDC used for power to lower cost
radio transmitter. The transmitter
panel (remote monitoring system)
transmits information to SCADA
24VDC system that can monitor the
I/O Devices
and Sensors
conditions/physical properties at
I/O 24VDC Radio
Transmitter
the remote site, taking corrective
actions, alarming, or simply providing
12V (powered)
12VDC
+
information on conditions at
remote site.
+ OUTPUT
15VDC
SCADA System
- 3A
or Other Type
-
of Control System
V out Adjust
DC ON
+
INPUT
12VDC ±15%
2.37A ±15%
-
24VDC
REMOTE MONITORING
110
CP-DCDC 50W CP-DCDC 50W

12 VDC Input 24 VDC Input
r v %
Technical Data
Input Voltage 12 VDC 24 VDC

Minimum 10.2 VDC 18 VDC
Typical 12 VDC 24 VDC
Maximum 16 VDC 30 VDC
Input Current for output of: 5 VDC @8A 4.53 A 2.3 A
12 VDC @3A 3.88 A 1.93 A
15 VDC @3A 4.7 A 2.37 A
24 VDC @2A 4.96 A 2.49 A
Input protection Fuse internal (not user serviceable) 2 A internal (not user servicable) 2 A
Switching frequency 180 kHz PWM 330 kHz PWM
Efficiency at maximum load 80% (75% 5 VDC @8 A) 80% (75% 5 VDC @8 A)
Maximum ripple 0.2% RMS 0.2% RMS
Overload protection Overvoltage switch-off with automatic reset/short circuit Overvoltage switch-off with automatic reset/short circuit
Maximum capacitance at output 10,000 µF (8000 µF 5 VDC @8 A) 8000 µF
Hold time 5 VDC @8A 2.5 mS 7.8 mS
12 VDC @3A 3.8 mS 10 mS
15 VDC @3A 3.5 mS 7 mS
24 VDC @2A 3.5 mS 7 mS
Temperature Storage -40°C…+85°C (-40°F…+185°F) -40°C…+85°C (-40°F…+185°F)
Operating -10°C…+50°C (+14°F…+122°F) full rated load -10°C…+50°C (+14°F…+122°F) full rated load
Humidity Operating temperature 20…85% RH 20…85% RH
Storage temperature 20…90% RH non-condensing 20…90% RH non-condensing
Galvanic isolation Input to output 500 VAC RMS 500 VAC RMS
Input/output to rail 4 KV RMS 4 KV RMS
Input to ground 500 VAC RMS 500 VAC RMS
Output to ground 500 VAC RMS 500 VAC RMS
Wire size 0.1…4.0 mm2 (26…12 AWG) 0.1…4.0 mm2 (26…12 AWG)
Dimensions (L x W x H) 98 x 57 x 131 mm (3.86 x 2.24 x 5.16 in.) 98 x 57 x 131 mm (3.86 x 2.24 x 5.16 in.)
Weight 454 g (1 lb.) 454 g (1 lb.)
Mounting position Horizontal on mounting rail TS35, Chassis w/ optional kit Horizontal on mounting rail TS35, Chassis w/ optional kit
30 mm above and below if next to non-heat producing 30 mm above and below if next to non-heat producing
(low-power) module (low-power) module
60 mm above and below if next to high heat producing module, 60 mm above and below if next to high heat producing module,
(i.e. another power supply) (i.e. another power supply)
CSA, UL Listed, CE CSA, UL 508 Listed, CE
CSA Class 1 Div. 2 and Zone 2 CSA Class 1 Div. 2 and Zone 2
Ordering Data
CP-DCDC 50W CP-DCDC 50W
Output voltage/maximum current 22 - 24 VDC @ 2 A 9919371224 22-24 VDC @ 2 A 9919372424
15 VDC @ 3 A 9919371215 15 VDC @ 3 A 9919372415
12 VDC @ 3 A 9919371212 12 VDC @ 3 A 9919372412
5 VDC @ 8 A 9919371205 5 VDC @ 8 A 9919372405
L Bracket Mounting Kit—Panelmount 7940000543 7940000543
111
connectPower—Battery Back Up Unit for DC Power Management
Weidmuller’s Battery Back Up Unit Battery Back Up Units:

(BBU) is designed to be the heart of an • DC backup system that actively • If the input fails, the load is switched
uninterruptible DC power management manages DC battery banks seamlessly to batteries
system. The connectPower BBU • Increases system uptime by • Continuously monitors DC output
combines with Weidmuller power providing DC power to load in the voltage of power supply
supplies and a customer-supplied event of an AC power failure • Extensive monitoring is provided via
battery pack to form a scalable DC LEDs and outputs
power system. This enables users to
put together a system uniquely tailored
to their needs.
These full-featured units have all the
diagnostics needed to monitor the
status of the power system. These DC
power management units interface
with the DC power supplies in the
control cabinet. In addition, they
monitor the status of the DC loads
and the DC batteries. If the AC is
removed or experiences a voltage sag,
the load is switched seamlessly to the
batteries. When the AC line is restored,
the batteries are recharged and
maintained.
With the BBU Power Supply, 2A of
battery charging current is available at
24 VDC, and 3A with the 12 VDC
units. Extensive monitoring is provided
via LEDs. Relay contacts provide battery
status indication and fault indication.
Battery Back Up Unit for DC Power Management
LOADS Battery Back Up

Power Supply
BATTERY + 991628 0024
Battery
24VDC BATTERY
BATTERY -
BACK-UP UNIT
EXT. PS + r
EXT. PS -
CLASS 1, DIVISION 2
GROUPS A, B, C &D T4A
DC OUTPUT
SEE SIDE PANEL
LOAD +
LOAD +
15A MAX.
LOAD -
BATTERY
LOAD - OPEN
BATTERY
LOW
CHARGING BATTERY
REVERSE
FULL CHARGE FAULT
115-230VAC. 1.0A-0.6A B.B.U. ONLY
I MAX. = 10A (RMS) = B.B.U. + EXT. PS
50/60Hz + ENABLE
L + DRAIN
+ DRAIN
AC IN
g B.B.U. RESET
- COM AC INPUT
N BAT
STATUS
L MAX. 1A
AC OUT @30VDC
g EXT. PS FAULT
RELAY
N MAX. 1A
@30VDC
% ®
LISTED
9ZX0
r
PS AC INPUT
LGN
BBU AC IN
112
BBU BBU
12 VDC Input 24 VDC Input
r v %
Technical Data
Input Voltage Minimum 85 VAC 85 VAC

Typical 115-230 VAC ± 10% 115-230 VAC ± 10%
Maximum 265 VAC 265 VAC
Input current at 115 VAC 0.8 A 1.0 A
at 230 VAC 0.5 A 0.6 A
Input protection Fuse 2 A slow blow (internal, not user serviceable) 2 A slow blow (internal, not user serviceable)
Input current Thermistor 40 A maximum Thermistor 40 A maximum
Overvoltage Varistor Varistor
Output to Load Voltage Nominal 12 VDC syst. 24 VDC syst.
Load Current 15 A maximum 15 A maximum
Surge Current from no load 20 A max for 300 mS 20 A max for 300mS
30 A max for 100 mS 30 A max for 100mS
Load voltage 12-14 VDC 24-28 VDC
AC input current 10 A maximum 10 A maximum
Switching time from external PS to battery < 0.5 mS < 0.5 mS
Protection Battery Polarity Protection Limited by internal 4.0 A fuse Limited by internal 4.0 A fuse
Battery Overvoltage 16 V 32 V
Battery Undervoltage 9.3 V 18.3 V
BBU Over Temperature Shutdown 120°C (248°F) ±10% 120°C (248°F) +10%
Charger Short Circuit Continuous Continuous
Load Short Circuit Continuous Continuous
Temperature Storage -20°C…+85°C (-4°F…+185°F) -20…+85°C (-4°F…+185°F)
Operating -20°C…+50°C (-4°F…+122°F) -20…+50°C (-4°F…+122°F)
Humidity Storage 20…90% 20…90%
Operating 20…85% non-condensing 20…85% non-condensing
Galvanic Isolation Input to output 3 KV 3 KV
Input/output to rail 3 KV 3 KV
Input to ground 1.5 KV 1.5 KV
Output to ground 500 V 500 V
Wire Size Power Connections 0.1…4 mm2 (26…12 AWG) 0.1…4 mm2 (26…12 AWG)
Control inputs/relay outputs 0.5…1.5 mm2 (28…14 AWG) 0.5…1.5 mm2 (28…14 AWG)
Dimensions (L x W x H) 127.5 x 72.5 x 161 mm (5.02 x 2.85 x 6.34 in.) 127.5 x 72.5 x 161 mm (5.02 x 2.85 x 6.34 in.)
Weight 950 g (2.09 lbs.) 950 g (2.09 lbs.)
Control inputs Enable dry contact/open collector dry contact/open collector
Status outputs Drain dry contact/open collector dry contact/open collector
Drain Reset dry contact/open collector dry contact/open collector
Battery Status Form C Relay and LED Form C Relay and LED
Fault Form C Relay and LED Form C Relay and LED
Battery Charger Charge Current 3.0 A 2.0 A
Full Charge Regulates to 13.65 V Regulates to 27.3V
Battery Reverse LED LED
Battery Open LED LED
Battery Low Yellow LED on below 11 V Yellow LED on below 22 V
Battery Capacity Minimum 4 AH 4 AH
Maximum scalable scalable
Mounting position Horizontal on mounting rail TS35 (optional direct panel mount) Horizontal on mounting rail TS35 (optional direct panel mount)
30 mm above and below if next to non-heat producing (low-power) 30 mm above and below if next to non-heat producing (low-power)
module module
60 mm above and below if next to high heat producing module, (i.e. 60 mm above and below if next to high heat producing module, (i.e.
another power supply) another power supply)
Connections plug and socket plug and socket
CSA, UL 508 Listed, CE, CSA Class 1 Div. 2 and Zone 2 CSA, UL 508 Listed, CE, CSA Class 1 Div. 2 and Zone 2
Ordering Data
BBU 12 VDC 9916280012 BBU 24 VDC 9916280024
113
connectPower—Battery Back Up Unit for DC Power Management—Operation
Functional Outline
The BBU is at its basic level a scalable on the amount of back-up current and The BBU switches the output current
UPS for 12 VDC or 24 VDC power. It the length of time that the current from Power supply to Battery through
is the heart or center of the system is required. There is no upper limit an internal Mosfet. This allows the unit
with everything wired through it. In to the size of the batteries; we do to switch over in milliseconds.
this way it can monitor the status of not recommend that a battery pack
the AC mains, the AC to the power smaller then 4Ahr be used due to the The BBU has two form C relays, one for
supply, the DC out of the power bulk charge rates of the BBU (3A for Battery status and the other for Fault
supply and the battery condition. The the 12V version and 2A for the 24V monitoring. There are three inputs as
BBU does NOT have built-in batteries. version), as they may be damaged with follows: Enable, Drain and Drain Reset.
The batteries are sized based on the a bulk charge at this level. These I/O are explained in detail below.
current and time demand for the
Under normal conditions the BBU
back-up power.
operates as a battery charger. It trickles
The typical system is comprised of the batteries to a minimum voltage (if
the following: the BBU, the battery necessary) then bulk charges at a rate
pack and the power supply. The of 3A for the 12V version and 2A for
power supply is sized as per normal the 24V version until the batteries reach
requirements (how much current is 14.75V / 29.5V. At this point the BBU
needed). The batteries are sized based floats the batteries to 13.65V / 27.3V.
Digital Inputs Diagnostic LEDs Battery Reverse LED (red):

Batteries connected in reverse.
Enable: Full Charged LED (green):
Fault relay de-energizes and fault LED
A connection between the “Enable” On when battery voltage is
turns on.
and “COM” terminals enables the 14.75/29.5V or greater.
There is an internal fuse that will open
BBU. If terminals are open circuit Bat Status relay is energized.
to prevent damage to BBU or to the
(Disabled), the BBU functions as a Once fully charged the BBU drops
batteries.
battery charger only. In the event the charge voltage to 13.65/27.3V
of AC failure the batteries are not (“float” voltage). Battery Open LED (red):
connected to the load via the BBU. No batteries connected – takes
Battery Low LED (yellow):
The BBU is factory preset as Enabled. approx. 60 seconds to detect after
On when battery voltage is <11/22
turning on BBU.
Drain: VDC.
Fault LED is on and Fault relay is
A temporary short between the Bat Status relay is off.
de-energized.
“Drain” and “COM” terminals switches If the battery voltage drops below
the load to the batteries until the 9.7/18.7V the load is switched off.
battery voltage reaches 11/22V. At
Charging LED (yellow):
this point the AC power is returned to
On when BBU is charging the
the power supply and the BBU starts Relay Outputs
batteries.
recharging the batteries. The Drain
Off when the “Full Charged” LED is Bat Status:
cycle can also be reset / terminated
on. Battery status, this changes state
by activating the “Drain Reset” input.
based on whether the batteries
Fault LED (red):
Drain Reset: are charging or fully charged.
On when AC fails.
A temporary short between the “Drain See Diagnostic LEDs (Full Charge,
On when the external power supply
Reset” and “COM” terminals disables Battery Low and Full Charge) for
voltage is <11V/21.5V.
the Drain cycle to the batteries. more detailed information.
On when the batteries are not
connected. Fault Relay:
On when the battery voltage is De-energizes under a fault condition.
<9.7/18.7V. See Diagnostic LEDs (Fault LED,
Fault relay de-energizes for the above Battery Reverse, and Battery Open)
conditions. for more detailed information.
114
connectPower—Battery Back Up Unit for DC Power Management—Operation
Typical Schematic
• The 15A Critical Load limit is a limit of

the BBU itself and not the power supply.
• This schematic is representative of a
24 VDC system. For a 12 VDC system
use a 12 VDC battery pack, a 12 VDC
power supply and a 12 V BBU, part
number 991628 0012.
• The fuses may be replaced by another
means of circuit protection, i.e. circuit
breakers.
• It is recommended to monitor the
power supply Fault/Status relay/output
if available.
• The power supply shown is for illustra-
tion purposes only. The power supply
needs to be chosen based on load
requirements.
Recommendations for Operation

A drain cycle should be run as often as the application permits, In systems that run 24/7, there is never a good time to run
six to twelve times per year is recommended. This allows the the drain cycle. In these cases it is recommended to upsize
batteries to maintain their capacity, and it also allows you to the batteries as much as possible. It is still recommended to
validate their condition by monitoring the length of time that it run drain cycles in these conditions. This is one of the key
takes to recharge. By knowing the capacity of the battery, you features of this product allowing you to validate the condition
can calculate the approximate length of time that it will take to of the batteries. Please keep in mind that the batteries are NOT
recharge by monitoring the “Bat Status” relay. completely drained by running a drain cycle. The drain cycle
runs the batteries to a voltage of 22V / 11V. In the worst case
Example
scenario, if you happen to lose power during a drain cycle, the
30Ahr battery at 24 VDC drain cycle will reset at a battery voltage of 22V /11V. The BBU
The 24 VDC BBU has a bulk charge current of 2A will continue to power the load until the batteries reach 18V
/ 9V. Then and only then it will shut down power to the load.
The formula to calculate the time to recharge a
Because of this, and assuming that the batteries are bigger
dead battery is:
than needed, you shouldn’t have a situation that leaves you
(30Ahr / 2A) x 2 = 30 hrs
without power.
The formula to calculate the time to recharge after
We cannot stress how important it is to choose the batteries
a drain cycle is:
carefully for your application. The BBU is designed to work
((30Ahr / 2A) x 0.56) x 2 = 16.8 hrs
with many types of batteries, and works well with sealed
The “x 2” in both formulas is because we overcharge lead acid, Gel cell and automotive / marine batteries. When
the batteries so that they are fully charged—otherwise selecting batteries keep in mind variables such as temperature
they only charge to just above 90%. extremes, cycle frequency (frequency of power outages) and
When running a drain cycle, the system only discharges many other environmental conditions. Many battery types can
the batteries to 22V / 11V. The batteries still have a fair vent, creating a dangerous condition in a sealed panel. Please
bit of capacity left. consult the battery manufacturer for recommendations
specific to your application.
The temperature to which batteries are subjected is very
Please note that these formulas are NOT exact and are important. Many manufacturers do not recommend recharging
only approximations. This is due to variables such as actual batteries if they are colder then 0°C (32°F) or hotter then 40°C
battery capacity tolerance, temperature, voltage drop in cables, (104°F). Again, please consult the battery manufacturer for
rate of discharge, etc. recommendations.
It is recommended to use at least a 25% hysterisis on the
calculated number of hours. Keep in mind that the battery
capacity will decrease over time, and this is normal. The
best thing to do is to run a test on a known good set of
batteries at room temperature and base the midpoint on
the actual number of hours it takes to recharge after a
drain cycle.
115
Electronic Circuit Protection
Electronic Circuit Protection

ESX10-T
Electronic circuit protection type Upon detection of overload or
ESX10-T is designed to ensure short circuit in the load circuit,
selective disconnection of 24VDC the MOSFET of the load output
load systems. will be blocked to interrupt the
current flow. The load circuit can
24VDC power supplies, which are be re-activated via the remote
widely used in industry today, will shut electronic reset input, control
down the output in the event of an input or manually by means of the
overload with the result that one faulty ON/OFF button.
load in the system can lead to complete
disconnection of all loads. Features
• Selective load protection, electronic
Through selective disconnection the trip characteristics
ESX10-T responds much faster to • Active current limitation for safe
overload or short circuit conditions connection of capacitive loads up
than the switch-mode power supply. to 20,000 µF and on overload/
This is achieved by active current short circuit
limitation. The ESX10-T limits the • Current ratings 0.5 A...12 A
highest possible current to 1.3 to 1.8 • Reliable overload disconnection with
times the selected rated current of the 1.1 x In plus, even with long load lines
circuit protector. Thus it is possible or small cable cross sections (see
C US
to switch on capacitive loads of up to table 4)
20,000 µF, but they are disconnected • Manual ON/OFF button (S1)
only in the event of an overload • Control input IN+ for remote
or short circuit. ON/OFF signal (option)
• Electronic reset input RE (option)
For optimal alignment with the • Clear status and failure indication
characteristics of the application the through LED, status output SF or Si
current rating of the ESX10-T can be contact F
selected in fixed values from 0.5 A... • Integral fail-safe element adjusted to
12 A. Failure and status indication current rating
are provided by a multicolor LED and • Width per unit only 12.5 mm
an integral short-circuit-proof status • Rail mounting
output or a relay signal contact. • Ease of wiring through busbar LINE+
Remote operation is possible by and 0 V as well as signal bars
means of a remote reset signal or a and bridges
remote ON/OFF control signal. The • Hazardous area approved– Class 1
manual ON/OFF button allows separate Div 2, Zone 2, ATEX Zone Z
actuation and reset of individual
load circuits.
116
Electronic Circuit Protection ESX10-T
Approvals Technical Data (Tambient = 40°C, operating voltage Ub = 24VDC)

Authority Voltage rating Current ratings Status output SF ESX10-TB-114/-124/
UL2367 (E306740) 24VDC 0.5...12 A Electrical data plus-switching signal output,
UL1604 (E322549) (class 1, div. 2, group 24VDC 0.5...12 A nominal data: 24VDC / max. 0.2 A (short circuit proof)
A, B, C, D) status output is internally connected to
UL508/ cUL 508 24VDC 0.5...12 A GND with a 10 kOhm resistor
CSA file 165971: 24VDC 0.5...12 A Status OUT ESX10-TB-114/-124 (signal status OUT),
CSA C22.2 No: 213 (class I, div. 2) at Ub = +24 V
Groups A, B, C, D, T5 +24 V = S1 is ON, load output connected through
CSA C22.2 No: 142 24VDC 0.5...12 A 0V = S1 is ON, load output blocked and/or
Class 2 switch S1 is OFF
Meets requirements for Class 2 current limitation ESX10-TB127 reverse
(ESX10-T... 0.5 A / 1 A / 2 A / 3 A red LED lit
OFF condition 0 V level at status output when:
• switch S1 is in ON position, but device is still
• in switch-on delay
• switch S1 is OFF, or control signal OFF,
• device is switched off
• no operating voltage Ub
Signal output F ESX10-TB-101/-102
Electrical data potential-free signal contact
Technical Data (Tambient = 40°C, operating voltage Ub = 24VDC)
max. 30VDC/0.5 A, min. 10 V/10 mA
Operating data ON condition LED green voltage Ub applied, switch S1 is in ON position
Operating voltage Ub 24VDC (18...32 V) no overload, no short circuit
Current rating In fixed current ratings: 0.5, 1 A, 2 A, 3 A, 4 A, OFF condition LED off • device switched off (switch S1 is in OFF position)
6 A, 8 A, 10 A, 12 A • no voltage Ub applied
Closed current I0 ON condition: typically 20...30 mA Fault condition LED orange overload condition > 1.1 x In up to electronic disconnection
depending on signal output Fault condition LED red electronic disconnection upon overload or short circuit
Status indication by means of • multicolor LED: device switched off with control signal
GREEN: - unit is ON, power-MOSFET (switch S1 is in ON position)
- is switched on ESX10-TB-101 single signal, make contact
- status output SF ON, contact SC/SO-SI open
- supplies + 24VDC ESX10-TB-102 single signal, break contact
ORANGE: in the event of overload or contact SC/SO-SI closed
short circuit until electronic Fault signal output fault conditions:
disconnection • no operating voltage Ub
RED: - unit electronically disconnected • ON/OFF switch S1 is in OFF position
- load circuit/Power-MOSFET • red LED lighted
OFF • (electronic disconnection)
Reset input RE ESX10-TB-124
OFF: - manually switched off Electrical data voltage: max. +32VDC
- (S1 = OFF) high > 8VDC ≤ 32VDC
- or device is dead low ≤ 3VDC > 0 V
- undervoltage (Ub < 8 V) power consumption typically 2.6 mA
- after switch-on till the end (+24VDC)
- of the delay period min. pulse duration typically 10 ms
• status output SF (option) Reset signal RE The electronically blocked ESX10-TB-124
• potential-free signal contact F (option) (terminal 22) may remotely be reset via an external momentary switch due
• ON/OFF/ condition of switch S1 to the falling edge of a +24 V pulse.
A common reset signal can be applied to several devices
Load circuit
simultaneously.
Load output Power-MOSFET switching output (high side switch)
Switched on devices remain unaffected.
Overload disconnection typically 1.1 x In (1.05...1.35 x In)
Control input IN+ ESX10-TB-114
Short-circuit current IK active current limitation (see table 1)
Control signal IN+ see reset input RE
Trip time for electronic disconnection see time/current characteristics (terminal 21) +24V level (HIGH): device will be switched
typically 3 s at ILoad > 1.1 x In on by a remote ON/OFF signal
typically 3 s...100 ms at ILoad > 1.8 x In 0 V level (LOW): device will be switched
(or 1.5 x In/1.3 x In) off by a remote ON/OFF signal
Temperature disconnection internal temperature monitoring with electronic Switch S1 ON/OFF unit can only be switched on with S1 if a HIGH level is applied
disconnection to IN+
Low voltage monitoring with hysteresis, no reset required
load output load “OFF” at Ub < 8 V
Starting delay tstart typically 0.5 sec after every switch-on
and after applying Ub
Disconnection of load circuit electronic disconnection
Free-wheeling circuit external free-wheeling diode
recommended with inductive load
Several load outputs must not be connected in parallel
117
Technical Data (Tambient = 40°C, operating voltage Ub = 24VDC)

General data Mounting symmetrical rail to EN 50022-35x7.5
Fail-safe element: backup fuse for ESX10-T not required Ambient temperature 0...+50 °C (without condensation, see EN 60204-1)
because of the integral Storage temperature -20...+70 °C
redundant fail-safe element Humidity 96 hrs/95 % RH/40 °C to IEC 60068-2-78-Cab
Terminals LINE+ / LOAD+ / 0V climate class 3K3 to EN 60721
screw terminals M4 Vibration 3 g, test to IEC 68-2-6 test Fc
Degree of protection housing: IP20 DIN 40050
max. cable cross section
terminals: IP20 DIN 40050
flexible with wire end ferrule w/wo plastic sleeve 20-6 AWG (0.5 - 10 mm2)
EMC emission: EN 61000-6-3
multi-lead connection
(EMC directive, CE logo) susceptibility: EN 61000-6-2
(2 identical cables)
Insulation co-ordination 0.5 kV/2 pollution degree 2
rigid/flexible 20-11 AWG (0.5 - 4 mm2)
(IEC 60934) re-inforced insulation in operating area
flexible with wire end ferrule without plastic sleeve 20-13 AWG (0.5 - 2.5 mm2)
dielectric strength max. 32VDC (load circuit)
flexible with TWIN wire end ferrule with plastic sleeve 20-9 AWG (0.5 - 6 mm2)
Insulation resistance
wire stripping length 10 mm
(OFF condition) n/a, only electronic disconnection
tightening torque (EN 60934) 1.2 Nm Approvals UL2367, File E306740,
Terminals aux. contacts Solid State Overcurrent Protectors
screw terminals M3 UL1604 (class I, div. 2, zone 2), UL508, CE logo
max. cable cross section CSA C22.2 No. 142 - file 165971, C22.2 No. 213 - file
flexible with wire end ferrule w/wo plastic sleeve 23-13 AWG (0.25 – 2.5 mm2) 165971, C1D2 Groups A, B, C, D, Temp Code T5;
wire stripping length 8 mm Ambient 0°-40°C
tightening torque (EN 60934) 0.5 Nm Dimensions (W x H x D) 12.5 x 80 x 83 mm
Housing material moulded Mass approx. 65 g
Table 1: Voltage drop, current limitation, max. load current

Please note:
current rating typically voltage drop active current max. load current at 100% ON duty
• The user should ensure that the cable cross sections of the relevant load circuit are suitable for the current
In Uon at limitation (typically) Tu = 40 °C Tu = 50 °C
rating of the ESX10-T used.
0.5 A 70 mV 1.8 x In 0.5 A 0.5 A • Automatic start-up of machinery after shut down must be prevented (Machinery Directive 98/37/EG and
1 A 80 mV 1.8 x In 1 A 1A EN 60204-1). In the event of a short circuit or overload the load circuit will be disconnected electronically
2 A 130 mV 1.8 x In 2 A 2A by the ESX10-T.
3 A 80 mV 1.8 x In 3 A 3A • Refer to UL/CSA file for proper wiring and installation techniques.
4 A 100 mV 1.8 x In 4 A 4A
6 A 130 mV 1.8 x In 6 A 5A Table 2: Specifications
8 A 120 mV 1.5 x In 8 A 7A
10 A 150 mV 1.5 x In 10 A 9A
Protection to EN6052 housing IP30, terminals IP00
12 A 180 mV 1.3 x In 12 A 10.8 A
CE logo to 2004/108/EG and 94/9/EG
Attention: when mounted side-by-side without convection the ESX10-T should not carry more than 80% of UL UL2367, File No E306740
its rated load with 100% ON duty due to thermal effects. UL508, File No E322549
UL 1604, File No E320024
CSA CSA C22.2 No 14, File No 165971 (LR16186)
CSA C22.2 No 142, File No 165971 (LR16186)
CSA C22.2 No 213, File No 165971 (LR16186)
ATEX IEC/EN60079-0 /-14/-15
II 3G Ex nA II B T4 Gc X
Table 3: ESX10-T - Ordering Information
Version Signal input Signal output
Signal contact Status output
without Control input Remote without single signal single signal without Status OUT Status OUT
Signal ON/OFF Reset Reset Signal N/O N/C Signal Positive 24V ØV = OK
Input Output (normally open NO) (normally closed NC) Output = OK
ESX10-TA-100 x x x
ESX10-TB-101 x x x
ESX10-TB-102 x x x
ESX10-TB-114 x x
ESX10-TB-124 x x x
ESX10-TB-127 x x x
ESX10-TA-100 ESX10-TB-101 ESX10-TB-102 ESX10-TB-114* ESX10-TB-124** ESX10-TB-127
Current Circuit Current Circuit Current Circuit Current Circuit Current Circuit Current Circuit
Rating Protection Rating Protection Rating Protection Rating Protection Rating Protection Rating Protection
ampsVSPC 1CLPart
5 V Number
DC R amps Part Number amps Part Number amps Part Number amps Part Number amps Part Number
0.5 6720005305 0.5 6720005320 0.5 6720005340 0.5 6720005360 0.5 6720005380 0.5 6720005309
1 6720005301 1 6720005321 1 6720005341 1 6720005361 1 6720005381 1 6720005319
2 6720005302 2 6720005322 2 6720005342 2 6720005362 2 6720005382 2 6720005329
3 6720005303 3 6720005323 3 6720005343 3 6720005363 3 6720005383 3 6720005339
4 6720005304 4 6720005324 4 6720005344 4 6720005364 4 6720005384 4 6720005349
6 6720005306 6 6720005326 6 6720005346 6 6720005366 6 6720005386 6 6720005369
8 6720005308 8 6720005328 8 6720005348 8 6720005368 8 6720005388 8 6720005389
10 6720005310 10 6720005330 10 6720005350 10 6720005370 10 6720005390 10 6720005399
12 6720005312 12 6720005332 12 6720005352 12 6720005372 12 6720005392 12 6720005313
118
ESX10-T Signal inputs / outputs (wiring diagram)
ESX10-TA-100 ESX10-TB-101 ESX10-TB-102 ESX10-TB-114

without signal input/output without signal input without signal input with control input IN +
with signal output F with signal output F (+24VDC)
(single signal, N/O ) (single signal, N/C) with status output SF
(+24 V = load output ON)
LINE+ 1 LINE+ 1 LINE+ 1 LINE+ 1
14 12 SF 23
13 11 IN 21
2 LOAD+ LOAD+ LOAD+ LOAD+

2 2 2
0V 3 0V 3 0V 3 0V 3
operating condition: 13-14 closed operating condition: 11-12 open operating condition: SF +24 V = O K
fault condition: 13-14 open fault condition: 11-12 closed fault condition: SF 0 V
ESX10-TB-124 ESX10-TB-127 Dimensions

with reset input RE with reset input RE
(+24VDC↓) (+DC 24 V↓)
with status output SF with inverse status output SF
(+24 V = load output ON) (0 V = load output ON)
LINE+ 1
LINE+ 1 12.5
83
3.27 .492
LINE LINE
SF 23
SF 23
RE 22
RE 22
3.15
80
2 LOAD+ 2 LOAD+
LOAD LOAD
0V 3 80
0V 3
3.15
operating condition: SF +24 V = O operating condition: S F 0 V = O K snap-on socket for
fault condition: SF 0 V fault condition: S F +24 V label symmetrical rail EN 50022-35x7.5
mm
This is a metric design and millimeter dimensions take precedence ( )
inch
119
Time/Current characteristic curve (Ta = 25 °C)
disconnection • The trip time is typically 3 s in the range between 1.1 and 1.8 x In*1).
typically 1.1 x I n 1.8 x I n *1)
• Electronic current limitation occurs at typically 1.8 x In*1) which means that under all
10000
overload conditions (independent of the power supply and the resistance of the load
circuit) the max. overload before disconnection will not exceed 1.8 x In*1) times the
1000
current rating. Trip time is between 100 ms and 3 sec (depending on overload or at
short circuit).
100
current limitation *1) • Without this current limitation a considerably higher overload current would flow in
trip time in seconds
typically 1.8 x I n
10
the event of an overload or short circuit.
5
0.1
0.01
0 1 2 3 4 5 IK
...times rated current
*1) current limitation typically 1.8 x I times rated current at I = 0.5 A...6 A
n n
current limitation typically 1.5 x In times rated current at In = 8 A or 10 A
current limitation typically 1.3 x In times rated current at In = 12 A
Table 4: Reliable trip of ESX10-T

Reliable trip of ESX10-T with different cable lengths and cross sections
Resistivity of copper ρ0 = 0.0178 (Ohm x mm2) / m
Ub = DC 19.2 V (= 80 % of 24 V) voltage drop of ESX10-T and tolerance of
trip point (typically 1.1 x In = 1.05 ... 1.35 x In) have been taken into account.
ESX10-T-selected rating In (in A) 3 6
e. g. trip current Iab = 1.25 x In (in A) 3.75 7.5 ESX10-T trips after 3 s
Rmax in Ohm = (Ub / Iab) - 0.050 5.07 2.51
The ESX10-T reliably trips from 0 Ohm to max. circuitry resistance Rmax
Cable cross section A in mm2 0.14 0.25 0.34 0.5 0.75 1 1.5
cable length L in meter cable resistance in Ohm = (R0 x 2 x L) / A
(= single length)
5 1.27 0.71 0.52 0.36 0.24 0.18 0.12
10 2.54 1.42 1.05 0.71 0.47 0.36 0.24
15 3.81 2.14 1.57 1.07 0.71 0.53 0.36
20 5.09 2.85 2.09 1.42 0.95 0.71 0.47
25 6.36 3.56 2.62 1.78 1.19 0.89 0.59
30 7.63 4.27 3.14 2.14 1.42 1.07 0.71
35 8.90 4.98 3.66 2.49 1.66 1.25 0.83
40 10.17 5.70 4.19 2.85 1.90 1.42 0.95
45 11.44 6.41 4.71 3.20 2.14 1.60 1.07
50 12.71 7.12 5.24 3.56 2.37 1.78 1.19
75 19.07 10.68 7.85 5.34 3.56 2.67 1.78
100 25.34 14.24 10.47 7.12 4.75 3.56 2.37
125 31.79 17.80 13.09 8.90 5.93 4.45 2.97
150 38.14 21.36 15.71 10.68 7.12 5.34 3.56
175 44.50 24.92 18.32 12.46 8.31 6.23 4.15
200 50.86 28.48 20.94 14.24 9.49 7.12 4.75
225 57.21 32.04 23.56 16.02 10.68 8.01 5.34
250 63.57 35.60 26.18 17.80 11.87 8.90 5.93
Example 1: max. length at 1.5 mm2 and 3 A 214 m
Example 2: max. length at 1.5 mm2 and 6 A 106 m
Example 3: mixed wiring: R1 = 40 m in 1.5 mm2 and R2 = 5 m in 0.25 mm2:
(Control cabinet – sensor/actuator level) R1 = 0.95 Ohm, R2 = 0.71 Ohm Total (R1 + R2) = 1.66 Ohm
120
Mounting examples for ESX10-T

The ESX10-T features an integral power distribution system.
(12.5 x n)-3 = length of busbars ± 0.5

LINE+ busbar continuous busbar e. g. (12.5 x 5)-3 = 59.5 ± 0.5
6720005315 500 mm length, cut
Up to 40 pole
signal bar
6720005316
or
jumper
6720005317
(2 pole only)
remove protection
against brush contact
located on bottom side
side walls or barriers for protection 0V busbar insert protection against

against brush contact on LINE+ and 6720005315 brush contact
OV jumper locations
12.5 x n = width of protector block

e. g. 12.5 x 5 = 62.5
insert busbars
and protection slides
to be flush with housing sides
insert signal
bars to be flush with
housing and place them
centrally over the contacts
5 ESX10-TB
with busbars 5 ESX10-TA
and jumpers with busbars
Mounting procedure:
Before wiring insert busbars into protection block.
121
+ line entry
LINE+ busbar
1 1

1
+24V LINE+ LINE+ LINE+
power suppl y ESX10-TA-100 ESX10-TA-100 ESX10-TA-100

DC 24 V
2 LOAD+ 2 LOAD+ 2 LOAD+
0V 3 0V 3 0V 3 0V
Connection diagrams and application examples ESX10-T 0 V busbar
Signal contacts are shown in OFF or fault condition. - line entry
+ - + - + -
load load load
Connection diagrams and application examples ESX10-T…

ESX10-TA-100
Signal contacts ar e shown in OFF or fault concition. ESX10-TB-101
ESX10-TB-101
group signalling (series connection)

group signaling (series connection)
ESX10-TA-100
ESX10-TB-102
terminals for screw Single signalling with common line entry

busbars terminals
+ line entry for the SI
+ line entry + line entry
LINE+ busbar LINE + busbar

1 1 1 single signalling per way
+24V LINE+ LINE+ LINE+ + line entry 1 1 1 by means of an LED
+24V for the S I LINE+ LINE+ LINE+
13 14 13 14 13 14
+ line entry
group signalling
by means of an LED
power suppl y ESX10-TA-100 ESX10-TA-100 ESX10-TA-100 LINE+ busbar
DC 24 V power supply
DC 24 V
1 1 1 jumpers ar e staggered
ESX10-TB-101 ESX10-TB-101 ESX10-TB-101
11 12 11 12 11 12
2 LOAD+ 2 LOAD+ 2 LOAD+ 2 LOAD+ 2 LOAD+ 2 LOAD+
0V 3 0V 3 0V 3 0V 0V 3 0V 3 0V 3 0V
power supply
0 V busbar DC 24 V signal busbar for
common
0V busbarline entry
- line entry - line entry
+ - + - + - + - + - + -
load load load 0V 3 0V 3 0V 3 0V
load load load
0 V busbar
- line entry
+ - + - + -
ESX10-TB-101 load load load
group signalling (series connection)
ESX10-TB-124
Single signalling with common reset

ESX10-TB-102 ESX10-TB-124
+ line entry for the SI
ESX10-TB-102 + line entry
Single signalling with common line entry LINE + busbar

Single signaling with common line entry
1 1
Single signaling with common reset
1
13 14 13 14 13 14
group signalling reset
single
by meanssignalling per way
of an LED button single signalling per way
+ line entry by means of an LED by means of an LED
power supply for the S I
DC 24 V
+ line entry jumpers ar e staggered + line entry
LINE+ busbar LINE+ busbar
1 1 1 1 1 1
0V
+24V 3 0V
LINE+ 3 0V
LINE+ 3LINE+
0V +24V LINE+ LINE+ LINE+
11 12 11 12 11 12 22 23 22 23 22 23
0V busbar RE SF RE SF RE SF
power- line entry

supply power supply
DC 24 V signal busbar for DC 24 V
+ - + - + - common line entry signal busbar for
load
ESX10-TB-102 load
ESX10-TB-102 load
ESX10-TB-102 ESX10-TB-124 ESX10-TB-124 ESX10-TB-124 common reset
2 LOAD+ 2 LOAD+ 2 LOAD+ 2 LOAD+ 2 LOAD+ 2 LOAD+
0V 3 0V 3 0V 3 0V 0V 3 0V 3 0V 3 0V
0 V busbar 0V busbar
- line entry - line entry
+ - + - + - + - + - + -
load load load load load load
ESX10-TB-124
Single signalling with common reset
reset
button single signalling per way
by means of an LED
+ line entry
LINE+ busbar
1 1 1
22 23 22 23 22 23
RE SF RE SF RE SF
power supply
DC 24 V
signal busbar for
ESX10-TB-124 ESX10-TB-124 ESX10-TB-124 common reset
0V 3 0V 3 0V 3 0V
0V busbar
- line entry
+ - + - + -
load load load
122
Accessories for ESX10-T
Description Busbars for LINE+ and 0 V

The ESX10-T features an integral power distribution system. max. load with one line entry
The following wiring modes are possible with various pluggable current and (recommended: centre line entry)
signal busbars: max. load with two line entries
• LINE +(24VDC) grey insulation, length: 500 mm
• 0 V 6720005315
Caution: The electronic devices ESX10-T require a 0 V connection
• Signal contacts
• Reset inputs Busbars for LINE+ and 0 V
grey insulation
max. number of plug-on operations 10:
6720005335, (3-unit-block ESX10-T), length: 34.5 mm
6720005336, (4-unit-block ESX10-T), length: 47 mm
Description Part No.
Busbars for LINE+ and 0 V 6720005315
6720005337, (5-unit-block ESX10-T), length: 59.5 mm
max. load with one line entry 50 A packing unit: 10 pcs
(recommended: centre line entry) Imax 6720005474, (8-unit-block ESX10-T),
max. load with two line entries Imax 63 A length: 97 mm
length: 500 mm
6720005475, (10-unit-block ESX10-T),
length: 122 mm
Signal busbars for signal contacts packing unit: 4 pcs
and reset inputs 6720005316
max. load with one line entry Imax 1A
with one series connection of signal contacts Imax 0.5 A
Connector bus link –K10
ø2.5
length: 500 mm suitable for auxiliary contacts 50 pin lugs to .099
DIN 46230
(series connection) tinned copper ø2.5
6720005476 (1.5 mm2, brown) 50 pin lugs to .099
Jumpers for signal contacts 6720005317 DIN 46230
tinned copper
length: 21 mm
packing unit: 10 pcs
~2.76
~70
ø2.5
50 pin lugs to
~2.76
~70
.099
TS32 rail adapter 9102100000 DIN 46230
(Remove protection walls/barriers before using adapter.) tinned copper
Supply module for LINE+ and 0 V
For detailed installation instructions and approvals suitable for ESX10-T... versions
contact Weidmuller at 1-800-849-9343 or go to ampacity Imax 50 A Imax 50A
~2.76
AD-TX-EM01
~70
www.weidmuller.com
AD-TX-
EM01
123
Surge Protection Devices
Surge Protection - MTL
SD Series
SLP Series
Data and Signal Protection
The SD Series are ultra-slim user-friendly devices for
protecting electronic equipment and systems against surges
on signal and I/O cabling, and the SLP Series provides 20kA
power surge protection for process control, equipment
systems and distribution panels.
Product Features:
• Range of ATEX Certified intrinsically safe surge protectors
• Ultra-slim and space saving designs; easy installation
• Multistage hybrid protection circuitry - 20kA maximum
surge current
• Range of voltage ratings ideal for process I/O applications
• Designed for high bandwidth, low resistance applications;
RTD, Public Switch Telephone Network (PSTN) and 3-wire
transmitter versions available in SD Series
• Surge protection for two loops or one 4-wire circuit per
MA15 Series SLP Series module
AC & DC Power Protection • 10 year product warranty
The MA15 Series of surge protection devices protects The SD and SLP Series surge protection devices provide
electronic equipment and computer networks against the unparalleled packing densities, application versatility, proven
effects of noise pollution induced in power supplies. MA15 and reliable hybrid circuitry, simple installation and optional
units filter out and suppress the effects of industrial noise ‘loop disconnect’ facilities (SD Series). These features
and surges caused by lightning, switching devices, thyristor make the SD and SLP Series the ultimate surge protection
controls, transmission system overloads and power-factor solutions for process control equipment, I/O systems and
correction circuits. communications networks.
Product Features: TP48 Series

Transmitter and Sensor Protection
• 18kA surge protection and RFI filtering
• Protects panel loads up to 15 Amps in series, The TP48 Series of transmitter protectors safeguards
unlimited Amps in parallel electronic process transmitters against induced surges and
• Suitable for AC or DC application transients from field cabling. They uniquely provide a level
• Thermal and short circuit protection of protection for 2, 3 and 4 wire field-mounted transmitters
• LED status indication feature that greatly exceeds the optional transient protection
• 10 year product warranty facilities available from the transmitter manufacturers
• UL 1449 3rd Edition without any additional wiring, conduit modifications or
other expensive extras.
Product Features:
• Easy and direct mounting – simply screw into spare
conduit entry
• Intrinsically safe; flameproof to CENELEC standards;
ATEX approved
• Parallel connection avoids introduction of resistance
into loop
• 10 year product warranty
124
SD Series SLP Series
The exceptionally high The multi-stage hybrid

packing densities are surge protection
the result of an ultra slim network at the heart
footprint for individual of the SLP uses a
modules, which can combination of solid
double-up as feedback state electronics and
terminals. Each module a gas filled discharge
provides full hybrid surge tube (GDT) to provide
protection for 2 and surge protection up to
3-wire loop protection. 20kA. This impressive
surge protection circuit
Modules with a is designed to exhibit
comprehensive range of exceptionally low line
voltage ratings cover all resistance and adds only
process related signals a minimal voltage drop
such as RTDs, Thermo- to the circuit.
couples (THCs), 4 - 20mA loops, telemetry outstations,
shut-down systems and fire and gas detectors. The SLP device does not adversely affect the performance
or operation of the loop or combined equipment during
The optional loop disconnect featured on the SD07, operation. The device allows signals to pass with very little
SD16, SD32 and SD55 modules allows users to perform attenuation, while diverting surge currents safely to the
commissioning and maintenance without removing the surge ground and clamping output voltages to safe levels.
protection device. In addition, a third connection on the field
and safe side of the module is provided for safe termination Fully automatic in operation, SLP devices react immediately
of shields. to ensure that equipment is never exposed to damaging
surges between lines or the lines and ground. Reacting
For three wire applications the specially designed SDRTD instantly, the SLP redirects surges safely to the ground and
(Resistance Temperature Detector) and the SD32T3, resets automatically.
(for separately powered 4 - 20mA loops) provide full
3-wire protection in a single compact unit. The SD07R3 The versatile SLP series provides full hybrid surge protection,
provides protection of 3-wire pressure transducers on low combining protection for two process loops into one case.
power circuits.
For higher bandwidth applications, the SLP series has been
For higher bandwidth applications, the SDR Series developed to meet the demands of today’s highest speed
meets the demands of today’s highest speed communication systems.
communication systems.
120V and 240V AC versions are available for I/O and power
supplies up to three Amps of load current and telephone
networks can be protected by the SDPSTN.
All modules are DIN-rail mountable on a TS-35 rail.

A comprehensive range of mounting and grounding
accessories are available.
125

SD Series
SD Series Guide to applications and selection
The SD Series of signal protection devices includes models for a full range of applications operating at voltages up to
250V AC. The optional fuse/disconnect package provides both fused protection against fault currents and a convenient
method of isolating field circuitry from protected circuitry without requiring additional disconnect terminals. The standard fuse
(replaceable) is rated 250mA. 50mA fuses are available by special request. Solid links can be used in applications where only
the disconnect feature is required.
This feature is important in applications where a signal protection device is used with a bulk power supply feeding multiple
loops. The individual fuse module prevents a fault or follow on current on one loop disrupting the power supply to the others.
In addition, loops can be removed from the circuit for maintenance or added without requiring additional disconnect terminals.
Field Circuit Protected Circuit
Analog inputs (high-level) Bulk

PSU
2-wire transmitters, 4-20mA, 1 Up to 50V dc
4
conventional and smart TP48
transmitter 4/20mA
protector 1 to 5V
5
SD32 and SD55 are recommended for use with 2
conventional and smart 4-20mA transmitters (fed by a well- 6 3
regulated supply), the choice dependent upon the maximum SD32 SD32X
SD55 SD55X
working voltage of the system (32V and 55V respectively). (no fuse) Multiple
The diagram illustrates an application using the fuse/ Loops
disconnect. Both models are available in ‘X’ versions without

2-wire transmitters
the optional fuse/disconnect feature.
Analog inputs (low-level) SDRTD

4 1
RTDs, These applications are best served using the
Recorder
Controller
SDRTD.
Computer
5 2
etc.
For optimum accuracy, the energizing current should be 6 3
chosen to ensure the voltage across the RTD does not exceed SDRTD
1V over the full measurement range. When using a PT100

device, an energizing current of 1mA is recommended.
3-wire RTDs
2xSD07X
Photocells and turbine flowmeters

or 2xSD16X
4 1
Photocell
Depending upon the operational voltage, the SD07 or SD16 Thermocouple (THC) Signal
mV source 5 2
are the preferred choices for this application. SD07X and Turbine
SD16X are also suitable. Flowmeter 6 3
SD07 SD07X
SD16 SD16X
(no fuse)
photocells,
thermocouples (THCs), mV
sources and
turbine flowmeters
126
Field Circuit Protected Circuit
2xSD15X, SD32X
Analog outputs P
4 1
V
I
Controller outputs (I/P converters) 5 2 OV
Dependent on the operating voltage, recommendations 6 3
include the SD16, SD32 and SD55, and the equivalent SD16
SD32
SD16
SD32X
‘X’ versions. SD35 SD55X
(no fuse)
Controller outputs
(I/P converters)
SD
Digital (on/off) inputs - Switches

4 1
V
Suitable signal protection devices include the SD07, 5 2

Logic Signal
SD16, SD32 and SD55 modules, and the equivalent “X” 6 3

OV
versions. The choice is dependent upon the operating SD07
SD16
SD07X
SD16X
voltage of the system. SD32
SD55
SD32X
SD55X
(no fuse)
Switches
SD32X
4 1
Digital (on/off) outputs - LED
32V max
Alarms, LEDs, solenoid valves, etc.

Alarm
5 2
The SD32 or SD32X are the recommended choice for 6 3

this application.
SD32 SD32X
(no fuse)
Alarms, LEDs, solenoid

values, etc.
Telemetry Public Switch Telephone Network 4 1
(PSTN) - Telemetry outstations Incoming Modem,

Telephone fax or
Line 5 2 telephone
The SDPSTN has been designed specifically for the
protection of signals transmitted on public switched 6 3
telephone networks.
Telecom line
Final output from

4 1
AC supplied equipment - PLC, I/O systems 110/120V ac
or
PLC,
DCS,
220/240V ac SCADA,
The recommended choice or systems on 110-120V AC is 5 2
etc.
the SD150X ; for 220-240V AC systems, the SD275X 6 3
is recommended.
PLC, I/O systems
PLC, I/O systems
127
Transmitter and sensor protection
Transmitters and sensors are widely used in highly exposed areas and where lightning damage is common. In many cases,
the ideal solution for 2-wire transmitters or sensors is the TP48, which mounts directly onto the transmitter via spare cable
entries. Where these entries are not available or 3-wire devices are used, the compact design and simple installation of the
SD Series makes it an ideal choice for transmitter protection.
The SDs within the junction box should be installed as close as possible to the sensor or transmitter they are protecting, but
no further than one meter away. A bond is required from the general mass of steelwork to the sensor or transmitter housing,
using either a flat short braid or a cable at least 0.16 inch2 (4mm2) cross sectional area. In most instances, this bond is made
automatically by fixing the metallic transmitter housing to the plant structure and ensures the voltage difference between the
signal conductors and the transmitter housing is below the transmitter’s insulation rating. Please note that the transmitters or
sensors are connected to the SD protected equipment terminals, not the field cables.
2-wire transmitters or sensors SD protected field circuit To Host Circuit

4-20mA transmitters - conventional and smart
The SD16X, SD32X and SD55X are an excellent alternative 1 4
if the TP48 is not an acceptable solution, either because of 4-20mA

2 5
technical suitability or mounting difficulties.
3 6
Plant structure SD16X
SD32X
SD55X
SPD DIN rail
2-wire transmitter or sensor
3-wire transmitters or sensors

Vibration Sensors and 4-20mA loop process control systems 4
1
generally require three wire connections when powered from 24V
an external source. This may be accomplished in one unit 2 5

4-20mA
by using the SD32T3 3- terminal Surge Protection Device 3 6

Common OV
Plant structure
(SPD). Because the SD32T3 protects all three conductors
within the same unit, higher protection is achieved because SD32T3
the SPD hybrid circuitry is common to all three wires.

The SD07R3 is also suitable for the protection of 3-wire
pressure transducers on low power circuits.
SPD DIN rail
4-wire transmitters or sensors - 1 4
Flow meters, level detectors, etc. 2 5

4-20mA
4-wire systems such as level detectors require two SDs, one 3 6
for the supply and the other for the transmitter output.
Generally the voltages across the pairs are similar, so 1 4
the recommended choice is a pair of SD16X, SD32X or Plant structure
Supply voltage
SD55Xs. Dependent upon the supply voltage, AC powered 2 5 Supply OV
transmitters should be protected with an SD150X for the 3 6
supply inputs. SD16X

SD32X
SD55X
SPD DIN rail
128
Communication systems protection
High-speed data links between buildings or one part of a plant to another have become more common with the widespread
use of smart transmitters and the increase in remote installations. The SD Series has an SPD suitable for all process I/O
applications with a choice of low resistance units, high bandwidth and a variety of voltage ranges. Featuring an extremely
high bandwidth, the SDR Series is designed to meet the requirements for high speed data links.
Communication systems TP Protected SD Protected Host Circuit

Field Circuit
RS232, RS422, RS485
The recommended choice for these applications is the TP48 4 1
SD16R or SD32R depending on the maximum driver signal. 5 2

TP48 4 1
6 3
5 2
6 3
RS232, RS422, RS485
Bus powered systems 1 4 4 1SD Protected Host Circuit

Protected Field Circuit
There are a variety of bus powered systems specially 2 5 5 2
designed for the process industry. The ideal surge protection 3 1
SD32R
46 6
SD32R
4 13
5 5
device for these systems is the SD32R, with a very high
2 2
(no fuse) (no fuse)
3 6 6 3
bandwidth and modest in-line resistance. SD32R
(no fuse)
SD32R
(no fuse)
TP48
4 1
5 2
TP48
4 1
6 3
5
SD32R 2
(no fuse)
6 3
SD32R
(no fuse)
Bus powered systems
Typical Applications
Table 1
Table 1 shows suitable SD devices for different applications. Application Preferred Part No. Alternate Part No.
In some applications alternative devices may be used, for Allen Bradley Data Highway Plus SD16R
example, where lower in-line resistance or a higher voltage Foundation Fieldbus
power supply is used. 31.25kbits/s voltage mode SD32R
1.0/2.5 Mbits/s SD55R
HART SD32X SD32, SD32R
MTL Surge Technologies has operationally tested the Honeywell DE SD32X SD32, SD32R
recommended SD Series units with the representative LonWorks
highways listed. However, no formal approval for their use in FFT-10 SD32R
LPT-10 SD55R
these systems has been sought from the respective bodies. TP-78 SD07R
IS78† SD32R
Modbus & Modbus Plus (RS485) SD16R
PROFIBUS
DP SD32R
PA (IEC 1158, 31.25 kbits/s) SD32R
RS232 SD16 SD16X
RS422 SD07R
RS423 SD07R
RS485 SD07R
WorldRP (IEC 1158)
31.25 kbits/s voltage mode SD32R
1.0/2.5 Mbits/s SD55R
129
Hazardous area applications The certification parameters for the SD**R, SD**R3
Zone0/Zone1 and SDRTD are:
The dangers from lightning induced sparking in Zone 0 are

considered real enough to require preventative measures. EEx ia IIC T4, Li = 0
IEC 60079-14 (1996-12) Electrical apparatus for explosive li = 260mA for Ui up to 60V
gas atmospheres Part 14: Electrical installations in

hazardous areas (other than mines) stresses the importance The power rating for each of the above is dependent on the
of SPDs in hazardous areas. An outdoor installation table shown below.
where there is a high likelihood of both lightning induced
Pi = 1W (–30°C to +75°C)
transients and combustible gases requires the installation Pi = 1.2W (–30°C to +60°C)
of SPDs to prevent possible ignition of the gases. Areas Pi = 1.3W (–30°C to +40°C)
seen particularly at risk include flammable liquid storage
tanks, effluent treatment plants, distillation columns in The SD** series are classified as simple apparatus and are
petrochemical works and gas pipelines. intended for use in Zone 2 or safe areas only, because their
fuses are not fully encapsulated.
SPDs for transmitter protection should be installed in Zone
1, sufficiently close to the Zone 0 boundary to prevent high Installation
voltages entering Zone 0. The distance from the SPD to
Positioning
Zone 0 should be less than 36” where possible. In practice
the SPD would normally be mounted on the transmitter or The SDs should be mounted on the field wiring side to ensure
sensor housing which usually lies in Zone 1 and is very close that any surges entering from the field do not damage any
to Zone 0. Because there is only a very small free volume, intrinsically safe barriers or galvanic isolators in the system.
the SD series is suitable for mounting in flameproof or The SDs and intrinisically safe interface should be mounted
explosion proof enclosures. close to each other but on separate DIN-rails in order to
maintain the required 1.97” (50mm) clearance between safe
Zone 2 area and hazardous area terminals of the IS interface.
The SD series is suitable for protecting electrical circuits in
Division 2, Zone 2 and can be used without affecting the SD series DIN rail IS barrier DIN rail
safety aspects of the circuit. Non-incendive (low-current)

Field cables Instrument
circuits can be protected using any SD series unit mounted

in either the safe or hazardous area, including those with the
fuse disconnects facility. Non-arcing (high current) circuits can Instrument earth
also be protected, however SPDs with the fuse disconnect Substation ground mat
facility may only be mounted in the safe area. For use in these
circuits the units must be mounted in a suitable enclosure. In
most cases the minimum requirements are IP54 and 7Nm Grounding
resistance to impact. The SD series is self certified by MTL The recommended grounding for field-mounted devices
Surge Technologies as suitable for this purpose. has been illustrated previously. The grounding at the control
panel is more critical as there are usually a number of
Certification grounding systems, each with their own requirements.The
Introducing surge protection into Intrinsically Safe (IS) grounding system illustrated here replaces the instrument
circuits is trouble free as long as the current and power 0V bond, the control system PSU bond and the IS ground
parameters are not exceeded. In the SD series, the SD**X, with one single ground connection to meet all the design
SD**R, SD**R3, SDRTD and SD**T3 all have ATEX certification requirements and give the most effective protection against
for use in IS circuits located in Zones 0, 1 or 2. The certification the effects of lightning induced surges.
parameters for the SD**X and SD**T3 are:
Marshalling cabinet System Connection Cable
EEx ia IIC T4, Li = 0.22mH SPD
li = 260mA for Ui up to 20V

li = 175mA for Ui up to 26V
li = 140mA for Ui up to 28V Isolated instrument rail Isolated instrument rail
li = 65mA for Ui up to 60V Electrical earth

Frame
connection
Floor void To plant/neutral

star point
System earth
In all installations utilizing safety related apparatus,

consideration should be given to protecting the system
supply and any long communication cable.
130
Surge Protection Devices—SD Series
Specifications SD Series Approvals

All figures typical at 77°F (25°C) unless
(Authority) Standard Certificate/File No. Approved for Product
otherwise stated Country
Baseefa [ATEX] EN 60079-0:2009 Baseefa02ATEX0211X Ex ia IIC T4 Ga SD07X, SD16X, SD32X, SD55X, SD07R,
Protection (EU) EN 60079-11:2007 Ta = -30°C to See SD16R, SD32R, SD55R, SDRTD, SD32T3,
Full hybrid line to line Schedule SD07R3, SD16R3, SD32R3, SD55R3
Each line to screen/ground MTL EN 60079-15:2005 MTL03ATEX0755X Ex nA IIC T4 SD07, SD16, SD32, SD55, SD07X,
Max. discharge surge current (Imax) (8/20µs) (EU) EN 60079-14:2003 SD16X, SD32X, SD55X, SD07R, SD16R,
20kA (8/20µs) SD32R, SD55R, SD32T3, SD07R3,
6.5kA (SD150X and SD275X only) SD16R3, SD32R3, SD55R3, SDRTD
Nominal discharge surge current (isn) Baseefa [IECEx] IEC 60079-0: 2007-10 IECEx BAS 12.0003X Ex ia IIC T4 Ga SD07X, SD16X, SD32X, SD55X, SD07R,
3kA (8/20µs) (International) IEC 60079-11: 2006 SD16R, SD32R, SD55R, SDRTD, SD32T3,
Lightning impulse current (Iimp) (10/350µs) SD07R3, SD16R3, SD32R3, SD55R3
2.8kA CSA/C/US CSA C22.2 No. 0-M1991 LR 36637 EEx ia Class 1, SD07, SD16, SD32, SD55, SD07X,
1.0kA (SD150X and SD275X only) (Canada, USA) CSA C22.2 No. 157-M1992 Groups A, B SD55X, SD07R, SD16R, SD32R, SD55R,
Response time UL 913, 5th edition C and D, T4 SDRTD, SD32T3, SD07R3, SD16R3,
<1ns CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987 Class 1, Div 2 SD32R3, SD55R3
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987 Groups A,B,C, D T4
RTD resistance range (SDRTD)
UL UL 497B Listed E220693 Isolated loop SD07, SD16, SD32, SD55, SD07X,
10 to 1500Ω
(USA) communication SD16X, SD32X, SD55X, SD07R, SD16R,
Degradation accuracy (SDRTD at 1mA)
circuits SD32R, SD55R, SD07R3, SD16R3,
0.1% (RTD resistance > 100Ω) SD32R3, SD55R3, SD32T3, SD55T3,
0.1W (RTD resistance < 100Ω) SD07X3, SD16X3, SD32X3, SD55X3,
Ambient temperature SDRTD
–40°C to +80°C/ -40°F to 176°F working Austel AS/NZ3548:1995 __ Private Wire SD07R
–40°C to +80°C / -40°F to 176°F storage (Australia) AS/NZS4117:1996
For IS working applications: TS001: 1997
Pi = 1.0W (–30°C to +75°C / -22°F to 167°F) +0.02” +0.4mm
0.28” 7.0mm
Pi = 1.2W (–30°C to +60°C / -22°F to 140°F) -0.0” -0.0mm
Pi = 1.3W (–30°C to +40°C / -22°F to 104°F)

Humidity
5 to 95% RH (non-condensing) 4 1
Category tested
4.03” (102.1mm)
0.28” rail (7mm)
A2, B2, C1, C2, C3 5 2
(101.3mm)
Overstressed fault mode In=3kA
3.99”
12kA
4.32” (109.6mm)
0.6” rail (16mm)
6 3
9kA (SD150X and SD275X only)

Impulse durability (8/20µs)
10kA
6.5kA (SD150X and SD275X only)
Terminals
2.5mm2 (12 AWG)
Mounting 3.9”
(99mm)
T-section DIN-rail 35 x 7.5 or 35 x 15mm rail
(1.38” x 0.3” x 0.6”)
Weight Ordering Data SD07 SD16 SD32 SD55
70g approximately (2.5oz) Technical Data
Case flammability
UL94 V-2 Nominal voltage+(Un) Vdc 7 16 32 55
AC durability Nominal voltage+(Un) Vac 5 11 22 38
1Arms, 5T Nominal current (In) mA 250 250 250 250
Service conditions Series resistance Ω/line 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2
80kPa - 160kPa Max. leakage current µA 500 5 5 5
5% - 95% RH Rated voltage (MCOV) Uc 7.7 17 36 62
EMC compliance Voltage protection level (Up) <12 <25 <45 <90
To Generic Immunity Standards, @1kV/µs V
EN 61326-1, part 2 for industrial Residual voltage @ isn V 30 40 60 100
environments Bandwidth frequency fG 25 kHz 25 kHz 25 kHz 25 kHz
R&TTE compliance Special feature Fuse disconnect Fuse disconnect Fuse disconnect Fuse disconnect
EN 41003:1999
EN 60950-1:2006
Ordering Data SD07R SD16R SD32R SD55R
(not applicable to SD150X and SD275X)
LVD compliance Technical Data
SD150X & SD275X
EN 60950-1:2006 Nominal voltage+(Un) Vdc 7 16 32 55
EN 61010:2010 Nominal voltage+(Un) Vac 5 11 22 38
SDPSTN Nominal current (In) mA 400 400 400 400
EN 41003:1999 Series resistance Ω/line 2.7 4.7 10 10
IEC compliance Max. leakage current µA 500 5 5 5
EN 61643-21:2001 Rated voltage (MCOV) Uc 7.7 17 36 62
ANSI/IEEE testing Voltage protection level (Up) <12 <25 <45 <90
C62.41-1-2002 @1kV/µs V
C62.41-2-2002 Residual voltage @ isn V 30 40 60 100
C62.45-2002 Bandwidth frequency fG 50 MHz 50 MHz 50 MHz 50 MHz
Special feature High bandwidth High bandwidth High bandwidth High bandwidth
131
Ordering Data SD07X SD16X D32X SD55X

Technical Data
Nominal voltage+(Un) Vdc 7 16 32 55

Nominal voltage+(Un) Vac 5 11 22 38
Nominal current (In) mA 400 400 400 400
Series resistance Ω/line 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
Max. leakage current µA 500 5 5 5
Rated voltage (MCOV) Uc 7.7 17 36 62
Voltage protection level (Up) <12 <25 <45 <90
@1kV/µs V
Residual voltage @ isn V 30 40 60 100
Bandwidth frequency fG 25 kHz 25 kHz 25 kHz 25 kHz
Special feature Low resistance Low resistance Low resistance Low resistance
Ordering Data SD32T3 SD07R3 SD16R3 SD32R3 SD55R3

Technical Data
Nominal voltage+(Un) Vdc 32 7 16 32 55

Nominal voltage+(Un) Vac 22 5 11 22 38
Nominal current (In) mA 400 400 400 400 400
Series resistance Ω/line 2.2 2.7 4.7 10 10
Max. leakage current µA 5 500 5 5 5
Rated voltage (MCOV) Uc 36 7.7 17 36 62
Voltage protection level (Up) <45 <12 <25 <45 <90
@1kV/µs V
Residual voltage @ isn V 75 30 40 60 100
Bandwidth frequency fG 720 kHz 50 MHz 50 MHz 50 MHz 50 MHz
Special feature 3 terminal 3 terminal 3 terminal 3 terminal 3 terminal
Ordering Data SDRTD SDPSTN SD150X SD275X

Technical Data
Nominal voltage+(Un) Vdc 1 162 150 320

Nominal voltage+(Un) Vac 0.75 114 120 240
Nominal current (In) mA 10 550 3A 3A
Series resistance Ω/line 2.7 4.7 0.1 0.1
Max. leakage current µA 0.3 5 50 ac rms; 170 ac 50 ac rms; 360 ac
Rated voltage (MCOV) Uc 5 175 130 ac rms 275 ac rms
Voltage protection level (Up) <12 <200 <400 <700
@1kV/µs V
Residual voltage @ isn V 30 235 450 850
Bandwidth frequency fG 50 MHz 4 MHz -- --
Special feature 3-wire RTD PSNT High current High current
Mounting Accessories
0494920000 Rail Holder
Grounding/Ground Rail Accessories

1010100000 Ground terminal, DIN-rail mounted
Accessories (Replacement)
SDF25 Replacement fuse pack -
250mA standard
132
Specifications SLP Series Approvals

All figures typical at 77°F (25°C) unless Country (Authority) Standard Certificate/File No. Approved for Product
otherwise stated Europe EN 50014:1997 + A1 & A2 Baseefa04ATEX0303X EEx ia IIC T4 SLP07D, SLP16D,
(Baseefa) EN 50020:2002 SLP32D
Maximum surge current EN 60079-26:2004
20kA (8/20µs waveform) per line Europe BS EN 50014:1998 MTL03ATEX0377X EEx n IIC T4 SLP07D, SLP16D,
Leakage Current (MTL) BS EN 50021:1999 SLP32D
<1µA @ working voltage EN 60079-15:2003
Maximum rated load current USA (FM) Class Nos. 3600 (1998), 3011208 IS/I/1/A-D SLP07D, SLP16D,
1.50A 3610 (2010), 3611 (1999), I/0/AEx ia IIC SLP32D
Loop resistance 3615 (1989), 3810 incl. I/0/AEx ia IIB
2 Ohm Supp 1 (1995-07 (1989-03), NI/I/2/A-D
Capacitance ANSI/NEMA 250 (1991) NI/I/2/IIC
Line to Line - 60pF ANSI/ISA 60079-0 (2009
Bandwidth ANSI/ISA 60079-11 (2009)
-0.1db @9kHz - 37MHz ISA-S12.0.01 (1999)
-3dB @50MHz Canada (FM) C22.2 No. 213, 142, 94, 3025374C IS/I/1/A-D SLP07D, SLP16D,
Response time 157, 30 I/0/AEx ia IIC SLP32D
<1ns ANSI/NEMA 250 I/0/AEx ia IIB
Ambient temperature CAN/CSA-E79-0 NI/I/2/A-D
–40°C to +70°C (working) CAN/CSA-E79-11 NI/I/2/IIC
–40°F to +158°F (working)
–40°C to +80°C (storage)
–40°F to +176°F (storage)
Humidity
5 to 95% RH (non-condensing)
Terminals
2.5mm2 (12 AWG)
Electrical connections
Plug/header screw terminal strip
Mounting
T-section DIN-rail (35 x 15mm rail)
Weight
5oz (140g approximately)
Case flammability
UL94-V0 Ordering Data SLP07D SLP16D SLP32D
EMC compliance Technical Data
BS EN 60950:1992
BS EN 61000-6-2:1999 Nominal voltage Un 7V 16V 24V
BS EN 61010-1:1993 Rated voltage (MCOV) Uc 8V 18V 32V
BS EN 61000-4-5:2006 Nominal current In 1.50A 1.50A 1.50A
Nominal discharge current (8/20µs) isn 3kA 3kA 3kA
Dimensions Max discharge current (8/20µs) Imax 20kA 20kA 20kA
Lightning impulse current (10/350µs) Iimp 2.5kA 2.5kA 2.5kA
Residual voltage (@ isn) Up 10V 23V 40V
Voltage protection level (@ 1kV/µs) Up <8V <18V <38V
Bandwidth fG 50MHz 50MHz 50MHz
Capitance C 60pF 60pF 60pF
Series resistance R 1.0 1.0 1.0
Operating Temperature Range -40°C to +80°C -40°C to +80°C -40°C to +80°C
Category tested A2, B2, C1, C2, C3, D1 A2, B2, C1, C2, C3, D1 A2, B2, C1, C2, C3, D1
Overstressed fault mode in–3kA 22kA 22kA 22kA
Impulse durability (8/20µs) 10kA 10kA 10kA
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20
AC durability 1Arms, 5T 1Arms, 5T 1Arms, 5T
Service conditions 80kPa - 160kPa 80kPa - 160kPa 80kPa - 160kPa
5% - 95% RH 5% - 95% RH 5% - 95% RH
Connections
Installation
133
Specifications MA15 Series Dimensions

All figures typical at 77°F (25°C) unless
otherwise stated
Maximum surge current:
18kA (8/20µs) per mode
Leakage current
<0.3mA
Maximum continuous operating current
120V @ 15A, 240V @ 10A series connection
Unlimited Amps in parallel
Working voltage
AC DC
MA15 Series MA15/D/1/SI 120V, 47-63Hz 140V
MA15/D/1TT/SI 120V, 47-63Hz 140V
MA15/D/2/SI2 40V, 47-63Hz 280V
Industrial control systems utilizing programmable MA15/D/2TT/L 240V, 47-63Hz 280V
logic controllers (plc) and industrial computers Maximum continuous operating voltage
are particularly vulnerable due to the aggressive 25% above nominal
Installation
electrical environments for which they are intended, Limiting voltage Let through voltage
@ 500A ring
such as process plants, factories and water 120V/140V versions 295V
treatment sites. 240V/280V versions 356V
@ 500A 8/20µs
Although industrial computers and PLCs are designed 120V/140V versions 320V
240V/280V versions 800V
to be rugged, the extra protection provided by the @ 3kA 8/20µs
DIN-rail mounting MA15 units is critical. Ideally 120V/140V versions 396V
suited for protecting panel mounted equipment and 240V/280V versions 975V
typically used in the controls section of a motor @ 10kA 8/20µs
120V/140V versions 585V
control center (MCC), the MA15 range provides 240V/280V versions 1210V
surge and RFI protected power. Maximum attenuation (typical): -55dB @ 100MHz
Modes protected: L-N, L-E, N-E
Ambient temperature limits
With a unique ‘three-stage’ combination of protection
–40°F to +185°F (working)
elements, these units suppress conducted RFI and –40°C to +85°C (working)
voltage surges. The circuit elements are: (1) surge Humidity
clipping components to absorb transient surges 95% RH (non-condensing)
Casing
that may otherwise damage equipment, (2) a
Polymide-PA, with G- or T-section
filter to suppress noise in the system and, (3) ring (Top-hat) DIN-rail mounting foot
suppression. Ring suppression prevents surges UL94-V0
causing the filter to ‘ring’ (oscillate) under low load Connectors
Screw terminal
conditions – an effect that actually accentuates Terminals
interference in most commercially available filters. 0.1 inch2 (2.5mm2 ) 12 AWG The grounding of the surge protector and the protected
Mounting equipment is very important and, if possible, should be
Suitable for AC or DC application, MA15 units reduce G- or T-section (‘Top-hat’) or
accomplished as illustrated.
1.4 inch (35mm) DIN-rail
both electromagnetic emissions and the susceptibility Weight
of the associated equipment to emissions from other 3.53oz (100g) Please note that the unit is marked Line and Load
sources. MA15 devices also offer installation flexibility. EMC compliance and it is important that the unit is installed with the
To protect circuits rated 15A or less, MA15 devices BS EN 60950 : 1992
BS EN 61000-6-2 : 1999
Line side connected to the incoming power and the
should be installed in series. To protect higher current LED Indication Load connected to the equipment to be protected.
circuits, simply install the MA15 in parallel. Green LED on Protection present For parallel application however, the Line side is
Green LED off Internal failure connected to the incoming power and the Load left
LED status indication is standard with the MA15 unconnected.
units. Thermal fusing is also incorporated into each Ordering Data
18kA rated device as an additional safety feature. Part No.
MA15 modules also offer short circuit protection for AC DC
MA15D1SI 120V, 47-63Hz 140V
added safety.
{
MA15D2SI 240V, 47-63Hz 280V
MA15 devices are UL 1449 Recognized Components Approvals

(certified by UL for both US and Canadian Country (Authority) Standard Approved for Product No.
requirements) and exceed the requirements of IEC United States UL 1449 AC Power Product MA15D1SI,
61000-4-5. As MA15 units suppress conducted Canada Recognized Component MA15D2SI
United States UL 1449 Hazardous Locations MA15D1SI,
RFI and voltage surges they enable associated
Canada Recognized Component Class I, Division 2 MA15D2SI
equipment to comply with this aspect of European UL 1604 Groups A, B, C and D
‘CE’ mark standards.
134
The TP Series protection network consists of Approvals

high-power, solid-state electronics and a gas-filled Country (Authority) Standard Certificate/File No. Approved for Product
discharge tube capable of diverting 20kA impulses. EC (BASEEFA) EN 50014:1997 + BASEEFA04ATEX0251X EEx ia IIC T6 (Tamb = -40 to 60°C) TP48-X-Y-Z
The whole unit is encased in an ANSI 316 stainless Amendments 1 & 2 EEx ia IIC T5 (Tamb = -40 to 85°C)
EN 50020:1994, EN 50284:1999 EEx ia IIC T4 (Tamb = -40 to 60°C)
steel housing, threaded for the common conduit
EC (BASEEFA) EN 50014:1997 + BASEEFA04ATEX0251X EEx d IIC T6 (Tamb = -40 to 60°C) TP48-X-Y-Z
entries used on process transmitters. Versions are Amendments 1 & 2 EEx d IIC T5 (Tamb = -40 to 80°C)
available for 1/2” NPT, 20mm ISO, and G1/2” EN 50018:2000 + Amendment 1 EEx d IIC T4 (Tamb = -40 to 85°C)
(BSP 1/2 inch) threaded entries. Atex Directive BS EN 50021:1999 TML02ATEX0032X Ex n II T6 (-40°C<Tamb<+60°C) TP48-X-Y-Z
94/9/EC EEx n II T5 (-40°C<Tamb<+85°C)
USA (FM) Class Nos. 3600 3022293 Intrinsically Safe: TP48-X-Y-Z
Specifications TP Series (1998), 3610 (1999), I, II, III/1/A-G, I/0/IIC
All figures typical at 77°F (25°C) unless 3611 (1999), 3615 Explosionproof: I/1/A-D
otherwise stated (1989), 3810 incl. Non incendive: I/2/A-D, I/2/IIC
Supp 1 (1995-07) Dust ignition proof: II,III/1/EFG
(1989-03), Special protection: II/2/FG
Maximum surge current ANSI/NEMA 250
20kA peak current (8/20µs waveform) (1991),
Leakage current ISA-S12.0.01 (1999)
Less than 10µA at maximum working voltage Canada (FM) C22.2 No. 157 3025374 Intrinsically Safe: TP48-X-Y-Z
Working voltage C22.2 No. 213 I, II, II/1/A-G, I/O/IIC
35 VDC maximum C22.2 No 142 Explosionproof: I/1/A-D
Bandwidth C22.2 No. 94 Nonincendive: I/2/A-D, I/2/IIC
1MHz C22.2 No. 30 Dust ignition proof: II, III/1/EFG
Resistance Special protection: II/2/FG
No resistance introduced into loop Global IEC 60079-0:2004 IECEx BAS 07.0045X Ex ia IIC T4/T5/T6 TP48-X-Y-NDI
Ambient temperature limits IEC 60079-11:2006 Ex tD A20 IP6X T85°C/T100°C/
IEC 61241-0:2004 T135°C
-40°C to +80°C (working)
IEC 61241-1:2004
-40°F to +185°F (working)
-40°C to +85°C (storage) Key: X = 3 or 4 or blank, Y = N, I or G, Z = NDI
-40°F to +185°F (storage)
Humidity Ordering Data TP48 Series
5% to 95% RH (non-condensing)
Technical Data Ordering Data Part No.
Electrical connections
Non-certified SPD - 1/2” NPT thread TP48N
TP48 Nominal voltage Un 35V Non-certified SPD - 20mm ISO thread TP48I
3 flying leads (line1, line 2 & ground) Rated voltage (MCOV) Uc 58V Non-certified SPD - G 1/2” (BSP 1/2 inch) TP48G
TP48 3 Wire Nominal current In --- Non-certified SPD - 1/2” NPT thread TP483N
4 flying leads (+ve, -ve, signal & ground) Nominal discharge current (8/20μs) isn 3kA Non-certified SPD - 20mm ISO thread TP483I
TP48 4 Wire Max discharge current (8/20μs) Imax 20kA Non-certified SPD - G 1/2” BSP 1/2 inch TP483G
5 flying leads (+ve, -ve, signal +ve, signal -ve, ground) Lightning impulse current (10/350μs) Iimp 2.5kA Non-certified SPD - 1/2” NPT thread TP484N
Wire size 32/0.2 (1.0mm2, 18 AWG) Residual voltage @ isn Up 95V Non-certified SPD - 20mm ISO thread TP484I
Lead length 250mm (minimum) L-G 500V Non-certified SPD - G 1/2” BSP 1/2 inch TP484G
Casing Voltage protection level @ 1kV/μs Up <76V Certified SPD - 1/2” NPT thread TP48NNDI
ANSI 316 stainless steel hexagonal barstock, male thread Bandwidth fG 1MHz Certified SPD - 20mm ISO thread TP48INDI
Capacitance C 100pF Certified SPD - G 1/2” (BSP 1/2 inch) TP48GNDI
Threads
Series resistance R --- Certified SPD - 1/2” NPT thread TP483NNDI
TP48-3-N & TP48-4-N 1/2” NPT
Operating Temperature Range -40°C to +85°C Certified SPD - 20mm ISO thread TP483INDI
TP48-3-I & TP48-4-1 20mm ISO (M20 x 1.5)
Category tested A2, B2, C1, C2, C3, D1 Certified SPD - G 1/2” - BSP 1/2 inch TP483GNDI
TP48-3-G & TP48-4-G G 1/2” (BSP 1/2”) Overstressed fault mode in=3kA 12kA Certified SPD - 1/2” NPT thread TP484NNDI
Weight Impulse durability (8/20μs) 10kA Certified SPD - 20mm ISO thread TP484INDI
175g (6.2oz) Degree of protection IP66 Certified SPD - G 1/2” - BSP 1/2 inch TP484GNDI
Dimensions AC durability 1Arms, 5T
See Figure 1 Service conditions 80kPa - 160kPa
EMC compliance 5% - 95% RH
To Generic Immunity Standards EN50082, part 2 Installation
for industrial environments
Electrical safety
Figure 2 The TP units are designed for mounting directly into
EEx ia IIC T4, Ceq=O, Leq=0; the unit can be connected an unused conduit entry on a process transmitter
without further certification into any intrinsically safe loop housing. Generally, two such entries are provided,
with open circuit voltage <60V and input power <1.2W. one of which is used for the loop wiring. On the
EEx d IIC T4; the unit is apparatus-approved to flame proof unused entry, the blanking plug or other closure
(explosionproof) standards, and can be fitted into a similarly
approved housing.
device is removed and an appropriately threaded TP
screwed into its place. The transmitter specification
Dimensions should provide information indicating the required
thread type. TP units can be installed using thread
Figure 1
2.95”
adaptors if necessary, including certified adaptors in
(75mm) hazardous area applications.
For applications where two conduit entries are
1.07”
(27mm) not provided or where both are used for electrical
0.91” 2.17”
connections, TP units can be housed in conventional
(23mm) (55mm)
Lead length conduit hub or junction boxes, provided access
to the loop terminals is possible. Figure 2 shows
9.85” (250mm)
Dimensions across flats 0.91” (23mm) minimum
connection details for 3 & 4 wire process transmitter.
135
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
Active Components
Ethernet technology is an established standard in office

communication and has existed for many years. Without it,
effective communications between the different participants
like PCs, printers, data servers etc. would no longer be
possible.
In recent years this technology has been expanded under

the term Industrial Ethernet and implemented in automation
systems. The common goal of both manufacturer and user is
to make networking automation system components easier
and more effective. To make process data and diagnostic
functions device-independent when exchanged between
network participants, all equipment in a plant should be
linked with just one bus technology.
Industrial applications, however, differ significantly from

office applications. There are normally much higher
demands placed on the communication devices in the
industrial setting. These include, for example:
• Installation conditions
• Environmental conditions
• Protocols
• Approvals
Weidmuller’s Industrial Ethernet components meet all of

these requirements as they have the properties listed below:
Stable and versatile power supply inputs for
industrial applications
• Reliable (redundant) power supply for uninterrupted
network operation The redundant voltage inputs provide reliable functionality
• Resistance to extreme temperatures of the whole system. If a power supply fails, the redundant
• Immune to electromagnetically caused malfunctions power source takes over the energy supply. All of
• Insensitive to vibration, shock and corrosive environments Weidmuller’s Industrial Ethernet components have a wide
• Conformity with various certification standards input voltage range of at least 12 to 48 V DC (Basic Line
• Longevity switches 9.6 to 60 V DC). They can also work with large
fluctuations in voltage. For instance, with a rated 48 V DC
These rugged devices can therefore be used world-wide in input, a fluctuation of +20 % is acceptable and yet, in one of
different industries and applications. 12 V DC, a voltage drop of up to 20 % presents no problems
for the attached devices.
PWR2
Back-up
power supply
PWR1
• DC - wide input voltage range of

X 12-48 V DC
9.6 to 60 V DC (Basic Line) power supply
• input voltage range of 18 -30 V AC (Basic Line)
136
Industrial Ethernet
Suitable for use in extreme temperature Outstanding immunity to electromagnetic

environments interference
Industrial environments often The robust design of Weidmuller’s Industrial Ethernet

experience extreme temperature components also includes excellent electromagnetic
conditions. This means that c ompatibility and fully complies with the requirements of
devices are needed which can the EN50121-4, DNV and IEC 61000 standards.
operate flawlessly with the
vast temperature fluctuations.
All of our Industrial Ethernet +75 °C
components undergo a burn-in to
test over several hours to ensure
they function properly at the
–40 °C
guaranteed temperature ranges
(e.g. -40 °C to +75 °C).
Certified to industry standards Durability and reliability
An extensive range of certifications confirm the reliability of • Many of the Weidmuller Ethernet components have relay
Weidmuller’s Industrial Ethernet components outputs. These can be used for alarm signal notification
(e.g. power failures or port problems). This means that, in
• UL 508 and UL 60950-1 emergencies, it is possible to react quickly to any failures.
• Class I, Division2 / ATEX Zone 2 for safe use in
hazardous areas • Weidmuller’s unmanaged switches are protected from
• DNV/GL approval for use in maritime settings receiving too many broadcast packets. The switches
discard broadcast or multicast packets if they exceed a
threshold level in a given time. They then receive further
broadcast and multicast packets after a given time has
past, until the threshold level is reached again.
• All Weidmuller active Industrial Ethernet components are

designed for a long service life and this can be seen from
the high MTBF value. Weidmuller also guarantees its
Industrial Ethernet components for a period of five years.
137
Industrial Ethernet Switches
Industrial Ethernet
Switches
Basic Line Value Line
Weidmuller’s Basic Line series consists Weidmuller’s Value Line series consists
of unmanaged Plug & Play switches of unmanaged and managed switches
in a rugged IP 30 rated aluminium in a high quality IP 30 rated metal
housing. The devices are available with housing. The devices are available
Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet with Fast Ethernet and Gigabit
and provide an economical solution Ethernet ports. Managed switches
for Industrial Ethernet networks. of the Value Line support a variety of
One model is equipped with Fast useful management functions, such Basic Line
Ethernet and Power-over-Ethernet as fast ring redundancy, VLAN, QoS,
ports. All devices have been developed RMON, bandwidth management,
for applications in harsh industrial port mirroring and warning by email
environments and have international message or relay. The ring redundancy
approvals such as CE, cULus, Class can be set up easily using the web-
I Div. 2 / Atex and DNV / GL and based management interface, or with
are thus internationally available for the DIP switches located on the top
different applications. panel of the switches.
• Plug & Play switches in a rugged • Unmanaged Plug & Play switches in
aluminium housing (IP 30) a high quality metal housing (IP 30)
• Compact design • Price-sensitive mid-range class Value Line
• Cost efficient entry-level switches • Managed switches for entry into
• Fast Ethernet variants with 5 and configurable network infrastructure
8 Ports • Unmanaged 8 port
• Versions with copper or fibre-optic Full-Gigabit switches
interface (multimode and • Approvals: cULus, Class I Div. 2 /
single-mode) Atex, DNV / GL
• 5 port Full-Gigabit Plug & Play Switch
• Power-over-Ethernet switch with
6 Fast EtherNet ports, thereof
4 PoE+ ports
• Approvals: cULus, Class I Div. 2 /
Atex, DNV / GL
138
Premium Line
Weidmuller’s Premium Line series

completes the switch range for the
high-end sector and is particularly
suitable for complex network solutions
with high traffic levels. The devices
are available in different versions, ie.
number of ports, transmission rate (Fast
and Gigabit Ethernet) and the type of
connection (copper and fibre-optic).
With their advanced ring redundancy Premium Line
technology (recovery time ≤ 20 ms),
these devices increase the reliability
and availability of your industrial
network. The option to use SFP
transceivers offer a high degree of
flexibility and the Gigabit variants also
allow their use in networks with high
traffic loads.
• Managed Fast Ethernet variants in a

high quality metal housing (IP 30)
• Managed Power-over-Ethernet
switch with 6 Fast Ethernet ports,
thereof 4 PoE+ ports
• Variants with 10 or 18 ports and
Gigabit uplink ports
• Full-Gigabit switch with 9 ports
• Supports all standard protocols in
TCP/IP-based industrial networks
(e.g. EtherNet/IP, Modbus/TCP)
• Built-in redundancy mechanisms
(recovery time ≤ 20 ms)
for increased reliability in network
ring structures
• Approvals: cULus, Class I Div. 2 /
Atex, DNV / GL
139
Industrial Ethernet Switches - quick finder
Ports total 5 6 8
Ports copper 5 4 6 8 5 6 6 7
Ports fibre 1 3 2 1
Ports SFP 2
Part No. Type
1240840000 IE-SW-BL05-5TX ●
1240850000 IE-SW-BL05T-5TX ●
1240870000 IE-SW-BL05-4TX-1SCS ●
1286530000 IE-SW-BL05T-4TX-1SCS ●
1240880000 IE-SW-BL05-4TX-1ST ●
1286540000 IE-SW-BL05T-4TX-1ST ●
1240890000 IE-SW-BL05-4TX-1SC ●
1286550000 IE-SW-BL05T-4TX-1SC ●
1240900000 IE-SW-BL08-8TX ●
1286560000 IE-SW-BL08T-8TX ●
1240910000 IE-SW-BL08-6TX-2SC ●
1240920000 IE-SW-BL08T-6TX-2SC ●
1240930000 IE-SW-BL08-6TX-2ST ●
1286570000 IE-SW-BL08T-6TX-2ST ●
1412070000 IE-SW-BL08-7TX-1SC ●
1412080000 IE-SW-BL08T-7TX-1SC ●
1412090000 IE-SW-BL08-7TX-1ST ●
1412100000 IE-SW-BL08T-7TX-1ST ●
1240950000 IE-SW-BL08-7TX-1SCS ●
1286580000 IE-SW-BL08T-7TX-1SCS ●
1412110000 IE-SW-BL08-6TX-2SCS ●
1412120000 IE-SW-BL08T-6TX-2SCS ●
1241250000 IE-SW-BL05-5GT 5 GE
1286850000 IE-SW-BL05T-5GT 5 GE
1241270000 IE-SW-VL08-8GT 8 GE
1286860000 IE-SW-VL08T-8GT 8 GE
6 GE
1241280000 IE-SW-VL08-6GT-2GS
2 GEC
6 GE
1286870000 IE-SW-VL08T-6GT-2GS
2 GEC
1240980000 IE-SW-VL09T-6TX-3SC
1241000000 IE-SW-VL16-16TX
1286590000 IE-SW-VL16T-16TX
1241030000 IE-SW-VL16-14TX-2SC
1286610000 IE-SW-VL16T-14TX-2SC
1241050000 IE-SW-VL16-14TX-2ST
1286620000 IE-SW-VL16T-14TX-2ST
1240940000 IE-SW-VL08MT-8TX ●
1240970000 IE-SW-VL08MT-5TX-3SC ●
1345240000 IE-SW-VL08MT-5TX-1SC-2SCS ●
1344770000 IE-SW-VL08MT-6TX-2SC ●
1240990000 IE-SW-VL08MT-6TX-2ST ●
1241020000 IE-SW-VL08MT-6TX-2SCS ●
1241040000 IE-SW-PL08M-8TX ●
1286780000 IE-SW-PL08MT-8TX ●
FE = Fast Ethernet
GE = Gigabit-Ethernet
GEC = Gigabit-Ethernet Kombi-Ports
140
9 10 16 18
6 4 10 8 16 14 16 14
Unmanaged
Managed
3 2 2
5 2 2 2
Temperature Fibre-optic interface Page
● –10 … +60 °C 145

● –40 … +75 °C 145
● –10 … +60 °C SC-Singlemode 145
● –10 … +60 °C ST-Multimode 145
● –40 … +75 °C ST-Multimode 145
● –10 … +60 °C SC-Multimode 145
● –40 … +75 °C SC-Multimode 145
● –10 … +60 °C 145
● –40 … +75 °C 145
● –10 … +60 °C SC-Multimode 145
● –40 … +75 °C SC-Multimode 145
● –10 … +60 °C ST-Multimode 145
● –40 … +75 °C ST-Multimode 145
● –10 … +60 °C SC-Multimode 145
● –40 … +75 °C SC-Multimode 145
● –10 … +60 °C ST-Multimode 145
● –40 … +75 °C ST-Multimode 145
● 0 … +60 °C 147
● –40 … +75 °C 147
● 0 … +60 °C 147
● –40 … +75 °C 147
● 0 … +60 °C SFP-Slot 147
● –40 … +75 °C SFP-Slot 147
● ● –40 … +75 °C SC-Multimode 146

● ● 0 … +60 °C 146
● ● –40 … +75 °C 146
● ● 0 … +60 °C SC-Multimode 146
● ● –40 … +75 °C SC-Multimode 146
● ● 0 … +60 °C ST-Multimode 146
● ● –40 … +75 °C ST-Multimode 146
● –40 … +75 °C 153
● –40 … +75 °C SC-Multimode 153
● –40 … +75 °C SC-Multimode/SC-Singelmode 153
● –40 … +75 °C SC-Multimode 153
● –40 … +75 °C ST-Multimode 153
● 0 … +60 °C 154
● –40 … +75 °C 154
141
Ports total 5 6 8
Ports copper 5 4 6 8 5 6 6 7
Ports fibre 1 3 2 1
Ports SFP 2
Part No. Type
1241070000 IE-SW-PL08M-6TX-2SC ●
1286790000 IE-SW-PL08MT-6TX-2SC ●
1241080000 IE-SW-PL08M-6TX-2ST ●
1286800000 IE-SW-PL08MT-6TX-2ST ●
1241090000 IE-SW-PL08M-6TX-2SCS ●
1286810000 IE-SW-PL08MT-6TX-2SCS ●
1241100000 IE-SW-PL16M-16TX
1286820000 IE-SW-PL16MT-16TX
1241120000 IE-SW-PL16M-14TX-2SC
1286830000 IE-SW-PL16MT-14TX-2SC
1241130000 IE-SW-PL16M-14TX-2ST
1286840000 IE-SW-PL16MT-14TX-2ST
1241290000 IE-SW-PL10M-3GT-7TX
1286930000 IE-SW-PL10MT-3GT-7TX
1241300000 IE-SW-PL10M-1GT-2GS-7TX
1286940000 IE-SW-PL10MT-1GT-2GS-7TX
1241320000 IE-SW-PL18M-2GC-16TX
1286970000 IE-SW-PL18MT-2GC-16TX
1241330000 IE-SW-PL18M-2GC-14TX2SC
1286990000 IE-SW-PL18MT-2GC14TX2SC
1241340000 IE-SW-PL18M-2GC14TX2ST
1287000000 IE-SW-PL18MT-2GC14TX2ST
1241350000 IE-SW-PL18M-2GC14TX2SCS
1287010000 IE-SW-PL18MT-2GC14TX2SCS
1241370000 IE-SW-PL09M-5GC-4GT
1287020000 IE-SW-PL09MT-5GC-4GT
FE = Fast Ethernet
GE = Gigabit-Ethernet
GEC = Gigabit-Ethernet Kombi-Ports
142
9 10 16 18
6 4 10 8 16 14 16 14
Unmanaged
Managed
3 2 2 2
5 2 2 2
Temperature Fibre-optic interface Page
● 0 … +60 °C SC-Multimode 154

● –40 … +75 °C SC-Multimode 154
● 0 … +60 °C ST-Multimode 154
● –40 … +75 °C ST-Multimode 154
● 0 … +60 °C SC-Singlemode 154
● ● 0 … +60 °C 154
● ● –40 … +75 °C 154
● ● 0 … +60 °C SC-Multimode 154
● ● –40 … +75 °C SC-Multimode 154
● ● 0 … +60 °C ST-Multimode 154
● ● –40 … +75 °C ST-Multimode 154
3 GE
7 FE
● 0 … +60 °C 155
3 GE
7 FE
● –40 … +75 °C 155
1GE
2 GEC ● 0 … +60 °C SFP-Slot 155
7 FE
1GE
2 GEC ● –40 … +75 °C SFP-Slot 155
7 FE
2 GEC
16 FE
● 0 … +60 °C SFP-Slot 156
2 GEC
16 FE
● –40 … +75 °C SFP-Slot 156
2 GEC
14 FE
● 0 … +60 °C SC-Multimode / SFP-Slot 156
2 GEC
14 FE
● –40 … +75 °C SC-Multimode / SFP-Slot 156
2 GEC
14 FE
● 0 … +60 °C ST-Multimode / SFP-Slot 156
2 GEC
14 FE
● –40 … +75 °C ST-Multimode / SFP-Slot 156
2 GEC
14 FE
● 0 … +60 °C SC-Singlemode / SFP-Slot 156
2 GEC
14 FE
● –40 … +75 °C SC-Singlemode / SFP-Slot 156
5 GEC
4 GE
● 0 … +60 °C SFP-Slot 157
5 GEC
4 GE
● –40 … +75 °C SFP-Slot 157
143
Unmanaged Switches Fast Ethernet
Unmanaged Switches
Switches are the basic coupling elements in Ethernet

networks. They connect the Ethernet participants together.
In an Ethernet network the communication basically
originates from the participants. The switches connect
the participants together and enable the communication.
Unmanaged switches are the simplest active network
component. They do not need to be configured and are
therefore very flexible. They use the basic standard protocols,
such as auto-negotiation, auto-crossing, and flow-control and
can automatically adjust to the different transmission speeds
or connector wiring.
Unmanaged switches are protocol transparent. Each port on

the switch creates an individual collision domain. The use
of twisted-pair cabling with an RJ45 interface or fibre-optic
cable based on the IEEE 802.3 specification interfaces are
supported by all Weidmuller switches.
144
Unmanaged Switches Fast Ethernet – Basic Line
Unmanaged Fast Ethernet Switches

• 10/100BaseT(X) (RJ45 connector), 100BaseFX
(multi/singlemode, SC or ST connector)
• Redundant dual 12/24/48 V DC, 18 to 30 V AC power inputs
• IP 30 aluminum housing
• Rugged hardware design well suited for hazardous locations
(Class I Div. 2 /ATEX) and maritime environments (DNV/GL)
• –40 °C to 75 °C operating temperature range (T models)
78.8 mm (3.1 in) 30.0 mm (1.2 in) 50.0 mm (2.0 in)

115.0 mm (4.5 in)
125.0 mm (4.9 in)
70.0 mm (2.8 in) IE-SW-BL05-Series IE-SW-BL08-Series

T;u\%
Technical Data
Technology Environmental Limits
Standards IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseT Ambient Relative Humidity 5 to 95 % (non-condensing)
IEEE 802.3u for 100BaseT (X) and 100BaseFX Regulatory Approvals
IEEE 802.3x for Flow Control Safety UL 508
Processing Type Store and Forward Hazardous Location UL/cUL Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; ATEX Zone 2, Ex nC IIC
Flow Control IEEE 802.3x flow control, back pressure flow control EMI FCC Part 15, CISPR (EN55022) class A
Switch Properties EMC EN61000-4-2 (ESD), level 3;
MAC Table Size 1K EN61000-4-3 (RS), level 3;
Packet Buffer Size 512 KBit EN61000-4-4 (EFT), level 3;
Interface EN61000-4-5 (Surge), level 3;
Fiber Ports 100BaseFX ports EN61000-4-6 (CS), level 3;
(SC/ST connector, multimode, singlemode) EN61000-4-8; EN61000-4-11
RJ45 Ports 10/100BaseT(X) auto negotiation speed, Full/Half duplex Maritime DNV, GL (not for 1412110000, 1412120000, 1412070000,
mode, and auto MDI/MDI-X connection 1412080000, 1412090000, 1412100000)
DIP Switches Enable/Disable broadcast storm protection Shock IEC 60068-2-27
LED Indicators Power, 10/100M (TP port), 100M (fiber port) Freefall IEC 60068-2-32
Optical Fiber Vibration IEC 60068-2-6
100BaseFX MTBF (meantime between failures)
multimode singlemode Time 425,000 hrs
Wavelength 1300 nm 1310 nm Database Telcordia (Bellcore), GB
Max. Transmit power -10 dBm 0 dBm Warranty
Min. Transmit power -20 dBm -5 dBm Warranty Period 5 years
RX Sensitivity -32 dBm -34 dBm
Link Budget 12 dB 29 dB Ordering Data
Typical Distance 5 km (50/125 μm multimode cable) 40 km (9/125 μm Port Variants Model Type Operating Part No.
4 km (62.5/125 μm multimode cable) singlemode cable) Temperature
Saturation -6 dBm -3 dBm 5 * RJ45 IE-SW-BL05-5TX -10 to +60 °C 1240840000
Power Requirements IE-SW-BL05T-5TX -40 to +75 °C 1240850000
Input Voltage 12/24/48 V DC (9.6 to 60 V DC), 4 * RJ45, 1 * SC-Multimode IE-SW-BL05-4TX-1SC -10 to +60 °C 1240890000
18 to 30 V AC (47 to 63 Hz), IE-SW-BL05T-4TX-1SC -40 to +75 °C 1286550000
redundant dual inputs 4 * RJ45, 1 * ST-Multimode IE-SW-BL05-4TX-1ST -10 to +60 °C 1240880000
Input Current IE SW BL05 5TX: 0.1 A @ 24 V IE-SW-BL05T-4TX-1ST -40 to +75 °C 1286540000
IE SW BL05 1SC/1ST/1SCS: 0.11 A @ 24 V 4 * RJ45, 1 * SC-Singlemode IE-SW-BL05-4TX-1SCS -10 to +60 °C 1240870000
IE SW BL08 8TX: 0.13 A @ 24 V IE-SW-BL05T-4TX-1SCS -40 to +75 °C 1286530000
IE SW BL08 2SC/2ST/2SCS: 0.22 A @ 24 V 8 * RJ45 IE-SW-BL08-8TX -10 to +60 °C 1240900000
IE SW BL08 1SC/1ST/1SCS: 0.17 A @ 24 V IE-SW-BL08T-8TX -40 to +75 °C 1286560000
Overload Current Protection 1.1 A 6 * RJ45, 2 * SC-Multimode IE-SW-BL08-6TX-2SC -10 to +60 °C 1240910000
Connection 1 removable 4-contact terminal block IE-SW-BL08T-6TX-2SC -40 to +75 °C 1240920000
Reverse Polarity Protection Present 6 * RJ45, 2 * ST-Multimode IE-SW-BL08-6TX-2ST -10 to +60 °C 1240930000
Physical Characteristics IE-SW-BL08T-6TX-2ST -40 to +75 °C 1286570000
Housing Aluminum, IP 30 protection 6 * RJ45, 2 * SC-Singlemode IE-SW-BL08-6TX-2SCS -10 to +60 °C 1412110000
Dimensions (W x H x D) IIE-SW-BL05-Series: IE-SW-BL08T-6TX-2SCS -40 to +75 °C 1412120000
30 x 115 x 70 mm (1.18 x 4.52 x 2.76 in) 7 * RJ45, 1 * SC-Multimode IE-SW-BL08-7TX-1SC -10 to +60 °C 1412070000
IE-SW-BL08-Series: IE-SW-BL08T-7TX-1SC -40 to +75 °C 1412080000
50 x 115 x 70 mm (1.96 x 4.52 x 2.76 in) 7 * RJ45, 1 * ST-Multimode IE-SW-BL08-7TX-1ST -10 to +60 °C 1412090000
Weight IE-SW-BL05-5TX: 175 g IE-SW-BL08T-7TX-1ST -40 to +75 °C 1412100000
IE-SW-BL08-8TX: 275 g 7 * RJ45, 1 * SC-Singlemode IE-SW-BL08-7TX-1SCS -10 to +60 °C 1240950000
Installation DIN-Rail mounting IE-SW-BL08T-7TX-1SCS -40 to +75 °C 1286580000
Environmental Limits
Operating Temperature Standard Models: -10 to 60 °C (32 to 140 °F) Accessories
Wide Temp. Models: -40 to 75 °C (-40 to 167 °F) Model Type Part No.
Storage Temperature -40 to 85 °C (-40 to 185 °F) 19'' Rack Mounting Kit RM-KIT 1241440000
Cable fixing kit IE-CFK-05 1339610000
145
Unmanaged Switches Fast Ethernet – Value Line
Unmanaged Fast Ethernet Switches
• Redundant dual 24 V DC power inputs

• Relay output warning for power failure and port break alarm
• Broadcast storm protection
• Transparent transmission of VLAN tagged packets
• –40 °C to 75 °C operating temperature range (T models)
IE-SW-VL16-Series IE-SW-VL09-Series
TX PWR1
PWR2
8
FAULT
RX
135.0 mm (5.3 in)
135.0 mm (5.3 in)
100M
100M 100M
TX
7 9
RX
5 6
3 4
100M
T;u\%
1 2
10M
105.0 mm (4.1 in) 80.5 mm (3.2 in) 53.6 mm (2.1 in)
Technical Data
Technology Physical Characteristics
Standards IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseT Installation DIN-Rail mounting
IEEE 802.3u for 100BaseT(X) and 100BaseFX Environmental Limits
IEEE 802.3x for Flow Control Operating Temperature Standard Models: 0 to 60 °C (32 to 140 °F)
Processing Type Store and Forward Wide Temp. Models: -40 to 75 °C
Flow Control IEEE 802.3x flow control, back pressure flow control (-40 to 167 °F)
Switch Properties Storage Temperature -40 to 85 °C (-40 to 185 °F)
MAC Table Size 1 K (IE-SW-VL09...Series), 4 K (IE-SW-VL16...Series) Ambient Relative Humidity 5 to 95 % (non-condensing)
Packet Buffer Size 512 Kbit (IE-SW-VL09...Series), Regulatory Approvals
1.25 MBit (IE-SW-VL16...Series) Safety IE-SW-VL09...Series: UL 508, UL 60950-1,
Interface CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1, EN60950-1
Fiber Ports 100BaseFX ports (SC/ST connector) IE-SW-VL16...Series: UL 508, UL 60950-1, EN60950-1
RJ45 Ports 10/100BaseT(X) auto negotiation speed, Hazardous Location UL/cUL Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C
Full/Half duplex mode, and and D; ATEX Zone 2, Ex nC IIC
auto MDI/MDI-X connection EMI FCC Part 15, CISPR (EN55022) class A
DIP Switches Port fault alarm EMC EN61000-4-2 (ESD), level 3;
Enable/disable broadcast storm protection EN61000-4-3 (RS), level 3;
LED Indicators PWR1, PWR2, FAULT, 10/100M (TP port), EN61000-4-4 (EFT), level 3;
100M (fiber port) EN61000-4-5 (Surge), level 3;
Alarm Contact 1 relay output with current carrying capacity of 1 A @ 24 V DC EN61000-4-6 (CS), level 3;
Optical Fiber Maritime DNV, GL
100BaseFX Shock IEC 60068-2-27
multimode Freefall IEC 60068-2-32
Wavelength 1300 nm Vibration IEC 60068-2-6
Max. TX -10 dBm MTBF (mean time between failures)
Min. TX -20 dBm Time IE-SW-VL09...Series: 396,000 hrs
RX Sensitivity -32 dBm IE-SW-VL16...Series: 257,000 hrs
Link Budget 12 dB Database MIL-HDBK-217F, GB 25 °C
5 km (50/125 μm multimode cable) Warranty
Typical Distance
4 km (62.5/125 μm multimode cable) Warranty Period 5 years
Saturation -6 dBm
Power Requirements Ordering Data
Input Voltage IE-SW-VL09: 24 V DC (12 to 45 V DC), redundant dual inputs Port Variants Model Type Operating Part No.
IE-SW-VL16: 12/24/48 V DC (9.6 to 60 V DC), redundant dual inputs Temperature
Input Current IE-SW-VL09T-6TX-3SC: 0.31 A @ 24 V 16 * RJ45 IE-SW-VL16-16TX 0 to +60 °C 1241000000
IE-SW-VL16-16TX: 0.27 A @ 24 V IE-SW-VL16T-16TX -40 to +75 °C 1286590000
IE-SW-VL16 SC/ST: 0.44 A @ 24 V 6 * RJ45, 3 * SC-Multimode IE-SW-VL09T-6TX-3SC -40 to +75 °C 1240980000
Overload Current Protection IE-SW-VL09/16...Series: 1.6 A 14 * RJ45, 2 * SC-Multimode IE-SW-VL16-14TX-2SC 0 to +60 °C 1241030000
Connection 1 removable 6-pin terminal blocks IE-SW-VL16T-14TX-2SC -40 to +75 °C 1286610000
Reverse Polarity Protection Present 14 * RJ45, 2 * ST-Multimode IE-SW-VL16-14TX-2ST 0 to +60 °C 1241050000
Physical Characteristics IE-SW-VL16T-14TX-2ST -40 to +75 °C 1286620000
Housing Metal, IP 30 protection
Dimensions (W x H x D) IE-SW-VL09...Series: Accessories
53.6 x 135 x 105 mm Model Type Part No.
(2.11 x 5.31 x 4.13 in) 19'' Rack Mounting Kit RM-KIT 1241440000
IE-SW-VL16...Series:
80.5 x 135 x 105 mm
(3.16 x 5.31 x 4.13 in)
Weight IE-SW-VL09: 790 g
IE-SW-VL16: 1140 g
146
Unmanaged Switches Gigabit Ethernet – Basic/Value Line
Unmanaged Gigabit Ethernet Switches
•Full Gigabit Ethernet on all ports

•Variants with slots for Gigabit SFP transceivers
•Redundant dual 12/24/48 V DC power inputs
•Relay output warning for power failure and port break alarm
•Broadcast storm protection
•Supports jumbo frame transmission (up to 9.6 KB)
IE-SW-VL08-xGT-Series IE-SW-BL05GT-Series
135.0 mm (5.3 in)
130.0 mm (5.1 in)
105.0 mm (4.1 in) 53.6 mm (2.1 in) 105.0 mm (4.1 in) 35.0 mm (1.4 in)
T;u\%
Technical Data
Technology Regulatory Approvals
Standards IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseT EMC EN61000-4-2 (ESD), level 3;
IEEE 802.3u for 100BaseT(X) and 100BaseFX EN61000-4-3 (RS), level 3;
IEEE 802.3ab for 1000BaseT(X) EN61000-4-4 (EFT), level 3;
IEEE 802.3z for 1000BaseX EN61000-4-5 (Surge), level 3;
IEEE 802.3x for Flow Control EN61000-4-6 (CS), level 3
Processing Type Store and Forward Maritime DNV, GL
Flow Control IEEE 802.3x flow control, back pressure flow control Shock IEC 60068-2-27
Switch Properties Freefall IEC 60068-2-32
MAC Table Size 8K Vibration IEC 60068-2-6
Packet Buffer Size 1088 KBit (IE-SW-BL05-5GT), MTBF (mean time between failures)
1408 KBit (IE-SW-VL08-xGT) Time 478.000 hrs (Serie IE-SW-BL05-5GT)
Jumbo frame support up to 9.6 KB 325.000 hrs (Serie IE-SW-VL08-XGT)
Interface Database Telcordia (Bellcore), GB (IE-SW-VL08-xGT series)
Fiber Ports 100/1000BaseSFP slot (only for IE-SW-VL08-6GT-2GS) Warranty
RJ45 Ports 10/100/1000BaseT(X) auto negotiation speed, Warranty Period 5 years
Full/Half duplex mode, and
auto MDI/MDI-X connection Ordering Data
DIP Switches Port fault alarm Port Variants Model Type Operating Part No.
Enable/disable broadcast storm protection Temperature
Enable/disable jumbo frame support 5 * RJ45 10/100/1000BaseT(X) IE-SW-BL05-5GT 0 to 60 °C 1241250000
LED Indicators PWR1, PWR2, FAULT, 10/100/1000M IE-SW-BL05T-5GT -40 to +75 °C 1286850000
Alarm Contact 1 relay output with current carrying capacity of 1 A @ 24 V DC 8 * RJ45 10/100/1000BaseT(X) IE-SW-VL08-8GT 0 to +60 °C 1241270000
Power Requirements IE-SW-VL08T-8GT -40 to +75 °C 1286860000
Input Voltage 12/24/48 V DC (9.6 to 60 V DC), 6 * RJ45 10/100/1000BaseT(X), IE-SW-VL08-6GT-2GS 0 to +60 °C 1241280000
redundant dual inputs 2 Combo Ports (10/100/1000 IE-SW-VL08T-6GT-2GS -40 to +75 °C 1286870000
Input Current IE-SW-BL05-5GT: 0.20 A @ 24 V BaseT(X) or 100/1000BaseSFP)
IE-SW-VL08-8GT: 0.32 A @ 24 V
IE-SW-VL08-6GT-2GS: 0.34 A @ 24 V Accessories
Connection 1 removable 6-contact terminal block Model Type Part No.
Reverse Polarity Protection Present 19'' Rack Mounting Kit RM-KIT 1241440000
Physical Characteristics
Dimensions (W x H x D) IE-SW-BL05-5GT:
35 x 130 x 105 mm (1.37 x 5.12 x 4.13 in)
IE-SW-VL08-xGT:
53.6 x 135 x 105 mm (2.11 x 5.31 x 4.13 in)
Weight IE-SW-BL05-5GT: 290 g
IE-SW-VL08-8GT 630 g
Installation DIN-Rail mounting
Operating Temperature Standard Models: 0 to 60 °C (32 to 140 °F)
Wide Temp. Models: -40 to 75 °C
(-40 to 167 °F) (on request)
Storage Temperature -40 to 85 °C (-40 to 185 °F)
Ambient Relative Humidity 5 to 95 % (non-condensing)
Regulatory Approvals
Safety UL 508
Hazardous Location UL/cUL Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, and D;
ATEX Zone 2, Ex nC IIC
EMI FCC Part 15, CISPR (EN55022) class A
147
Managed Switches introduction
Managed Switches
Managed switches offer extensive control mechanisms for Powerful and reliable network redundancy
data distribution and bandwidth management to co-ordinate
and cope with the different requirements of communication It is particularly important to have network redundancy
participants in an industrial network. Configuration is to ensure system availability in today’s Industrial Ethernet
web-based using a simple and intuitive user interface. infrastructures. This is because in a highly integrated
system, a connection error can lead to machine stoppage
and thus to production losses. To minimise such risks in
a managed Ethernet network, Weidmuller has integrated
high-performance redundancy mechanisms into its managed
switches. This is in addition to the RSTP/STP standard and
port-trunking.
148
Ring redundancy
The Turbo-Ring technology integrated into Weidmuller’s

switches allows you to restore a network connection in case
of failure in under 20 ms, and this with up to 250 switches
in a ring. Turbo-Ring offers thee different topology options
(Ring-Coupling, Dual-Ring and Dual-Homing) for different
application requirements to ensure the maximum possible
availability of industrial network applications. Turbo Ring
(recovery time < 20 ms)
Ring-Coupling
In some applications, it is not sensible to have all equipment

and devices in a single large redundant ring networked
Primary Path
together, as some of the devices may be located in remote
parts of the plant. For such structures, Ring-Coupling is
ideal. It connects devices in multiple, smaller rings that are
connected redundantly and directly with one another. Master Master
Backup Path
Dual-Homing
With Dual-Homing, two separate rings are connected

through one managed switch via two independent
connection points. The back-up connection is activated if the
Primary Path
primary connection fails.
Backup Path
Master
Master
149
Dual-Ring
In a Dual-Ring, two neighbouring rings are connected

with one another using one switch, without the need for
additional ports or cabling. This configuration reduces
the total number of ports and saves cabling costs, as an
additional primary and back-up line is not needed.
Master
Master
Turbo-Chain
Managed Ethernet Switch
Turbo-Chain offers the possibility of creating multiple
redundant networks without the limitations of ring
technology. Turbo-Chain can be simply configured by
defining two end-points in a segment. This means you can Backup Path
connect or extend existing redundant networks. When
compared with traditional ring coupling or a network
re-design, Turbo-Chain is more flexible as well as being
more cost efficient and it has significant savings potential
when compared to the effort for network restructuring
and re-cabling. In addition Turbo Chain also supports
IEEE 802.1w/D RSTP and STP protocols.
• Flexible network topology

• Unlimited and simple network expansion
• Quick troubleshooting (recovery time < 20 ms) Head switch – has forwarding status
• Cost-effective configurations Tail switch – has blocking status Recovery time < 20 ms
Port trunking for flexible connections
IEEE 802.3ad (LACP, Link Aggregation Control Protocol)

permits flexible network connections and a redundant path
for critical applications. It provides the means for a user to SPS SPS
link via a higher bandwidth over the PremiumLine managed
switches by combining more ports into a trunk group. SPS 1 SPS
8
SPS SPS
SPS SPS
Up to eight ports can be connected together
into one trunk group
150
QoS supports real-time capability
Quality of Service (QoS) enables the possibility of

prioritisation of data traffic in a network and ensures
that important data is consistently available. Weidmuller
Low priority
managed switches can deal with IEEE 802.1p/1Q layer
Data
2 CoS tags and also layer 3 TOS information. The QoS
functionality of Weidmuller’s managed switches improves Highest priority Low High Highest
Control messages priority priority priority
network performance and ensures that time-critical
applications are given priority. High priority
Management
messages
IGMP snooping and GMRP for

filtering multicast data traffic
Group 1 Group 2
Weidmuller managed switches support GMRP (Generic Multicast messages Multicast messages
Multicast Registration Protocol) and IGMP snooping.
These protocols limit multicast data traffic so that it is only
forwarded to the devices that actually require it. This reduces
unnecessary network data traffic.
IGMP group 2 IGMP group 1 IGMP group 2 IGMP group 1
IEEE 1588 PTP - improves time synchronisation

of automation devices
IEEE 1588 PTP, also known as Precision Time Protocol (PTP), S

M SPS
was developed to synchronise real-time clocks which are
located at specific nodes of a distributed system. M S M S
SPS
Weidmuller managed switches with IEEE 1588 PTP are M
S
particularly suited for motion control applications where
SPS
distributed clocks must be synchronised with high levels of
accuracy. Grand master clock: Boundary clock: Ordinary clock:
sets the reference time is a slave to the grand master is a slave to its
for the system clock, and has master status master
over its own slaves
151
VLAN – simplifies network planning
VLAN stands for virtual LAN. It is a network structure with all VLAN 1 VLAN 2 VLAN 3
the characteristics of a normal LAN, but not geographically
constrained. A network can be divided into different sections
3. Tier
using the VLAN function. It is possible, for example, to group
servers or workstations together, based on their function.
Data will only then be sent to Ethernet devices of a specific SPS
2. Tier
SPS
VLAN group. The option for isolating VLANs completely from
SPS
one another serves to increase the security of data transfer
and offers additional protection from unauthorised access or
1. Tier
unauthorised data traffic.
Division 1 Division 2 Division 3
Automatic topology detection using LLDP
The Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP - IEEE 802.1AB) is

a data link layer protocol which publishes information about Client
a device containing its IP address, description and functional
information to its neighbouring devices over the network. All
of Weidmuller’s managed switches fully support LLDP.
www
Server
Simple browser based configuration
Weidmuller’s managed switches can be easily configured

using a web browser, telnet console or the Weidmuller
switch configuration utility. Further switch configurations
can be saved or the firmware updated using this user-
friendly tool.
152
Managed Switches Fast Ethernet – Value Line
Managed Entry-level Ethernet Switches
•Turbo Ring and Turbo Chain with fast recovery time (under 20 ms)
•IGMP snooping, QoS, port- and tag-based VLAN
•Configurable error messages via SNMP trap, e-mail or relay output
•User-friendly, web-based configuration and management
•External Backup and Restoring Module for easy system reconfiguration
(optional accessory)
9.0 mm (0.4 in)
135.0 mm (5.3 in)
T;u\%
105.0 mm (4.1 in) 53.6 mm (2.1 in)
Technical Data
Standards Physical Characteristics
IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseT▪IEEE 802.3u for 100BaseT(X) and 100BaseFX▪IEEE 802.3x for Flow Control▪ Housing Metal, IP 30 protection
IEEE 802.1D for Spanning Tree Protocol▪IEEE 802.1w for Rapid STP▪IEEE 802.1p for Class of Service▪ Dimensions (W x H x D) 53.6 x 135 x 105 mm (2.11 x 5.31 x 4.13 in)
IEEE 802.1Q for VLAN Tagging Weight IE-SW-VL08MT-...8TX/6TX-2SC/6TX-2ST/6TX-2SCS: 650 g
Protocols IE-SW-VL08MT-...5TX/3SC/5TX-1SC-2SCS: 890 g
IGMPv1/v2▪GMRP▪GVRP▪SNMPv1/v2c/v3▪DHCP Server/Client▪TFTP▪SNTP▪SMTP▪RARP▪R Installation DIN-Rail mounting
MON▪HTTP▪Telnet▪Syslog▪DHCP Option 66/67/82▪BootP▪LLDP▪Modbus/TCP▪IPv6 Environmental Limits
MIB Operating Temperature -40 to 75 °C (-40 to 167 °F)
MIB-II▪Ethernet-like MIB▪P-BRIDGE MIB▪Bridge MIB▪RSTP MIB▪RMON MIB Group 1, 2, 3, 9 Storage Temperature -40 to 85 °C (-40 to 185 °F)
Flow Control Ambient Relative Humidity 5 to 95 % (non-condensing)
IEEE 802.3x flow control ▪back pressure flow control Regulatory Approvals
Switch Properties Safety UL 508, UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1, EN60950-1
MAC Table Size 8K Hazardous Location UL/cUL Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D;
Packet Buffer Size 1 MBit ATEX-Zone 2, Ex nC IIC (not for 1345240000)
Interface EMI FCC Part 15, CISPR (EN55022) class A
Fiber Ports 100BaseFX ports (SC/ST connector) EMC EN61000-4-2 (ESD), level 3;
RJ45 Ports 10/100BaseT(X) auto negotiation speed, EN61000-4-3 (RS), level 3;
Full/Half duplex mode, and EN61000-4-4 (EFT), level 3;
auto MDI/MDI-X connection EN61000-4-5 (Surge), level 3;
Console Port RS 232 (RJ45 connector) EN61000-4-6 (CS), level 3;
DIP Switches Turbo Ring, Master, Coupler, Reserve EN61000-4-8
LED Indicators PWR1, PWR2, FAULT, MSTR/HEAD, CPLR/TAIL, 10/100M Maritime DNV, GL (not for 1345240000 and 1241020000)
Alarm Contact 1 relay output with current carrying capacity of 1 A @ 24 V DC Shock IEC 60068-2-27
Optical Fiber Freefall IEC 60068-2-32
100BaseFX Vibration IEC 60068-2-6
multimode singlemode MTBF (mean time between failures)
Wavelength 1300 nm 1310 nm Time 363,000 hrs
Max. TX -10 dBm 0 dBm Database Telcordia (Bellcore), GB
Min. TX -20 dBm -5 dBm Warranty
RX Sensitivity -32 dBm -34 dBm Warranty Period 5 years
Link Budget 12 dB 29 dB
5 km a Ordering Data
Typical Distance 40 km c
4 km b Port Variants Model Type Operating Part No.
Saturation -6 dBm -3 dBm Temperature
a
50/125 μm, 800 MHz*km fiber optic cable 8 * RJ45 IE-SW-VL08MT-8TX -40 to +75 °C 1240940000
b
62.5/125 μm, 500 MHz*km fiber optic cable 5 * RJ45, 3 * SC-Multimode IE-SW-VL08MT-5TX-3SC -40 to +75 °C 1240970000
c
9/125 μm singlemode fiber optic cable 5 * RJ45, 1 * SC-Multimode, IE-SW-VL08MT-5TX-1SC-2SCS -40 to +75 °C 1345240000
Power Requirements 2 * SC-Singlemode
Input Voltage 24 V DC (12 to 45 V DC), redundant dual inputs 6 * RJ45, 2 * ST-Multimode IE-SW-VL08MT-6TX-2ST -40 to +75 °C 1240990000
Input Current IE-SW-VL08M-8TX: 0.26 A @ 24 V 6 * RJ45, 2 * SC-Multimode IE-SW-VL08MT-6TX-2SC -40 to +75 °C 1344770000
IE-SW-VL08M-6TX-2ST/SC: 0.35 A @ 24 V 6 * RJ45, 2 * SC-Singlemode IE-SW-VL08MT-6TX-2SCS -40 to +75 °C 1241020000
IE-SW-VL08M-5TX-3SC: 0.32 A @ 24 V
Overload Current Protection Present Accessories
Connection 1 removable 6-contact terminal block Model Type Part No.
Reverse Polarity Protection Present External Backup and EBR-Module RS232 1241430000
Restore Module
19'' Rack Mounting Kit RM-KIT 1241440000
153
Managed Switches Fast Ethernet – Premium Line
Managed Fast Ethernet Switches
• Plug-n-play Turbo Ring and Turbo Chain (recovery time < 20 ms),RSTP/STP
(IEEE 802.1w/D) for Ethernet redundancy
• IEEE 1588 PTP, Modbus/TCP, LLDP, SNMP Inform, QoS, IGMP snooping,
VLAN, IEEE 802.1X, HTTPS, SNMPv3, and SSH supported
• EBR-Module (External Backup and Restore Module) for system configuration
backup (optional accessory)
9.0 mm (0.4 in) IE-SW_PL08M-Series 9.0 mm (0.4 in) IE-SW-PL16M-Series
135.0 mm (5.3 in)

135.0 mm (5.3 in)
105.0 mm (4.1 in) 80.2 mm (3.2 in) 142.7 mm (5.6 in) 94.0 mm (3.7 in)
T;u\%
Technical Data
Standards Power Requirements
IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseT▪IEEE 802.3u for 100BaseT (X) and 100BaseFX▪IEEE 802.3x for Flow Overload Current Protection Present
Control▪IEEE 802.1D for Spanning Tree Protocol▪IEEE 802.1w for Rapid STP▪IEEE 802.1Q for VLAN Connection 2 removable 6-contact terminal blocks
Tagging▪IEEE 802.1p for Class of Service▪IEEE 802.1X for Authentication▪IEEE 802.3ad for Port Trunk Reverse Polarity Protection Present
with LACP Physical Characteristics
Protocols Housing Metal, IP 30 protection
IGMPv1/v2▪GVRP▪SNMPv1/v2c/v3▪DHCP Server/Client▪BootP▪TFTP▪SNTP▪SMTP▪RARP▪ Dimensions (W x H x D) IE-SW-PL08M: 80.2 x 135 x 105 mm (3.16 x 5.31 x 4.13 in)
GMRP▪LACP▪RMON▪HTTP▪HTTPS▪Telnet▪Syslog▪DHCP Option 66/67/82▪SSH▪SNMP IE-SW-PL16M: 94 x 135 x 142.7 mm (3.7 x 5.31 x 5.62 in)
Inform▪Modbus/TCP▪LLDP▪IEEE 1588 PTP▪IPv6 Weight IE-SW-PL08M: 1040 g, IE-SW-PL16M: 1586 g
MIB Installation DIN-Rail mounting
MIB-II▪Ethernet-Like MIB▪P-BRIDGE MIB▪Q-BRIDGE MIB▪Bridge MIB▪RSTP MIB▪ Environmental Limits
RMON MIB Group 1, 2, 3, 9 Operating Temperature Standard Models: 0 to 60 °C (32 to 140 °F)
Flow Control Wide Temp. Models: -40 to 75 °C
IEEE 802.3x flow control▪back pressure flow control (-40 to 167 °F) (on request)
Switch Properties Storage Temperature -40 to 85 °C (-40 to 185 °F)
Priority Queues 4 Ambient Relative Humidity 5 to 95 % (non-condensing)
Max. Number of Available VLANs 64 Regulatory Approvals
VLAN ID Range VID 1 to 4094 Safety UL 508, UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1, EN60950-1
IGMP Groups 256
MAC Table Size 8K Hazardous Location UL/cUL Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D;
Packet Buffer Size 1 MBit (IE-SW-PL08M), 2 MBit (IE-SW-PL16M) ATEX-Zone 2, Ex nC IIC
Interface EMI FCC Part 15, CISPR (EN55022) class A
Fiber Ports 100BaseFX ports (SC/ST connector) EMC EN61000-4-2 (ESD): IE-SW-PL08M...Series: level 3
RJ45 Ports 10/100BaseT(X) auto negotiation speed, IE-SW-PL16M...Series: level 2;
Full/Half duplex mode, and auto MDI/MDI-X connection EN61000-4-3 (RS) level 3; EN61000-4-4 (EFT) level 3;
Console Port RS 232 (RJ45 connector) EN61000-4-5 (Surge) level 3;
DIP Switches Turbo-ring, master, coupler, reserve (only IE-SW-PL08M) EN61000-4-6 (CS) level 3; EN61000-4-8
LED Indicators PWR1, PWR2, FAULT, MSTR/HEAD, Maritime DNV, GL
CPLR/TAIL, 10/100M Shock IEC 60068-2-27
Alarm Contact 2 relay outputs with current carrying Freefall IEC 60068-2-32
capacity of 1 A @ 24 V DC Vibration IEC 60068-2-6
Digital Inputs 2 inputs with the same ground, MTBF (mean time between failures)
electrically isolated Time IE-SW-PL08M...Series: 339,000 hrs
• +13 to +30 V for state “1” IE-SW-PL16M...Series: 247,000 hrs
• -30 to +3 V for state “0” Database Telcordia (Bellcore), GB
• Max. input current: 8 mA Warranty
Optical Fiber Warranty Period 5 years
multimode singlemode Ordering Data

Wavelength 1300 nm 1310 nm Port Variants Model Type Operating Part No.
Max. TX -10 dBm 0 dBm Temperature
Min. TX -20 dBm -5 dBm 8 * RJ45 IE-SW-PL08M-8TX 0 to 60 °C 1241040000
RX Sensitivity -32 dBm -34 dBm IE-SW-PL08MT-8TX -40 to +75 °C 1286780000
Link Budget 12 dB 29 dB 6 * RJ45, 2 * SC-Multimode IE-SW-PL08M-6TX-2SC 0 to 60 °C 1241070000
Typical Distance 5 km (50/125 μm IE-SW-PL08MT-6TX-2SC -40 to +75 °C 1286790000
multimode cable) 40 km (9/125 μm 6 * RJ45, 2 * ST-Multimode IE-SW-PL08M-6TX-2ST 0 to 60 °C 1241080000
4 km (62.5/125 μm singlemode cable) IE-SW-PL08MT-6TX-2ST -40 to +75 °C 1286800000
multimode cable) 6 * RJ45, 2 * SC-Singlemode IE-SW-PL08M-6TX-2SCS 0 to 60 °C 1241090000
Saturation -6 dBm -3 dBm IE-SW-PL08MT-6TX-2SCS -40 to +75 °C 1286810000
Power Requirements 16 * RJ45 IE-SW-PL16M-16TX 0 to 60 °C 1241100000
Input Voltage 24 V DC (12 to 45 V DC), redundant dual inputs IE-SW-PL16MT-16TX -40 to +75 °C 1286820000
Input Current IE-SW-PL08M-8TX: 0.26 A @ 24 V 14 * RJ45, 2 * SC-Multimode IE-SW-PL16M-14TX-2SC 0 to 60 °C 1241120000
IE-SW-PL08M-6TX-2SC/ST/2SCS: 0.36 A @ 24 V IE-SW-PL16MT-14TX-2SC -40 to +75 °C 1286830000
IE-SW-PL16M-16TX: 0.41 A @ 24 V 14 * RJ45, 2 * ST-Multimode IE-SW-PL16M-14TX-2ST 0 to 60 °C 1241130000
IE-SW-PL16M-14TX-2SC/ST: 0.51 A @ 24 V IE-SW-PL16MT-14TX-2ST -40 to +75 °C 1286840000
154
Managed Switches Gigabit Ethernet – Premium Line
Managed Gigabit Ethernet Switches
• 2 Gigabit Ethernet ports for redundant ring and 1 Gigabit Ethernet port
for uplink solution
• Turbo Ring, Turbo Chain, and RSTP/STP for network redundancy
• EEE 1588 PTP, Modbus/TCP, LLDP, SNMP Inform, QoS, IGMP snooping,
• EBR-Module - External Backup and Restoring Module for easy
system reconfiguration (optional accessory)
9.0 mm (0.4 in) IE-SW-PL10M-Series
135.0 mm (5.31 in)
T;u\%
105.0 mm (4.13 in) 80.2 mm (3.16 in)
Technical Data
Standards Environmental Limits
IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseT▪IEEE 802.3u for 100BaseT (X) and 100BaseFX▪IEEE 802.3ab for Operating Temperature Standard Models: 0 to 60 °C (32 to 140 °F);
1000BaseT(X)▪IEEE 802.3z for 1000BaseX▪IEEE 802.3x for Flow Control▪IEEE 802.1D for Spanning Wide Temp. Models: -40 to 75 °C (-40 to 167 °F)
Tree Protocol▪IEEE 802.1w for Rapid STP▪IEEE 802.1Q for VLAN Tagging▪IEEE 802.1p for Class of Storage Temperature -40 to 85 °C (-40 to 185 °F)
Service▪IEEE 802.1X for Authentication▪IEEE 802.3ad for Port Trunk with LACP Ambient Relative Humidity 5 to 95 % (non-condensing)
Protocols Regulatory Approvals
IGMPv1/v2▪GMRP▪GVRP▪SNMPv1/v2c/v3▪DHCP Server/Client▪BootP▪TFTP▪SNTP▪ Safety UL 508, UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1, EN60950-1
SMTP▪RARP▪RMON▪HTTP▪HTTPS▪Telnet▪Syslog▪DHCP Option 66/67/82▪SSH▪SNMP Hazardous Location UL/cUL Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C
Inform▪Modbus/TCP▪LLDP▪IEEE 1588 PTP▪IPv6 and D; ATEX-Zone 2, Ex nC IIC
MIB EMI FCC Part 15, CISPR (EN55022) Class A
MIB-II▪Ethernet-Like MIB▪P-BRIDGE MIB▪Q-BRIDGE MIB▪Bridge MIB▪RSTP MIB▪ EMC EN61000-4-2 (ESD),level 3; EN61000-4-3 (RS),level 3;
RMON MIB Group 1, 2, 3, 9 EN61000-4-4 (EFT),level 3; EN61000-4-5 (Surge),level 3;
Flow Control EN61000-4-6 (CS),level 3; EN61000-4-8
IEEE 802.3x flow control▪back pressure flow control Maritime DNV, GL
Switch Properties Shock IEC 60068-2-27
Priority Queues 4 Freefall IEC 60068-2-32
Max. Number of Available VLANs 64 Vibration IEC 60068-2-6
VLAN ID Range VID 1 to 4094 MTBF (mean time between failures)
IGMP Groups 256 Time 204.000 hrs
MAC Table Size 8K Database MIL-HDBK-217J, GB 25 °C
Packet Buffer Size 1 MBit Warranty
Interface Warranty Period 5 years
Fiber Ports 1000BaseSFP-Slot
RJ45 Ports 10/100BaseT(X) oder 10/100/1000BaseT(X) auto negotiation Ordering Data
Console Port RS 232 (RJ45 connector) Port Variants Model Type Operating Part No.
DIP Switches Turbo-Ring, Master, Coupler, Reserve Temperature
LED Indicators PWR1, PWR2, FAULT, 10/100M (TP-Port), 1000M (Gigabit-Port), 3 * RJ45 10/100/1000BaseT(X), IE-SW-PL10M-3GT-7TX 0 to 60 °C 1241290000
MSTR/HEAD, CPLR/TAIL 7 * RJ45 10/100BaseT(X) IE-SW-PL10MT-3GT-7TX -40 to +75 °C 1286930000
Alarm Contact 2 relay outputs with current carrying capacity of 1 A @ 24 V DC 1 * RJ45 10/100/1000BaseT(X), IE-SW-PL10M-1GT-2GS-7TX 0 to 60 °C 1241300000
Digital Inputs 2 inputs with the same ground, but electrically isolated from the electronics 2 * Slots 1000BaseSFP, IE-SW-PL10MT-1GT-2GS-7TX -40 to +75 °C 1286940000
• +13 to +30 V for state “1” 7 * RJ45 10/100BaseT(X)
• -30 to +3 V for state “0”
• Max. input current: 8 mA Accessories
Power Requirements Model Type Part No.
Input Voltage 24 V DC (12 to 45 V DC), redundant dual inputs External Backup and EBR-Modul RS232 1241430000
Input Current IE-SW-PL10M-3GT-7TX: 0.65 A @ 24 V Restore Module
IE-SW-PL10M-1GT-2GS-7TX: 0.44 A @ 24 V 19'' Rack Mounting Kit RM-KIT 1241440000
Overload Current Protection Present
Connection 2 removable 6-contact terminal blocks
Reverse Polarity Protection Present
Physical Characteristics
Dimensions (W x H x D) 80.2 x 135 x 105 mm (3.16 x 5.31 x 4.13 in)
Weight 1170 g
155
Managed Gigabit Ethernet Switches
• 2 Gigabit Ethernet ports plus 16 Fast Ethernet ports for copper and fibre
• EEE 1588 PTP, Modbus/TCP, LLDP, SNMP Inform, QoS,
IGMP snooping, VLAN, IEEE 802.1X, HTTPS, SNMPv3, and SSH supported
• EBR-Module - External Backup and Restoring Module for easy system
reconfiguration (optional accessory)
9.0 mm (0.4 in) IE-SW-PL18M-Series 135.0 mm (5.3 in)
T;u\%
142.7 mm (5.6 in) 94.0 mm (3.7 in)
Technical Data
Standards Power Requirements
IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseT▪IEEE 802.3u for 100BaseT(X) and 100BaseFX▪IEEE 802.3ab for Input Voltage 24 V DC (12 to 45 V DC), redundant dual inputs
1000BaseT(X)▪IEEE 802.3z for 1000BaseX IEEE 802.3x for Flow Control▪IEEE 802.1D for Spanning Input Current IE-SW-PL18M-2GC-16TX: 0.51 A @ 24 V
Tree Protocol▪IEEE 802.1w for Rapid STP▪IEEE 802.1Q for VLAN Tagging▪IEEE 802.1p for Class of IE-SW-PL18M-SC/ST/SCS: 0.61 A @ 24 V
Service▪IEEE 802.1X for Authentication▪IEEE 802.3ad for Port-Trunk mit LACP Overload Current Protection Present
Protocols Connection 2 removable 6-contact terminal blocks
IGMPv1/v2▪GMRP, GVRP▪SNMPv1/v2c/v3▪DHCP Server/Client▪BootP▪TFTP▪SNTP▪ Reverse Polarity Protection Present
SMTP▪RARP▪RMON▪HTTP▪HTTPS▪Telnet▪Syslog▪DHCP-Option 66/67/82▪SSH▪SNMP Physical Characteristics
Inform▪Modbus/TCP▪LLDP▪EEE 1588 PTP▪IPv6 Housing Metal, IP 30 protection
MIB Dimensions (W x H x D) 94 x 135 x 142.7 mm (3.7 x 5.31 x 5.62 in)
MIB-II▪Ethernet-like MIB▪P-BRIDGE MIB▪Q-BRIDGE MIB▪Bridge MIB▪RSTP MIB▪RMON MIB Group Weight 1630 g
1, 2, 3, 9 Installation DIN-Rail mounting
Flow Control Environmental Limits
IEEE 802.3x flow control▪back pressure flow control Operating Temperature Standard Models: 0 to 60 °C (32 to 140 °F)
Switch Properties Wide Temp. Models: -40 to 75 °C (-40 to 167 °F)
Priority Queues 4 Storage Temperature -40 to 85 °C (-40 to 185 °F)
Max. Number of Available VLANs 64 Ambient Relative Humidity 5 to 95 % (non-condensing)
VLAN ID Range VID 1 to 4094 Regulatory Approvals
IGMP Groups 256 Safety UL 508, UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1, EN60950-1
MAC Table Size 8K Hazardous Location UL/cUL Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C
Packet Buffer Size 2 MBit and D; ATEX-Zone 2, Ex nC IIC
Interface EMI FCC Part 15, CISPR (EN55022) Class A
Fiber Ports 100BaseFX (SC/ST connector) and 1000BaseSFP Slot EMC EN61000-4-2 (ESD), level 2; EN61000-4-3 (RS), level 3;
RJ45 Ports 10/100BaseT(X) oder 10/100/1000BaseT(X) auto negotiation EN61000-4-4 (EFT), level 2; EN61000-4-5 (Surge), level 3;
Console Port RS 232 (RJ45 connector) EN61000-4-6 (CS), level 3; EN61000-4-8; EN61000-4-12
LED Indicators PWR1, PWR2, FAULT, 10/100M (TP-Port), 100M (Glasfaser-Port), Maritime DNV, GL
MSTR/HEAD, CPLR/TAIL Shock IEC 60068-2-27
Alarm Contact 2 relay outputs with current carrying capacity of 1 A @ 24 V DC Freefall IEC 60068-2-32
Digital Inputs 2 inputs with the same ground, but electrically isolated from the electronics. Vibration IEC 60068-2-6
• +13 to +30 V for state “1” MTBF (mean time between failures)
• -30 to +3 V for state “0” Time 240.000 hrs
• Max. input current: 8 mA Database Telcordia (Bellcore), GB
Optical Fiber Warranty
100BaseFX Warranty Period 5 years
multimode singlemode
Wavelength 1300 nm 1310 nm Ordering Data
Max. TX -10 dBm 0 dBm Port Variants Model Type Operating Part No.
Min. TX -20 dBm -5 dBm Temperature
RX Sensitivity -32 dBm -34 dBm 16 * RJ45 10/100BaseT(X), IE-SW-PL18M-2GC-16TX 0 to +60 °C 1241320000
Link Budget 12 dB 29 dB 2 * Kombi-Ports1 IE-SW-PL18MT-2GC-16TX -40 to +75 °C 1286970000
Typical Distance 5 km (50/125 μm 14 * RJ45 10/100BaseT(X), IE-SW-PL18M-2GC14TX2SC 0 to +60 °C 1241330000
multimode cable) 40 km (9/125 μm 2 * SC-Multimode 100FX, IE-SW-PL18MT-2GC14TX2SC -40 to +75 °C 1286990000
4 km (62.5/125 μm singlemode cable) 2 * Kombi-Ports1
multimode cable) 14 * RJ45 10/100BaseT(X), IE-SW-PL18M-2GC14TX2ST 0 to +60 °C 1241340000
Saturation -6 dBm -3 dBm 2 * ST-Multimode 100FX, IE-SW-PL18MT-2GC14TX2ST -40 to +75 °C 1287000000
2 * Kombi-Ports1
14 * RJ45 10/100BaseT(X), IE-SW-PL18M-2GC14TX2SCS 0 to +60 °C 1241350000
2 * SC-Singlemode 100FX, IE-SW-PL18MT-2GC14TX2SCS -40 to +75 °C 1287010000
2 * Kombi-Ports1
1
(10/100/1000BaseT(X) or 100/1000BaseSFP)
156
Managed Full Gigabit Ethernet Switch
• 4 10/100/1000BaseT(X) ports plus 5 combo (10/100/1000BaseT(X)

or 100/1000BaseSFP slot) Gigabit ports
• IEEE 1588 PTP, Modbus/TCP, LLDP, SNMP Inform, QoS, IGMP snooping,
• EBR-Module - External Backup and Restoring Module for easy
system reconfiguration (optional accessory)
PPLQ ,(6:3/06HULHV
PPLQ
T;\%
PPLQ PPLQ
Technical Data
Standards Environmental Limits
IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseT▪IEEE 802.3u for 100BaseT (X) and 100BaseFX▪IEEE 802.3ab for Operating Temperature Standard Models: 0 to 60 °C (32 to 140 °F)
1000BaseT(X)▪IEEE 802.3z for 1000BaseX▪IEEE 802.3x for Flow Control▪IEEE 802.1D for Spanning Wide Temp. Models: -40 to 75 °C (-40 to 167 °F)
Tree Protocol▪IEEE 802.1w for Rapid STP▪IEEE 802.1Q for VLAN Tagging▪IEEE 802.1p for Class of
Service▪IEEE 802.1X for Authentication▪IEEE 802.3ad for Port Trunk with LACP Storage Temperature -40 to 85 °C (-40 to 185 °F)
Protocols Ambient Relative Humidity 5 to 95 % (non-condensing)
IGMPv1/v2▪GMRP▪GVRP▪SNMPv1/v2c/v3▪DHCP Server/Client▪DHCP Option Regulatory Approvals
66/67/82▪BootP▪TFTP▪SNTP▪SMTP▪RARP▪RMON▪HTTP▪HTTPS▪Telnet▪SSH▪Syslog▪M Safety UL 508, EN60950-1
odbus/TCP▪SNMP Inform▪LLDP▪IEEE 1588 PTP▪IPv6 Hazardous Location UL/cUL, Class I Division 2, Groups A, B, C
MIB and D (Pending); ATEX-Zone 2,
MIB-II▪Ethernet-Like MIB▪P-BRIDGE MIB▪Q-BRIDGE MIB▪Bridge MIB▪RSTP MIB▪ Ex nC IIC (Pending)
RMON MIB Group 1, 2, 3, 9 EMI FCC Part 15, CISPR (EN55022) Class A
Flow Control EMC EN61000-4-2 (ESD), level 3;
IEEE 802.3x flow control▪back pressure flow control EN61000-4-3 (RS), level 3;
Switch Properties EN61000-4-4 (EFT), level 3;
Priority Queues 4 EN61000-4-5 (Surge), level 3;
Max. Number of Available VLANs 64 EN61000-4-6 (CS), level 3;
VLAN ID Range ID 1 to 4094 EN61000-4-8
IGMP Groups 256 Maritime DNV
MAC Table Size 8K Shock IEC 60068-2-27
Packet Buffer Size 1 MBit Freefall IEC 60068-2-32
Interface Vibration IEC 60068-2-6
Fiber Ports 100/1000Base SFP Slot MTBF (mean time between failures)
RJ45 Ports 10/100/1000BaseT(X) auto negotiation Time 330.000 hrs
Console Port RS 232 (RJ45 connector) Database Telcordia (Bellcore), GB
DIP Switches Turbo-Ring, Master, Coupler, Reserve Warranty
LED Indicators PWR1, PWR2, FAULT, 10/100/1000M, MSTR/HEAD, CPLR/TAIL Warranty Period 5 years
Alarm Contact 2 relay outputs with current carrying capacity of 1 A @ 24 V DC
Digital Inputs 2 inputs with the same ground, but electrically isolated from the electronics Ordering Data
• +13 to +30 V for state “1” Port Variants Model Type Operating Order No.
• -30 to +3 V for state “0” Temperature
• Max. input current: 8 mA 4 * RJ45 10/100/1000BaseT(X) IE-SW-PL09M-5GC-4GT 0 to 60 °C 1241370000
Power Requirements 5 * Kombi-Ports IE-SW-PL09MT-5GC-4GT -40 to +75 °C 1287020000
Input Voltage 12/24/48 V DC, redundant dual inputs 10/100/1000BaseT(X) oder
Input Current 0.81 A @ 24 V 100/1000BaseSFP
Overload Current Protection Present
Connection 2 removable 6-contact terminal blocks Accessories
Reverse Polarity Protection Present Model Type Order No.
Physical Characteristics External Backup and EBR-Modul RS232 1241430000
Housing Metal, IP 30 protection Restore Module
Dimensions (W x H x D) 87.1 × 135 × 107 mm (3.43 × 5.31 × 4.21 in) 19'' Rack Mounting Kit RM-KIT 1241440000
Weight 1510 g
157
Media converter
Media converter
If high interference immunity is needed or long transmission Multimode glass fibres allow distances of up to 5,000 m
distances are involved, then fibre-optic cables are advisable. to be bridged without intermediate repeaters. Singlemode
Another advantage of using fibre-optic cabling is the fibres can be used over distances of up to 40 km.
insensitivity to lightning or voltage surges. The use of
fibre-optic based systems is already established in the
process industry, plant engineering, energy distribution and
the wind energy branches.
One simple and inexpensive solution is offered by the media

converter. This connects the Ethernet via an RJ45 port to
an optical fibre-optic cable port with SC or ST glass fibre
connections. This retains the collision domain between
the two Ethernet participants and means that there is
status transparency exchanged between the two Ethernet
interfaces and the port status.
158
Media converter - Value Line
Industrial Fast Ethernet Media Converter
• 10/100BaseT(X) auto-negotiation and auto-MDI/MDI-X

• Link Fault Pass-Through (LFP)
• Power failure, port break alarm by relay output
• Redundant power inputs
• Designed for hazardous locations (Class 1 Div. 2/Zone 2)
,(0&9/6HULHV
PPLQ
PPLQ
T;u\%
PPLQ PPLQ
Technical Data
Technology Approvals
Standards IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseT Security UL 508, UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1, EN60950-1
IEEE 802.3u for 100BaseT (X) and 100BaseFX EMI FCC Part 15, CISPR (EN55022) class A
Interfaces EMC EN61000-4-2 (ESD), level 3
Fiber Ports 100BaseFX (SC/ST connectors) EN61000-4-3 (RS), level 3
RJ45 ports 10/100BaseT(X) EN61000-4-4 (EFT), level 3
DIP Switches 100BaseFX Full/Half duplex selection, EN61000-4-5 (Surge), level 2;
port break alarm mask EN61000-4-6 (CS), level 3
LED Indicators PWR1, PWR2, FAULT, 10/100M (TP port), 100M (Fiber port), EN61000-4-8
FDX/COL (Fiber port) EN61000-4-11
Alarm Contact One relay output with current carrying capacity Hazardous Location UL/cUL Class1, Division 2, Groups A, B, C,
of 1 A @ 24 V DC and D, ATEX Class1, Zone 2, Ex nC IIC
Optical Fiber Maritime DNV, GL
100BaseFX Freefall IEC60068-2-32
multimode singlemode Shock IEC60068-2-27
Wavelength 1300 nm 1310 nm Vibration IEC60068-2-6
Max. TX -10 dBm 0 dBm MTBF (mean time between failures)
Min. TX -20 dBm -5 dBm Time 401.000 hrs
RX Sensitivity -32 dBm -34 dBm Database MIL-HDBK-217F: GB 25 °C
Link-Budget 12 dB 29 dB Warranty
Typical Distance 5 km a Warranty Period 5 years
40 km c
4 km b
Saturation -6 dBm -3 dBm Ordering Data
a
50/125 μm, 800 MHz*km fiber optic cable Port Variants Type Operating Part No.
b
62.5/125 μm, 500 MHz*km fiber optic cable Temperature
c
9/125 μm, 3.5 PS/(nm*km) fiber optic cable 1 * RJ45, 1 * SC-Multimode IE-MC-VL-1TX-1SC 0 to +60 °C 1241400000
Power Requirements IE-MC-VLT-1TX-1SC -40 to +75 °C 1286880000
Input Voltage 24 V DC (12 to 48 V DC), 1 * RJ45, 1 * ST-Multimode IE-MC-VL-1TX-1ST 0 to +60 °C 1241410000
redundant inputs IE-MC-VLT-1TX-1ST -40 to +75 °C 1286890000
Current consumption 0.16 A (@ 24 V) 1 * RJ45, 1 * SC-Singlemode IE-MC-VL-1TX-1SCS 0 to +60 °C 1241420000
Connection Removable terminal block IE-MC-VLT-1TX-1SCS -40 to +75 °C 1286900000
Overload Current Protection 1.1 A
Reverse Polarity Protection Present Accessories
Technical Data Type Part No.
Housing Metal, IP 30 protection 19" Rack Mounting Kit RM-KIT 1241440000
Weight 630 g
Installation TS 35
Operating temperature Standard Models: 0 to 60 °C (32 to 140 °F)
Wide Temp. Models: -40 to 75 °C (-40 to 167 °F)
Operating Humidity 5 to 95 % RH
159
Serial/Ethernet converters
Serial/Ethernet Converter
Serial interfaces such as RS 232, RS 422 or RS 485 are Ethernet modem. These modes ensure compatibility for the
widespread today in automation systems. To integrate these network software.
devices into modern Industrial Ethernets, Serial/Ethernet
converters are used which offer investment protection for There are two Ethernet ports on the device which can be
existing automation components. These devices include used as Ethernet switch ports. This helps to reduce your
control systems, sensors, meters, drives, bar code readers cabling costs since you no longer need to connect each
and operator displays. device with a separate Ethernet switch.
Weidmuller’s Serial/Ethernet converters connect these

devices simply and easily to existing Ethernet network
structures. The configuration of the serial port and Ethernet
port parameters is done using an internet browser.
On the Ethernet side, these devices support several
operating modes: including TCP server, TCP client, UDP,
Real COM, RFC 2217, Reverse Telnet, Pair Connection and
160
Serial/Ethernet converter
1 and 2- port Serial/Ethernet Converter for industrial automation
• High surge protection for the serial ports, LAN ports and power supply connection
• Rugged screw-type terminal blocks for power and serial connectors
• Cascading Ethernet ports for easy wiring
• Redundant DC power inputs
• Warning by relay output and email
• Low power consumption
149 mm (5.87 in)
140 mm (5.51 in)
\%
36 mm (1.42 in) 105 mm (4.14 in) 8.8 mm (0.35 in)
Technical Data
Ethernet Interface Approvals
Number of Ports 2 EMC CE (EN55022 Class A, EN55024),
Speed 10/100 MBit/s, auto MDI/MDIX FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class A
Connection 8-pin RJ45 Security UL 508
Magnetic Isolation Protection 1.5 KV built-in Hazardous Location UL/cUL Class 1 Division 2 Groups A, B, C and D
Ethernet Line Protection 1 KV (level 2) surge protection ATEX Class I, Zone 2 (Pending)
Serial Interface EMC EN61000-4-2 (ESE), Level 3
Number of Ports IE-CS-2TX-1RS232/485: 1, EN61000-4-3 (RS), Level 3
IE-CS-2TX-2RS232/485: 2 EN61000-4-4 (EFT), Level 4
Serial Standards RS 232/422/485 EN61000-4-5 (Surge), Level 3
Connection IE-CS-2TX-1RS232/485: DB9 for RS 232, EN61000-4-6 (CS), Level 3
terminal block for RS 422/485 EN61000-4-8
IE-CS-2TX-2RS232/485: DB9 EN61000-4-11
for RS 232/422/485 Shock IEC60068-2-27
Serial Line Protection • 15 KV ESD protection for all signals Freefall IEC60068-2-32
• 1 KV (level 2) surge protection Vibration IEC60068-2-6
RS 485 Data Direction Control ADDC® (automatic data direction control) Reliability
Serial Communication Parameters Alert Tools Built-in buzzer and RTC (real-time clock)
Data Bits 5, 6, 7, 8 Automatic Reboot Trigger Built-in WDT (watchdog timer)
Stop Bits 1, 1.5, 2 MTBF (mean time between failures)
Parity None, Even, Odd, Space, Mark Time 262.805 hrs
Flow Control RTS/CTS and DTR/DSR (RS 232 only), XON/XOFF Database Telcordia (Bellcore), GB
Baud rate 50 bit/s to 921.6 kbit/s Warranty
Serial Signals Warranty Period 5 years
RS 232 TxD, RxD, RTS, CTS, DTR, DSR, DCD, GND Pin Assignment
RS 422 Tx+, Tx-, Rx+, Rx-, GND RS 232/422/485 PIN RS 232 RS 422/RS 485-4w RS 485-2W
RS 485 4w Tx+, Tx-, Rx+, Rx-, GND DB9 male port 1 DCD TxD-(A) -
RS 485 2w Data+, Data-, GND 2 RXD TxD+(B) -
Software 12345 3 TXD RxD+(B) Data+(B)
Network Protocols ICMP, IP, TCP, UDP, DHCP, BOOTP, Telnet, 4 DTR RxD-(A) Data-(A)
Rtelnet, DNS, SNMP, HTTP, SMTP, SNTP, IGMP 5 GND GND GND
Configuration Options Web Console, Serial Console, Telnet Console, 6 DSR - -
Windows Utility 6789 7 RTS - -
Windows Real COM Drivers Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000, 8 CTS - -
Windows XP/2003/Vista/2008/7 x86/x64
Technical Data Pin Assignment
Housing Metal, IP 30 protection RS 422/485 Terminal PIN RS 422/RS 485-4w RS 485-2w
Weight IE-CS-2TX-1RS232/485: 475 g Block Wiring 1 TxD+(B) -
IE-CS-2TX-2RS232/485: 485 g 2 TxD-(A) -
Dimensions (W x H x D) 36 x 105 x 140 mm (1.42 x 4.13 x 5.51 in) 3 RxD+(B) Data+(B)
Environmental Limits 4 RxD-(A) Data-(A)
1 2 3 4 5 5 GND GND
Operating temperature Standard Models: 0 to 60 °C (32 to 140 °F)
Wide Temp. Models:
-40 to 75 °C (-40 to 167 °F) Ordering Data
Ambient Relative Humidity 5 to 95 % RH Models Type Operating Part No.
Storage Temperature -40 to 85 °C (-40 to 185 °F) Temperature
Power Requirements Two RJ45; One serial (RS232: Sub-DB9, IE-CS-2TX-1RS232/485 0 to +60 °C 1242080000
Input Voltage 12 to 48 V DC RS422/485: terminal block) IE-CST-2TX-1RS232/485 -40 to +75 °C 1285830000
Current consumption IE-CS-2TX-1RS232/485: 12 to 48 V DC; Two RJ45; Two serial (RS232/422/485: IE-CS-2TX-2RS232/485 0 to +60 °C 1242090000
220 mA @ 12 V DC, 110 mA @ 24 V DC Two SubDB9) IE-CST-2TX-2RS232/485 -40 to +75 °C 1285840000
IE-CS-2TX-2RS232/485: 12 to 48 V DC;
250 mA @ 12 V DC, 125 mA @ 24 V DC Accessories
Type Part No.
19" Rack Mounting Kit RM-KIT 1241440000
161
SFP modules
Gigabit Ethernet SFP modules Fast Ethernet SFP modules
• Compliant with IEEE 802.3z • Compliant with IEEE 802.3u

• Differential LVPECL inputs and outputs • Differential PECL inputs and outputs
• TTL signal detect indicator • TTL signal detect indicator
• Hot pluggable LC duplex connector • Hot pluggable LC duplex connector
• Class 1 laser product; complies with EN60825-1
Technical Data Technical Data

Interfaces Interfaces
Ethernet Ports 1 Ethernet Ports 1
Connectors Duplex LC Connector or Simplex LC Connectors Duplex LC Connector
Optical Fiber Optical Fiber
Gigabit Ethernet Fast Ethernet
SFP-SX SFP-LSX SFP-LX SFP-LHX SFP-10A SFP-10B SFP-20A SFP-20B SFP-M SFP-S SFP-L
TX TX TX 1 TX Wavelength 1300 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Wavelength 850 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm, 1550 nm, 310 nm, 1550 nm,
Empf. Empf. Empf. Empf. Max. TX -18 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm
1550 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1310 nm Min. TX -8 dBm -5 dBm -5 dBm
Max. TX -4 dBm -1 dBm -3 dBm 1 dBm -3 dBm -2 dBm RX Sensitivity -34 dBm -34 dBm -34 dBm
Min. TX -9.5 dBm - 9 dBm -9.5 dBm -4 dBm -9 dBm -8 dBm Link Budget 26 dB 29 dB 29 dB
RX Sensitivity -18 dBm -19 dBm -20 dBm -24 dBm -21 dBm -23 dBm Typical Distance 4 km a) 40 km b) 80 km b)
Link Budget 8.5 dB 10 dB 10.5 dB 20 dB 12 dB 15 dB Saturation 0 dBm -3 dBm -3 dBm
Typical Distance 550 m a) 2 km b) 10 km c) 40 km c) 10 km c) 20 km c) a)
50/125 μm or 62,5/125 μm, 800 MHz * km @ 1300 nm multimode fiber optic cable
Saturation 0 dBm -3 dBm -3 dBm -3 dBm -1 dBm -1 dBm b)
9/125 μm singlemode fiber optic cable
a)
50/125 μm, 400 MHz * km or 62.5/125 μm, 500 MHz * km @ 850 nm multimode fiber optic cable Environmental Limits
b)
62.5/125 μm, 750 MHz * km @ 1310 nm multimode fiber optic cable Operating temperature -40 to 85 °C (-40 to 185 °F)
c)
9/125 μm singlemode fiber optic cable Storage Temperature -40 to 85 °C (-40 to 185 °F)
Note: The actual communication distance depends on many factors, including connector loss, cable Ambient Relative Humidity 5 to 95 % (non-condensing)
deployment, and the age of the cabling system. We recommend doing a link budget analysis and reserving Warranty
a 3 dB margin for such factors. Warranty Period 3 years
Environmental Limits Approvals
Operating temperature Standard Models: 0 to 60 °C (32 to 140 °F) Security UL, TUV
Wide Temp. Models: -40 to 75 °C
(-40 to 167 °F) Ordering Data
Storage Temperature -40 to 85 °C (-40 to 185 °F) Port Variants Type Operating Part No.
Ambient Relative Humidity 5 to 95 % (non-condensing) Temperature
Warranty Fast Ethernet, Multimode, IE-SFP-1FEMLC-T -40 to +85 °C 1241450000
Warranty Period 3 years LC Connector, 4 km
Approvals Fast Ethernet, Singlemode, IE-SFP-1FESLC-T -40 to +85 °C 1241470000
Security UL, TUV LC Connector, 40 km
Fast Ethernet, Singlemode, IE-SFP-1FELLC-T -40 to +85 °C 1241480000
Ordering Data LC Connector, 80 km
SFP Variants Type Operating Part No.
Temperature
Gigabit-Ethernet, Multimode, IE-SFP-1GSXLC 0 to +60 °C 1241490000
LC Connector, 500 m IE-SFP-1GSXLC-T -20 to 75 °C 1286700000
Gigabit-Ethernet, Multimode, IE-SFP-1GLSXLC 0 to +60 °C 1241500000
LC Connector, 2 km IE-SFP-1GLSXLC-T -40 to 85 °C 1286710000
Gigabit-Ethernet, Singlemode, IE-SFP-1GLXLC 0 to +60 °C 1241510000
LC Connector, 10 km IE-SFP-1GLXLC-T -40 to 85 °C 1286720000
Gigabit-Ethernet, Singlemode, IE-SFP-1GLHXLC 0 to +60 °C 1241520000
LC Connector, 40 km IE-SFP-1GLHXLC-T -40 to 85 °C 1286730000
WDM-Type, Gigabit Ethernet, LC Connector, IE-SFP-1G10ALC 0 to +60 °C 1241530000
10 km, Tx 1310 nm, Rx 1550 nm, IE-SFP-1G10ALC-T -40 to 85 °C 1286740000
must be paired with IE-SFP-1G10BLC
WDM-Type, Gigabit Ethernet, LC Connector, IE-SFP-1G10BLC 0 to +60 °C 1241540000
10 km, Tx 1550 nm, Rx 1310 nm, IE-SFP-1G10BLC-T -40 to 85 °C 1286750000
must be paired with IE-SFP-1G10ALC
WDM-Type, Gigabit Ethernet, LC Connector, IE-SFP-1G20ALC 0 to +60 °C 1241550000
20 km, Tx 1310 nm, Rx 1550 nm, IE-SFP-1G20ALC-T -40 to 85 °C 1286760000
must be paired with IE-SFP-1G20BLC
WDM-Type, Gigabit Ethernet, LC Connector, IE-SFP-1G20BLC 0 to +60 °C 1241570000
20 km, Tx 1550 nm, Rx 1310 nm, IE-SFP-1G20BLC-T -40 to 85 °C 1286770000
must be paired with IE-SFP-1G20ALC
162
Backup-/Restore module / 19“ rack-mounting kit
External Backup and Restore Module for System Configuration Kit for 19” rack-mounting
• R educe system downtime by simple reconfiguration in case of replacing devices • For mounting DIN-rail based devices in 19” racks
• Plug-n-Play system backup and restoration
• Compact, rugged, reliable design
• Can be used for all Weidmuller managed switches and WLAN components
%
Technical Data Technical Data
Basic Operation Technical Data
Connection RS 232-Interface with RJ45-Connector Dimensions (W x H x D) 481 x 177.8 x 202.4 mm
Configuration Use the WEB-Console of managed Switches
Power Requirements Ordering Data
Input Voltage 3 to 5 V DC (through the RS 232 port’s RTS signal) Models Type Part No.
Technical Data 19" Rack Mounting Kit RM-KIT 1241440000
Housing PVC molding, IP 40 protection
Weight 50 g
Mounting possibility M4 screw (< 4 mm)
Cable Length 35 cm (including connector)
Operating temperature 0 to 60 °C (32 to 140 °F)
Ambient Relative Humidity 5 to 95 % (non-condensing)
Warranty
Warranty Period 5 years
Approvals
EMI FCC Part 15, CISPR (EN55022) Class A
EMC EN61000-4-2 (ESD), level 2; EN61000-4-3 (RS),
level 3;
EN61000-4-4 (EFT), level 3; EN61000-4-5 (Surge),
level 3;
EN61000-4-6 (CS), level 3
Ordering Data
Models Type Part No.
External Backup and Restore Module EBR-Modul RS232 1241430000
163
Product Overview
Types of Wireless Products

Product Overview
Weidmuller industrial wireless products provide secure

and reliable solutions for a wide range of industries and
applications, as an alternative for signal and data wiring.
These products fall into four groups:
Wireless Meshing I/O, combines multi I/O and/or gateway

functionality with the reliability of secure, scalable mesh
distance communications. The IP-based addressing provides
mesh/self-healing of network communications, multi-hop
repeating and remote over the air re-configuration and
diagnostics. The Meshing I/O units further complemented by
its ease of commissioning and integration into existing plant
infrastructure plus seamless interface with non-meshing
systems.
Wireless Meshing I/O
Wireless I/O, also known as radio telemetry, connect

directly to sensor and control signals, and transmit the signal
values by radio. The signals are either re-created as similar
signals, or output as a data connection — Ethernet, Profibus,
Modbus etc. Wireless I/O networks can be as simple as two
units transferring a small number of signals from one point to
another, or they can be complex data-acquisition networks
Wireless I/O
with multiple “master” interfaces to external systems.
Wireless Gateways provide wireless connectivity between

data buses - connectivity between devices using the same
data bus, or between different data buses (Ethernet to
Profibus to DeviceNet to Modbus etc). Wireless gateways are
similar in operation to wireless modems, however gateways
only provide a register interface to the data bus, transferring
Wireless Gateways
I/O registers only.
Wireless Modems transmit serial or Ethernet data,

providing a wireless extension of the data link. Example
applications are PLC to PLC connections (point-to-point),
connecting SCADA to a group of PLCs (point-to-multipoint),
or forming a wireless PLC LAN (multidrop). Wireless modems
transmit the data with minimal transformation.
Wireless Modems
164
Product Overview
Wireless System Architecture
Weidmuller’s solutions enable innovative WIB-net™ • Peer-to-peer

communications protocol specifically designed for highly networking
reliable and secure operation on open license-free radio for maximum
bands. Weidmuller wireless units form a WIB network— network flexibility
Wireless Information Backbone. A WIB is an effective
plant-wide wireless information network for transferring data Each Weidmuller
and connecting signals and databuses in a highly efficient wireless gateway and
exception-reporting, peer-to-peer network. WIB-net provides transceiver unit can
the following features: transmit/receive
directly to/from
• Exception-reporting transmissions for maximum any other wireless
wireless efficiency gateway and
transceiver, and can
Wireless messages are only transmitted whenever transmit/receive Peer-to-Peer Example
a signal value changes, yielding effective real-time to/from multiple
performance. Integrity check messages ensure reliable wireless units. There are no master units and no slaves.
operation of the wireless network as well as signal link Any module in a network can talk to any other. Input
accuracy. Exception-reporting reduces signal traffic to signals can be transmitted to multiple destinations.
messages of only real significance.
• Error-checking with automatic re-transmission • Wireless mesh structure
for high reliability operation
WIB-net enables every Weidmuller wireless gateway/
Every radio message has a probability of corruption, transceiver to act as a repeater to optimize wireless
so automatic error detection, acknowledgement, and message propagation. Messages can hop through
re-transmission is critical to reliable operation. multiple gateway/transceiver units to reach a destination.
If these units have a reliable wireless link to at least one
WIB-net will send and then re-transmit up to five times. After
other gateway/transceiver, a wireless mesh forms to
the fifth attempt, a communication failure status is logged
enable reliable links to the
and an alarm set externally.
whole network.
Polling Example Exception Example • High security encryption

WIB-net uses a highly secure data encryption technique
to protect against misuse of wireless data. Weidmuller
wireless networks security matches or exceeds that of
wired networks.
Event-driven communication
• Listen-before transmit wireless operation to

maximize the chance of successful message
transmission
Mesh Example
165
Product Overview
Input/Output Mapping Before a message is transmitted, the radio channel is

checked to ensure it is clear (listen-before-transmit). The
Process signals or sensors convey the value of an input value message is preceded by a lead-in transmission; the length
to a designated output channel: depends on the radio model to allow all other units to lock
• System address (15-bit, 1 – 32768) onto the transmitted message.
• Source module address (1 – 127)
• Destination module address (1 – 127) Security Encryption
• Repeater addresses (up to 5 addresses) Security encryption of wireless messages is user-selectable.
• Output channel number A 64-bit secure proprietary encryption algorithm is used.
• I/O signal value (16-bit) The 64-bit key is randomly generated by the configuration
• CRC error-checking (16-bit) software and is never disclosed to the user or transmitted
All modules in the same system share a unique system by radio. Configuration files are protected by password, up
address to avoid cross-talk between systems in the same to 256 characters.
radio environment. The configuration software automatically
generates a random system address for each system.
Destination or repeater modules automatically acknowledge
messages when received with a correct error-check value,
except for messages from transmit-only units. If an acknow-
ledgement is not received within 500 milliseconds, the
message is re-transmitted. The message will be transmitted
up to five times with random re-try times. After the fifth
attempt, a “comms-fail” event will be set, which can be used
to trigger an output alarm or register.
Block Messages
Block messages are similar to other transmissions.
However, signal information is condensed into “blocks”
and these blocks are sent at programmed intervals. Each
block message contains up to 64 x 16-bits of values. Block
messages are only transmitted or repeated by the wireless
gateway product range (D2 W GMD).
Discrete/digital values can be packed [i.e. up to 1024
(64 x 16)] into a block message and unpacked at the
destination gateway.
Block messaging creates a more robust, reliable,
and efficient system by reducing the chance that
messages will become corrupt, and by minimizing radio
frequency congestion.
Message Control
The WIB-net™ protocol is based on exception-reporting for
optimum performance. Messages can be triggered by any of
the following:
• Exception – change in input value compared to user-
configurable “sensitivity” values
• Update time – user-configurable time period since the last
message, individually configured for each I/O register
• Real time – block mappings only; messages transmitted
on real time values
• On demand – block mappings only; poll command from
another wireless unit or write command by a connected
databus device
166
Application Notes
Application Notes
Factors Affecting Distance & E.R.P
• Frequency (as frequency increases, distance
decreases proportionally)
• Receiver sensitivity, antenna gain, cable loss
• Noise / interference (the noisier the environment the more
careful you have to be with antenna placement)
• Transmitter power, antenna gain, cable loss
• Attenuation of radio signal
• Heights of antennas, Obstructions in radio path
• Other factors Atmospheric, Ground Mineralisation
In most applications it is desirable to have an overall dB
gain as opposed to a loss to ensure good communication
between radios.
Gain Sources
Radios 1 W radio = 30dB Gain
300mW radio = 24dB Gain
100mW radio = 20dB Gain
Antennas (see antenna selection chart for Antenna dB Gains)
Points of Loss
Connection points ~0.1dB loss per connection
Jumper cables see cable selection section (p. 53) *Sample assembly showing radios, power supply, surge arrestor
(bottom of cabinet), terminals & relays.
Surge Protection see surge protection section (p. 53)
Bulkhead adapters see Bulkhead Adapter section (p. 53)
WIBnet
WIBnet makes use of all the standard features of the
Weidmuller Wireless radios.
• Exception-reporting transmission for maximum
wireless efficiency.
Wireless messages are only transmitted whenever a signal
value changes, yielding effective real-time performance.
• Error-checking with automatic re-transmission for high
reliability operation.
• Listen-before-transmit wireless operation to maximize the
chance of successful transmission.
• Peer-to-peer networking, giving the maximum Wireless system flexibility and scalability
network flexibility.
WIBnet communications protocol is specifically I/O
designed for Modbus Profibus Monitoring
DF1
highly reliable and secure operation on open Ethernet IP
license-free radio bands. DeviceNet
WIBnet provides the following features:

• Any of the 900Mhz I/O or Gateway radios can
be used on the WIBnet system I/O
I/O
• Up to 95 radios can be put into one network
Messages can hop through multiple units to reach a destination providing each Wireless
I/O unit has a reliable wireless link to at least one other unit. A wireless mesh forms to
ensure reliable links are established within the whole network.
Modbus Profibus
Mass DF1
...
I/O Ethernet IP
DeviceNet
167
WI-I/O-9-U2 Meshed Multi I/O and Gateway
Wireless I/O
Wireless Meshing I/O Units
Weidmuller’s WI-I/O-9-U2 combines multi I/O and/or gateway functionality with
the reliability of secure, scalable mesh distance communications. The WI-I/O-9-U2
IP-based addressing provides mesh/self-healing of network communications,
multihop repeating and remote over the air re-configuration and diagnostics. The
WI-I/O-9-U2 is further complemented by its ease of commissioning and integration
into existing plant infrastructure.
Features:
• 902-928MHz Frequency Shift Keying (FSK): Frequency Hopping Spread
Spectrum Channels/Hop Sets: 50 x 250kHz; 2 frequency channels.
• IP Based Wireless MESH Technology @ 1 Watt transmit power.
• Self-healing, repeatable, secure communications to 128bit AES
• User friendly operation with self discovery of radio path and expansion I/O
• Remote over the air re-configuration, firmware upgrade and fault analysis
• Scalable, simple to complex, and point to multipoint network design
• Block Mapping and Block Messaging technology for ease of system integration
• I/O and/or gateway functionality via feature key upgrade
• System wide view, localized I/O referencing, and printing/exporting
of configuration
WI-I/O-9-U2 TC
The WI-I/O-9-U2 TC is a thermocouple adapter interface Dimensions
for the WI-I/O-9-U2 product. The WI-I/O-9-U2 TC provides
greater accuracy by allowing calibration between the
adapter, measurement devices and ambient temperatures.
Temperature measurement accuracy depends on the
measured temperature and ambient temperature. Errors
are a result of both errors in cold junction temperature and
thermocouple voltage measurement. The WI-I/O-9-U2 TC
provides for greater accuracy by allowing calibration of the
6.49" 6.97"
cold junction temperature offset value and thermocouple (168 mm) (177 mm)
temperature (i.e. offset calibration).

Supported Thermocouple: Type T
Measurement ranges: -200 to +30°C and 0 to +390°C
Basic Accuracy (Un-calibrated): +/- 3.5°C at -200 to
+30°C +/- 2°C at 0 to +390°C
Calibrated Accuracy: +/- 1°C over ambient temperature
range +/- 0.5°C at calibration temperature
1.38"
Security and Configuration (35 mm)
Data encryption: 64bit; 128bit AES

Password: https accessibility
User Configuration: Web page; software configuration 5.91"
(150 mm)
168
WI-I/O-9-U2 Meshed Multi I/O and Gateway Quicker, more cost effective commissioning.
Configuring and commissioning time/effort on the WI‑I/ Radio network efficiency and commissioning of the WI-I/O-
O‑9‑U2 has been designed for ease of customer use and 9-U2 into legacy process control/automation networks is
cost savings during commissioning. The configuration aided with block mapping and block messaging technology.
utility allows for simple nomination of I/O points origin
Block mapping technology allows end-users to gather
and destination with automatically detecting and routing
related, non-contiguous data points/registers, into a single
the most efficient path to the destination node. This is
radio message structure and scatter these points at receiving
complemented by periodic interrogation for optimal path
devices for ease of integration (eg PLC logic, SCADA tags).
verification, quick recovery of network communications
and automatic detection of expansion I/O (Weidmuller’s
WI-I/O-EX-1-S). It also incorporates efficient ‘change of state’ Block Mapping Technology
radio communications and user configurable I/O or register
1 Message
periodic reporting of link status (ie update time). All combine
to ensure the user is in charge of network communications.
Block mapping technology enables non-contiguous data to

be transferred between network devices reducing re-
programming time and associated costs.
Block mapping technology is complemented by block
messaging technology allowing end users to select
continuous, related, I/O and registers for forwarding to
receiving devices in a single message. Both block mapping
and block messaging combine with highly efficient ‘change
Configuration is user friendly by nominating and labelling origin
and destination points, and IP-based addressing of state’, dense capacity radio messaging capabilities
finds the most efficient route. in providing scalable system design for ever growing
application needs.
Remote/local configuration, upgrade and analysis.
Block Messaging Technology
Weidmuller’s IP-based addressing further aids in cost
2nd Block Message
reduction providing remote analysis and/or upgrade. A user
may perform remote or local over the air re-configuration and 1st Block Message
interrogation of nodes for diagnostics and firmware upgrade.

User nominated localized referencing of I/O and system wide
network viewing aids in fault analysis and exporting/printing
of node configuration is supported.
Process network
Block messaging communicates continuous blocks of data improving

the efficiency of radio band use and even more scalable network design.
Remote LAN Cost effective, distance IP based mesh networks.

The WI-I/O-9-U2 combines distance, 900MHz, IP mesh
communications with ease of configuration, local/remote
over the air re-configurability, firmware upgrade and
diagnoses of nodes in the network.
Featuring Weidmuller’s IP-based addressing technology
with its innovations in network communications efficiency,
the WI-I/O-9-U2 provides for scalable network design for
process control and automation base applications.
Locate LAN
Local/remote over the air

re-configuration, firmware upgrade
and fault analysis with automatic Automatic
detection of expansion I/O to detection
reduce overheads. of expansion I/O
169
WI-I/O-9-U2
C1D2
C US
Technical Data
Inputs
Digital: opto-isolated (5kV) inputs suitable for voltage free contacts Up to 8 DI (Configurable),
or NPN transistor On-state Voltage <2.1V Wetting, Current 5mA
Analog: 4 AI (2 differential: 2 single ended)
“floating” differential inputs, common mode voltage 27V, 24VDC for resolution 14bits; accuracy 0.1%
powering external loops provided, digital filtering 1 sec. Current Range - 0-24mA
Voltage Range: AI 1,2: 0-25V, AI 3,4: 0-5V
Pulse: (configurable Digital Inputs) 4 PI
DI 1,2: Max. Pulse rate 50kHz, Pulse width min 10us
DI 3,4: Max. Pulse rate 1kHz, Pulse width min 0.2ms
Outputs
Digital Up to 8 DO (Configurable)
FET (30V DC @ 200mA max.)
On-state Voltage - DO Max: 30 V DC
Wetting Current - DO Max: 200mA
Analog: current sink to common, max loop voltage 27V, max loop 2 AO 0-24mA;
resistance 1000 ohms resolution 13bits; accuracy 0.1%
4 PO
Pulse:
DO 1, 2 Max. Pulse rate 50kHz, Pulse width min. 10µs
FET 30VDC 200mA max 10kHz
DO 3, 4 Max. Pulse rate 1kHz, Pulse width min 0.2ms
Power Supply
Battery supply 12-15V DC
Normal supply 15-30V DC, over-voltage and reverse power protected
Battery charging circuit included for 1.2-12 AHr sealed battery
Average Current Draw 220mA @ 12V DC (Idle), 110mA @ 24V DC (Idle)
Transmit Current Draw 500mA @ 12V DC (1W), 250mA @ 24V DC (1W)
Internal monitoring power fail and battery voltage
Notes An internal DC/DC converter provides 24V DC 150mA for analog loop
supply.
Connections
RS232/RS485 serial port 9600 baud, 8 bits, no parity, 1 stop bit
RS232 connection EIA-562 (RJ45 connector)
RS485 connection max cable distance 2000 m terminal connections
Ethernet Port 10/100 BaseT; RJ45 - IEEE 802.3
USB Port USB-B connector for configuration
General Data
Frequency 902-982MHz
Transmit Power 1mW (+0dBm) to 1W (+30dBm)
Transmission Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum (FHSS)
Modulation Frequency Shift Keying (FSK)
Receive Sensitivity -109dBm @ 19.2Kbps (3% FER)
Channel Spacing 50 x 250 KHz
Data Rate 19.2-115.2 Kbps “Auto Mode” selects fastest rate possible relative
to RSSI
Range (LoS) 32Km (20 mi.) @ 1W
Operating Temperature -40 to 60°C (-40 to 140°F)
Humidity 0-99%RH
EMC Standards EN 300 683; FCC Part 15; AS 3548; 89/336/EEC
Mounting DIN-rail mounting
LED indication Power, RF, RS232, RS485, D I/O (P I/O), A I/O
Antenna connector 1 x SMA female coaxial
Dimensions mm (in) 180 x 150 x 35 (5.91 x 7.09 x 1.38)
Approvals Class 1 Div 2 , CE, IEC60950, IECex
C US
Ordering Data
Ordering Data Type Part No. Note: Gateway Software Add-on is licensed to a single WI-I/O-9-U2
Wireless Mesh I/O 8 DI/O, 4AI, 2AO, 1-4 PI/O WI-I/O-9-U2 6720005011 Radio Serial number & is not intended for use on multiple radios. When
Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway (software Add-on) WI-I/O 9-U2-GTWY 6720005012 ordering WI-I/O-9-U2-GTWY alone, please include existing WI-I/O-9-U2
TCP Adaptor (Type T Thermocouple Add-on) WI-I/O 9-U2 TC 6720005013 radio Serial Number (printed on the side of the unit).
170
Unidirectional Transmitter/Receiver Units — Introduction
Unidirectional Transmitter/
Receiver Units – Introduction
Wireless Input/Output (I/O)

Wireless I/O connects directly to analog, discrete and pulse
transducer signals. The signals are transmitted by radio and
either re-created as output signals, or output via serial link or
field-bus.
Weidmuller Wireless I/O units have the ability to form
sophisticated peer-to-peer networks, with event-reporting
messaging to optimize wireless density. Weidmuller
products are designed for high reliability operation on open
license-free radio bands.
WI-I/O 9-L Unidirectional

Transmitter/Receiver Units
The Unidirectional Wireless I/O range of products is suitable
for connecting to a single sensor or group of sensors and
provides an economical solution for remote monitoring • Class 1 Div 2 hazardous areas approval
systems. The Unidirectional L products can also be used in • Up to 3000 wireless units per network
C US
more complex networks as signal transmitters or receivers. • External inputs plus internally calculated values - analog
setpoint status, pulse count, power supply voltage
• Frequency hopping spread spectrum 902-928 MHz 1W
• Thermocouple input –100 to +100mV with cold-junction
license-free USA/Canada/Mexico
compensation and linearization for J, K or T-type
• Configurable sub-bands license-free South America,
• Setpoints status generated by comparing analog input to
Australia/NZ, Asia, Europe
high and low setpoints
• Digital inputs can also be used as pulse count inputs
Applications • Power supply 9 – 30Vdc, measured and available as a
• Wireless connection of flowmeters or energy meters transmitted variable
• Monitoring storage tanks • 24Vdc analog loop supply internally provided
• Monitoring cathodic protection on pipelines • RS232 Configuration and diagnostics port
• Wireless alarms from power reticulation fault relays
Digital Analog Digital Analog

Thermocouple
Features
Matched transmitter/receiver pair of modules,
or individual transmitter and receiver units
• Peer-to-peer communications. Exception reporting.
Reliable self-checking messages. Highly secure data
encryption.
• Multi-hop repeater functions - up to 5 intermediate units
can be configured in any input-output link
• Factory configured as a matched Transmitter/Receiver
pair or user-configurable with E-Series Windows
configuration program
Transmitter unit
• Input-only transmitter unit - two digital/pulse inputs, one
analog input and one thermocouple mV input
• Transmits to Receiver unit as a matched pair where the
input signals are re-created as output signals, or can
transmit to a Multi-I/O or Gateway unit
171
Receiver unit
• Output-only receiver unit - three digital contact outputs
and one analog output
• Receives radio commands from Transmitter unit as a
matched pair where the input signals are re-created as
output signals, or can receive commands from a Multi-I/O
or Gateway unit
• Class 1 Div 2 hazardous areas approval C US
• Up to 3000 wireless units per network

• Power supply 9 – 30Vdc; 24Vdc analog loop supply
internally provided
• Communications failure indication and
configurable output
• Outputs can be configured as retained or reset (fail-safe)
on communications failure
• LED indication of radio signal strength
• RS232 Configuration and diagnostics port
Transmitter/Receiver Unit Ordering Information

Unit Description
WI-I/O 9-L-T Wireless Transmitter (900 MHz)
WI-I/O 9-L-R Wireless Receiver (900 MHz)
WI-I/O 9-L-P1 900 MHz Wireless Transmitter/ Receiver Pair with two -2 dB Dipole Antennas
WI-I/O 9-L-P2 900 MHz Wireless Transmitter/ Receiver Pair with two 0 dB Dipole Antennas
Dimensions
• Temperature: -40 to 60°C / -40 to 140°F
WI-I/O 9-L-T • Humidity: 0 - 99% RH
• Regulatory Approvals: EMC compliant 89/336 EEC,
OK
D1
D2
SP
EN 301 489, AS3548, FCC Part 15, Approved to FCC
TX
AZ
Part 15.247, RS210
3.9"
PG
(100 mm) • Housing: DIN rail thermo-plastic enclosure 100 x 22 x
120 mm / 3.9 x 0.9 x 4.7 inches
SET
• Transmitter Unit: Power/OK, radio TX, DIN1, DIN2,
6720005005
analog set-point status
• Receiver Unit: Power/OK, radio RX, DO1, DO2, DO3,
communications fail LEDs also used to provide radio
signal strength indication
4.7"
(120 mm)
Transmitter Inputs
.09"
(23 mm) Input Type Source Function
Digital external status
Pulse Total external count
General Analog external analog
Thermocouple external analog
• Frequency: frequency hopping spread spectrum Set Point internal status
Supply Voltage internal analog
902-928MHz, sub-bands available, 1W
Input values transmitted as per WIB-net protocol -
• Sensitivity: line-of-sight range 20 miles (4W ERP - exception-reporting on signal change, and update time. Up to 5 repeater
“effective radiated power”), 15km (1W ERP); 3000 ft addresses, configurable.
/1000 m in obstructed industrial environments; radio
distances can be increased by up to 5 intermediate
transceiver or gateway units
• Antenna Connector: SMA connector for antenna or
coaxial cable connection
172
Digital / Pulse Inputs LED Indication
• Two inputs, suitable for voltage-free contacts / NPN, Transmitter Unit

or voltage input 0-1 VDC on / >3 VDC off pulse input max. • Power/OK, radio TX, DIN1, DIN2, analog
rate 10 Hz, 50 msec on time. Pulse counted as 16-bit set-point status
register.
Receiver Unit
Analog Inputs
• Power/OK, radio RX, DO1, DO2, DO3,
• 0-20 mA (4-20mA, 0-10mA) communications fail
• “Floating” differential input, resolution 16-bit, • LEDs also used to provide radio signal strength indication
accuracy < 0.1 %
Configuration and Diagnostics
Thermocouple Inputs
• Factory configuration transmitter/receiver matched
• Millivolt (-10mV to +100mV), J, K, or T type linearization pair, AI to AO, 2DI to 2DO, SP status to DO3 via
with on-board cold-junction compensation RS232 - RJ45 cable
• Accuracy better than 1°C • User configuration via serial port. Unidirectional units can
be configured to network with multi-I/O and
Power Supply gateway units.
• Normal Supply: 9 - 30 VDC, power consumption • Diagnostics features: read input values, write output
@12VDC - receiver normal 70mA, max. 250mA values, radio signal strength, monitor communication
• Transmitter normal 70mA, transmitting max. 600mA messages
• Analog loop supply internally generated, 24VDC 35mA
• Internal monitoring of supply voltage may be transmitted
as an “input” (transmitter unit only)
Set-point Status
• High and low set-points generate internal digital status-
set-point status sets (on) when analog value < low set-
point and resets (off) when analog value > high set-point.
Status is transmitted as per digital input, set-point values
are set via the front panel rotary switch or configuration
software.
• Separate set-points for (4-20 mA), thermocouple and
supply inputs are configurable
Receiver Outputs
Digital Outputs
• Three relay contact outputs, 260V 1A
Analog Outputs
• 0-20mA, source output, 12-bit resolution,
0.1% accuracy
Communication Failure
• Internal status based on configurable time-out value
• “Comms-fail” status can be configured to a local output
Fail-Safe
• On “comms-fail,” outputs user-configurable as retained
last correct value or reset (fail-safe)
Serial Port
• RS232 RJ45 female DCE, used for configuration
and diagnostics
173
Unidirectional Transmitter/Receiver Units — 900 MHz
WI-I/O 9-L-T Transmitter WI-I/O 9-L-R Receiver
C1D2
C US
Technical Data
Transmitter Inputs:
Digital: two inputs, suitable for voltage free contacts / NPN,
or voltage input 0-1 VDC on / >3 VDC off
Pulse: max rate 10 Hz, 50 msec on time.
Pulse counted as 16 bit register.
Analog: 0-20 mA (4-20mA, 0-10mA)
“floating” differential input:
resolution 16 bit
accuracy < 0.1 %
Thermocouple Millivolt (-100mV to +100mV), J, K or T type linearization with on-board
cold-junction compensation
Accuracy greater than 1°C
Receiver Outputs
Digital three relay contact outputs, 260V 1A
Analog 0-20mA
resolution 12 bit
accuracy 0.10%
Comms-Fail Internal status based on configurable time-out value. Comms-fail status
can be configured to a local output.
Fail-safe On “comms-fail”, outputs user-configurable as retained (last correct
value) or reset (fail-safe)
Power Supply 9-30 VDC 9-30 VDC
Power consumption @12VDC Receiver 100mA, Transmitter 40mA quiescent, Receiver 100mA, Transmitter 40mA quiescent, during radio
during radio transmission (50 msec) 300mA transmission (50 msec) 300mA
Analog loop supply internally generated 24VDC 30mA 24VDC 30mA
Internal monitoring of supply low voltage status may be transmitted as an “input” (Transmitter unit only)
Power consumption increases for pulse inputs > 10Hz.
Serial Port RS232 RJ45 female DCE, used for configuration RS232 RJ45 female DCE, used for configuration
and diagnostics and diagnostics
General Data
Operating Temperature -40 to 60°C (-40 to 140°F) -40 to 60°C (-40 to 140°F)
Humidity 0 - 99% RH 0 - 99% RH
EMC Standards FCC Part 15.247, RS210 FCC Part 15.247, RS210
Mounting DIN-rail mounting DIN-rail mounting
LED indication: Transmitter Unit Power/OK, Radio TX, DIN1, DIN2, Analog Setpoint status
LED indication: Receiver Unit Power/OK, Radio RX, DO1, DO2, DO3, Communications Fail.
frequency hopping spread spectrum 902-928MHz, sub-bands available 902-928MHz, sub-bands available
Transmit power 1W 1W
Maximum line of sight range 20 miles (4W ERP), 15km (1W ERP); 3000 ft / 1000 m in obstructed 20 miles (4W ERP), 15km (1W ERP); 3000 ft / 1000 m in obstructed
industrial environments. Radio distances can be increased by up to 5 industrial environments. Radio distances can be increased by up to 5
intermediate repeater units. Each transmission may be configured to intermediate repeater units. Each transmission may be configured to
be sent 1 to 5 times. be sent 1 to 5 times.
Antenna connector SMA female coaxial SMA female coaxial
Dimensions mm (in) 100 x 23 x 120 (3.9 x 0.9 x 4.7) 100 x 23 x 120 (3.9 x 0.9 x 4.7)
Configuration User configuration via serial port. Unidirectional units can be User configuration via serial port. Unidirectional units can be
configured to network with Multi-I/O and Gateway units. configured to network with Multi-I/O and Gateway units.
Diagnostics Diagnostics features - read input values, write output values, radio Diagnostics features - read input values, write output values, radio
signal strength, monitor communication messages. signal strength, monitor communication messages.
Ordering Data
Accessories: DB9 Female-RJ45 Serial configuration cable WI-I/O 9-L-T 6720005005 WI-I/O 9-L-R 6720005006
WI-CSER-RJ45 6720005108 WI-CSER-RJ45 6720005108
174
Unidirectional Transmitter/Receiver Units — 900 MHz
WI-I/O 9-L-P1 WI-I/O 9-L-P2

Set - 1 Transmitter, 1 Receiver Set with 2 WI-ANT-DPL-0-8
C1D2
C US
Technical Data
Transmitter Inputs:
Digital: two inputs, suitable for voltage free contacts / NPN, two inputs, suitable for voltage free contacts / NPN, or voltage input
or voltage input 0-1 VDC on / >3 VDC off 0-1 VDC on / >3 VDC off
Pulse: max rate 10 Hz, 50 msec on time. Pulse counted as16 bit register. max rate 10 Hz, 50 msec on time. Pulse counted as16 bit register.
Analog: 0-20 mA (4-20mA, 0-10mA) 0-20 mA (4-20mA, 0-10mA)
“floating” differential input:
resolution 16 bit 16 bit
accuracy < 0.1 % < 0.1 %
Thermocouple Millivolt (-100mV to +100mV), J, K or T type linearization with on-board Millivolt (-100mV to +100mV), J, K or T type linearization with on-board
cold-junction compensation cold-junction compensation
Accuracy greater than 1°C greater than 1°C
Receiver Outputs Digital three relay contact outputs, 260V 1A three relay contact outputs, 260V 1A
Analog 0-20mA 0-20mA
resolution 12 bit 12 bit
accuracy 0.10% 0.10%
Comms-Fail Internal status based on configurable time-out value. Comms-fail status Internal status based on configurable time-out value. Comms-fail status
can be configured to a local output. can be configured to a local output.
Fail-safe On “comms-fail”, outputs user-configurable as retained (last correct On “comms-fail”, outputs user-configurable as retained (last correct
value) or reset (fail-safe) value) or reset (fail-safe)
Power Supply 9-30 VDC 9-30 VDC
Power consumption @12VDC Receiver 100mA, Transmitter 40mA quiescent, Receiver 100mA, Transmitter 40mA quiescent, during radio
during radio transmission (50 msec) 300mA transmission (50 msec) 300mA
Analog loop supply internally generated 24VDC 30mA 24VDC 30mA
Internal monitoring of supply low voltage status may be transmitted as an “input” (Transmitter unit only) may be transmitted as an “input” (Transmitter unit only)
Serial Port RS232 RJ45 female DCE, used for configuration and diagnostics RS232 RJ45 female DCE, used for configuration and diagnostics
General Data
Humidity 0 - 99% RH 0 - 99% RH
EMC Standards FCC Part 15.247, RS210 FCC Part 15.247, RS210
Mounting DIN-rail mounting DIN-rail mounting
LED indication: Transmitter Unit Power/OK, Radio TX, DIN1, DIN2, Analog Setpoint status Power/OK, Radio TX, DIN1, DIN2, Analog Setpoint status
LED indication: Receiver Unit Power/OK, Radio RX, DO1, DO2, DO3, Communications Fail. Power/OK, Radio RX, DO1, DO2, DO3, Communications Fail. LEDs also used to
frequency hopping spread spectrum 902-928MHz, sub-bands available provide radio signal strength indication
Transmit power 1W 902-928MHz, sub-bands available
Maximum line of sight range 20 miles (4W ERP), 15km (1W ERP); 3000 ft / 1000 m in obstructed 1W
industrial environments.Radio distances can be increased by up to 5 20 miles (4W ERP), 15km (1W ERP); 3000 ft / 1000 m in obstructed
intermediate repeater units. Each transmission may be configured to be industrial environments. Radio distances can be increased by up to 5
sent 1 to 5 times. intermediate repeater units. Each transmission may be configured to be
SMA female coaxial sent 1 to 5 times.
Antenna connector 100 x 23 x 120 (3.9 x 0.9 x 4.7) SMA female coaxial
Dimensions mm (in) Factory configuration transmitter/receiver matched pair, AI to AO, 2DI to 100 x 23 x 120 (3.9 x 0.9 x 4.7)
Configuration 2DO, SP status to DO3. User configuration via serial port. Unidirectional Factory configuration transmitter/receiver matched pair, AI to AO, 2DI to
units can be configured to network with Multi-I/O and Gateway units. 2DO, SP status to DO3. User configuration via serial port. Unidirectional
Diagnostics Diagnostics features - read input values, write output values, radio signal units can be configured to network with Multi-I/O and Gateway units.
strength, monitor communication messages. Diagnostics features - read input values, write output values, radio signal
strength, monitor communication messages.
Ordering Data
Kit Contents WI-I/O 9-L-P1 6720005007 WI-I/O 9-L-P2 6720005008
• Two -2 dB Dipole antennas (6720005086) • Two 0 dB Dipole antennas (6720005080)
• Two 3 ft. antenna connecting cables/brackets • Two 15 ft. antenna connecting cables/brackets
• One configuration cable • One configuration cable
175
Multi-I/O Units — Introduction — 900 MHz
WI-I/O 9 Multi I/O Units
A transceiver is a wireless device made • Short distance and long distance applications with
up of a transmitter and receiver. Since license-free and licensed products
each module can manage both input and • Multi-hop repeater functions – up to 5 intermediate units
output signals, it can be used to monitor can be configured in any input/output link
transducers and control industrial • Four versions available
processes. This module can also be used • Any input on any unit can be wirelessly linked to
as a repeater to relay another wireless any output on another unit. Inputs can be linked to
device’s transmission, thus increasing multiple outputs.
the overall range of the system. • Inputs and outputs can be added via additional
serial units
Typical Applications • The units can be pre-programmed to consider analog set-
• Wireless junction box in a process plant to connect a points, pulse rate and pulse total, power supply voltage,
large number of signals to other parts of the plant and to power supply alarm
the plant control center • Set-point status generated by comparing analog inputs to
• Simple Remote Terminal Unit (RTU) in a SCADA system, high and low set-points. Available on AI1 of -1 units, and
connecting sensors/instrumentation/process signals AI1-4 of -2 units.
in pump stations, sub-stations, pipeline regulator • Pulse inputs generate a separate pulse count value and a
stations, etc. pulse rate value. Pulse rates are treated as internal analog
registers with a configurable maximum value.
• Machine-to-Machine wireless connectivity in factories
• Wide voltage power supply, with integral UPS battery
charger and solar regulator
• Power supply generates internal signal values which can
be transmitted, low normal supply voltage status, low
battery voltage status, and battery voltage (analog)
• Multiple communication failure diagnostics with output
status. Fail-to-transmit alarm and fail-to-receive alarm
status.
• Radio receives signal and background RF noise
measurement / logging diagnostics
• Input measurement display and output
“forcing” diagnostics
• Communication logging diagnostics
• Easy-to-use E-Series Windows configuration available at
www.weidmuller.ca or www.weidmuller.com
Features
• Class I, Division 2 hazardous areas approved
(USA/Canada); (CSA certified) Gas
• Multiple inputs/output channels for monitoring Analyzer Metering
and control functions
• Each wireless unit can connect to input/output ALARM
PLC
expansion modules via RS485 multi-drop with up Alarms
to 31 expansion modules per wireless unit Plant
• Sensor signals connected at one module; input Control
signals are transmitted to another module where
the signals are re-created as output signals or
passed via serial to a host device such as a PLC
or SCADA system Gauges
176
Multi-I/O Unit Ordering Information

WI-I/O 9 -1 -2 -3 -4
Digital inputs 4 4 0 4 – 16
Voltage-free contacts Voltage-free contacts Voltage-free contacts Voltage-free contacts
Digital outputs 1 + 3 1 8 4 - 16
Relay + FET FET FET FET
Analog inputs 2 6 0 0
4-20mA 0-20mA/0-10V
Analog outputs 2 0 8 0
4-20mA 0-20mA/0-10V
Pulse inputs 1 4 0 4
100Hz 1 x 1KHz, 3 x 100Hz 1 x 1KHz, 3 x 100Hz
Pulse outputs 1 0 4 4
100Hz 1 x 1KHz, 3 x 100Hz 1 x 1KHz, 3 x 100Hz
Note: Pulse and digital inputs are same connection point. FET = Field Effect Transistor
Dimensions
• Regulatory Approvals: EMC FCC Part 15, AS3548,

89/336/EEC, EN 301 489
• Certifications: CSA Class I, Division 2 hazardous areas
(USA/Canada)
• Housing: extruded aluminum case, 5.1" x 7.4" x 2.4"
(130 x 188 x 60mm) with DIN rail mounting
6.57" 7.4" • Removable terminals up to 2.5 mm2 (12 gauge) wires
(167 mm) (188 mm)
• LED indication for power supply, module status,
digital I/O
Inputs and Outputs*

Digital Inputs
2.16"
(55 mm)
• Opto-isolated (5000V) inputs suitable for voltage-free
2.4" contacts or NPN transistor, contact wetting current 5mA
(60 mm)
• Type-1 & -2 - four inputs
• Type-4 - up to 16 inputs (4 inputs + 12 selectable I/O).
The 12 selectable inputs are surge protected, but
5.1" not isolated.
(130 mm)
Digital Outputs
General
• Type-1 - four relay, contacts, Form A, AC 50V 5A / DC
• Frequency: frequency hopping spread spectrum
30V 2A
902-908 MHz, sub-bands configurable
• Type-2 - 1 FET output 30VDC 500mA
• Power: transmit power 1W, approved to FCC
• Type-3 - 8 FET output 30VDC 500mA
Part 15.247, RSS210
• Type-4 - up to 16 FET output (4 outputs +
• Sensitivity: receiver data sensitivity –108dBm
12 selectable I/O)
• Max. Range (line-of-sight): USA/Canada - 4W ERP,
20+ miles. Other countries - 1W ERP, 15+ km depending
Analog Inputs
on local conditions
• Data Rate: 19.2 Kb/s with forward-error correction • “Floating” differential inputs, common mode voltage
• Antenna Connector: SMA female coaxial 27V. 24VDC for powering external loops provided.
• Temperature: -40 to 60°C / -40 to 140°F Digital filtering 1 sec.
• Humidity: 0-99% RH • Type-1 - two 4-20mA resolution 15-bit, accuracy 0.1%
(over range indication 2-25mA)
• Type-2 - six 0-20mA resolution 12-bit, accuracy 0.1%
(over range indication 0-25mA)
177
Analog Outputs
• Current sink to common, max. loop voltage 27V, max. loop

resistance 1000 ohms
• Type-1 - two 4-20 mA resolution 15-bit, accuracy 0.1%
(over range indication 0.5-25mA)
• Type-3 - eight 0-20 mA resolution 12-bit, accuracy 0.1%
(over range indication 0-20.5mA)
Pulse Inputs
• Specifications as per digital inputs, max. pulse rate 100Hz,
pulse width min. 5 ms
• Type-1 - one input (DI1)
• Type-2 - four inputs (DI1-4) - first pulse input (DI1) max.
1000Hz, pulse width min. 0.5 ms
• Type-4 - four inputs (DI1-4) - first pulse input (DI1) max.
1000Hz, pulse width min. 0.5 ms
Pulse Outputs
• FET 30VDC 500mA max. 100Hz
• Type-1 - one
• Type-3 & -4 - four
Power Supply
• Battery Supply: 11.5-15.0 VDC
• Normal Supply: 12-24 VAC or 15-30 VDC, over-voltage
and reverse power protected
• Internal monitoring of power fail, solar charge status,
and battery voltage. These values may be transmitted to
remote modules for monitoring.
• Internal DC/DC converter provides 24VDC 150mA for
analog loop supply
• Battery charging circuit included for 1.2-12 AHr
sealed battery
• Solar regulator for direct connection of solar panel
(up to 30W) and solar battery (100AHr)
Serial Port
• A serial port can be used to configure transceivers and
to hard wire one transceiver to another when desired.
This connection avoids the need to add wireless nodes
to circumvent impenetrable obstructions, and provides a
redundant path for critical applications.
• RS232/RS485 serial port 9600 baud, 8 bits, no parity,
1 stop bit
• RS232 9 pin DB9 female connector
• RS485 terminal connections (max. cable distance 2000m)
178
Muti-I/O Units — 900 MHz
WI-I/O 9-1 WI-I/O 9-2
C1D2
C US
Technical Data
Inputs
Digital: opto-isolated (5000V) inputs suitable for voltage free contacts four inputs four inputs
or NPN transistor, contact wetting current 5 mA
Analog: “floating” differential inputs, common mode voltage 27V, two 4-20mA resolution 15 bit, accuracy 0.1% six 0-20mA/0-10V resolution 12 bit, accuracy 0.1%
24VDC for powering external loops provided, digital filtering 1 sec.
Pulse: as per digital inputs, one input (DI1) four input(DI1-4) - first pulse input (DI1) max 1000Hz,
Max pulse rate 100Hz, pulse width min 5ms pulse width min 0.5ms
Outputs
Digital 4 (1 Relay Form A, AC, 50V 5A/ DC 30V 2A; 3 FET) one FET output 30VDC 500mA
Analog: current sink to common, max loop voltage 27V, max loop two 4-20 mA resolution 15 bit, accuracy 0.1%
Pulse: FET 30VDC 500mA max 100Hz one
Power Supply
Battery supply 11.5-15.0 VDC 11.5-15.0 VDC
Normal supply 12-24 VAC or 15-30 VDC, over-voltage and 12-24 VAC or 15-30 VDC, over-voltage and
reverse power protected reverse power protected
Battery charging circuit included for 1.2-12 AHr sealed battery included for 1.2-12 AHr sealed battery
Solar regulator for direct connection of solar panel (up to 30W) for direct connection of solar panel (up to 30W)
and solar battery (100AHr) and solar battery (100AHr)
Internal monitoring power fail, solar charge status, and battery voltage power fail, solar charge status, and battery voltage
Notes An internal DC/DC converter provides 24VDC 150mA for analog loop An internal DC/DC converter provides 24VDC 150mA for analog loop
supply. supply.
Serial Port
RS232/RS485 serial port 9600 baud, 8 bits, no parity, 1 stop bit serial port 9600 baud, 8 bits, no parity, 1 stop bit
RS232 connection 9pin DB9 female connector 9pin DB9 female connector
RS485 connection max cable distance 2000 m terminal connections max cable distance 2000 m terminal connections
General Data
Humidity 0-99%RH 0-99%RH
EMC Standards FCC Part 15, AS3548, 89/336/EEC, EN 301 489 FCC Part 15, AS3548, 89/336/EEC, EN 301 489
Mounting DIN rail mounting DIN rail mounting
LED indication For power supply, WDT, digital I/O For power supply, WDT, digital I/O
Approvals Class 1 Div 2 C US
Class 1 Div 2 C US
Ordering Data
WI-I/O 9-1 6720005000 WI-I/O 9-2 6720005001
Accessories: DB9 Male - DB9 Female Serial config. cable WI-CSER-905-9 6720005105 WI-CSER-905-9 6720005105
179
Muti-I/O Units — 900 MHz
WI-I/O 9-3 WI-I/O 9-4
C1D2
C US
Technical Data
Inputs
Digital: opto-isolated (5000V) inputs suitable for voltage free contacts up to 16 inputs (4 inputs + 12 selectable I/O) the 12 selectable inputs
or NPN transistor, contact wetting current 5 mA are surge protected but not isolated
Analog: “floating” differential inputs, common mode voltage 27V,
24VDC for powering external loops provided, digital filtering 1 sec.
Pulse: as per digital inputs, four input(DI1-4) - first pulse input (DI1) max 1000Hz,
Max pulse rate 100Hz, pulse width min 5ms pulse width min 0.5ms
Outputs
Digital eight FET output 30VDC 500mA up to 16 FET output (4 outputs + 12 selectable I/O)
Analog: current sink to common, max loop voltage 27V, max loop eight 0-20 mA resolution 12 bit, accuracy 0.1%
Pulse: FET 30VDC 500mA max 100Hz four (DO1-4) four (DO1-4)
Power Supply
Battery supply 11.5-15.0 VDC 11.5-15.0 VDC
Normal supply 12-24 VAC or 15-30 VDC, over-voltage 12-24 VAC or 15-30 VDC, over-voltage
and reverse power protected and reverse power protected
Battery charging circuit included for 1.2-12 AHr sealed battery included for 1.2-12 AHr sealed battery
Solar regulator for direct connection of solar panel (up to 30W) for direct connection of solar panel (up to 30W)
and solar battery (100AHr) and solar battery (100AHr)
Internal monitoring power fail, solar charge status, and battery voltage power fail, solar charge status, and battery voltage
Notes An internal DC/DC converter provides 24VDC 150mA for analog An internal DC/DC converter provides 24VDC 150mA for analog
loop supply. loop supply.
Serial Port
RS232/RS485 serial port 9600 baud, 8 bits, no parity, 1 stop bit serial port 9600 baud, 8 bits, no parity, 1 stop bit
RS232 connector 9pin DB9 female connector 9pin DB9 female connector
RS485 connector max cable distance 2000 m terminal connections max cable distance 2000 m terminal connections
General Data
Humidity 0-99%RH 0-99%RH
EMC Standards FCC Part 15, AS3548, 89/336/EEC, EN 301 489 FCC Part 15, AS3548, 89/336/EEC, EN 301 489
LED indication For power supply, WDT, digital I/O For power supply, WDT, digital I/O
Antenna Connector SMA female coaxial SMA female coaxial
Class 1 Div 2 C US
Ordering Data
WI-I/O 9-3 6720005002 WI-I/O 9-4 6720005003
180
Expansion I/O Units — Introduction — 900 MHz/2.4GHz/5.8GHz
WI-I/O–EX • Connect up to 99 x WI-I/O-EX

Expansion I/O Units (Serial I/O) units as multi-drop Modbus
I/O (RS485 extenders/isolators
The WI-I/O-EX is a wired device capable of
required for more than 31 units
interfacing with other Weidmuller wireless
per single multi-drop length)
radios to increase the number of signals
• RS485 multi-drop up to 2 km
radios can monitor/control. They can also
(1 mile) depending on installation
be used as a slave to any Modbus control RS485
environment
system.
• Three I/O versions available
• Peer-to-peer communications; Up to 32 Units
Typical Applications
Exception reporting; Reliable self-
Expansion I/O for WI-I/O 9 wireless checking messages; Any input
units and WI-MOD units on any unit can be linked to any
• up to 31 x WI-I/O-EX units can be connected to each output on any unit. Inputs can be
wireless unit via RS485 (up to 2 km long). Serial I/O linked to multiple outputs; Serial
multiplexer communications 9.6Kb/s
• transfer I/O via RS485— up to 32 units per multi-drop link. • Alternate Modbus RTU or Modbus
ASCII slave protocol, serial communications configurable
up to 115.2Kb/s, 7 or 8 data bit format
Expansion I/O for Modbus devices
• External I/O plus internally calculated values - analog
• up to 31 x WI-I/O-EX units can be connected to each setpoint status, pulse rate and pulse total, power supply
Modbus master via RS485 (up to 2 km long). voltage, power supply alarm
• Setpoint status generated by comparing analog inputs to
high and low setpoints
I/O I/O I/O Data

Bus
RS485 RS485
I/O I/O
I/O I/O I/O
• Analog inputs selectable as “floating” dual-terminal inputs

I/O I/O
or commoned single-terminal inputs; Configurable current
(0-10/0-20/4-20mA) or voltage (0-5/0-10/1-5V).
• Analog outputs selectable as single-terminal source or
sink outputs. Configurable current (0-10/0-20/4-20mA)
Features
or voltage (0-5/0-10/1-5V). Configurable scaling, zero and
• Multi I/O channels— monitoring and control functions span parameters.
• Connected via RS485 multi-drop • Pulse inputs generate separate pulse count value and a
• Selectable communications via WIB-net or Modbus pulse rate value. Pulse rates are treated as internal analog
protocol (both RTU and ASCII formats) registers with a configurable maximum value.
• Sensor signals connected at one module (input signals)
are transmitted to another module where the signals are
re-created as output signals, or passed via serial to a host
device such as a PLC or SCADA system
• Connect to WI-I/O 9 wireless I/O units for up to 31 serial
addresses per wireless unit
• Connect WI-I/O-EX units together to form a serial
multi-drop I/O system - up to 32 serial addresses
per multi-drop link— no Master device is required to
control communications
181
Expansion I/O Units — Introduction
• Multiple communication-failure diagnostics with output

status. Fail-to-transmit alarm and fail-to-receive alarm
status.
• Class 1 Div 2 hazardous areas approval C US
• Input measurement display and output “forcing”

diagnostics.
• Communication logging diagnostics.
• Easy-to-use E-Series Windows configuration available at
www.weidmuller.ca or weidmuller.com
Serial Unit Ordering Information

67200005038 67200005039 67200005040
WI-I/O-EX -11 -12 -13
Digital inputs up to 16 up to 8 up to 8
Voltage-free contacts
Digital outputs up to 16 up to 8 up to 8
Analog inputs 0 4 “floating”/ 8 commoned 0
0-20mA / 0-10V
Analog outputs 0 0 8 sink / source
0-20mA / 0-10V
Pulse inputs 4 0 0
1KHz
Pulse outputs 8 8 8
100Hz 100Hz 100Hz
Note: Digital inputs and outputs are combined channels. When a channel is used as an output, it is not available as an input. Pulse and digital I/O are same connection.
Dimensions
• Humidity: 0-99% RH
• Regulatory Approvals: EMC FCC Part 15, AS3548,
89/336/EEC
• Certifications: CSA Class I, Division 2 hazardous
areas (USA/Canada)
6.49"
(168 mm)
6.97"
(177 mm)
• Housing: high density thermo-plastic, 5.91" x 6.97" x
1.38" (150 X 177 x 35mm) with DIN rail mounting
• Removable terminals up to 12 gauge (2.5 mm2) wires
• LED indication for power supply, processor OK, serial
TX and RX, digital I/O
1.38"
(35 mm)
5.91"
(150 mm)
182
Expansion I/O Units — Introduction
Inputs and Outputs Pulse Inputs
Digital Inputs • Specifications as per digital inputs, max. pulse rate 1kHz,
• Suitable for voltage-free contacts or NPN transistor, pulse width min. 0.5 ms
contact wetting current 5mA, inputs are surge protected • Type -11- 4 inputs (DIO1-4)
• Type -11 - up to 16 selectable I/O
• Type -12, -13, - up to 8 selectable I/O Pulse Outputs
• Specifications as per digital outputs, max. pulse
Digital Outputs rate100Hz, pulse width min. 5ms
• Field Effect Transistor (FET) outputs, 30VDC 200mA • Type -11,-12,-13, - 8 outputs (DIO1-8)
• Type -11 - up to 16 selectable I/O
• Type -12, -13, - up to 8 selectable I/O Power Supply
• Battery Supply: 9 - 30VDC, over-voltage and reverse
Analog Inputs power protected
• “Floating” differential inputs, common mode voltage • Internal monitoring of supply voltage. These values may
27V, 24VDC for powering external loops provided, be transmitted to remote modules for monitoring.
0-20mA/0-10V, resolution 12-bit, accuracy 0.1% • Internal DC/DC converter provides 24VDC 250mA for
• Type-12 - 8 input channels, selectable as 4 dual-terminal analog loop supply
floating inputs or 8 single-terminal
commoned inputs Serial Port
• RS485 serial port configurable up to 115.2Kb/s, 7 or 8
Analog Outputs data bits, none/even/odd parity, 1 or 2 stop bits
• Selectable as current/voltage source or current sink to • RS232 configuration port 9 pin DB9 female connector,
common, max. loop voltage 27V, max. loop resistance 9.6Kb/s, 8/n/1
1000 ohms, 0 – 20mA/0 – 10V, 12-bit, accuracy 0.1% • RS485 max cable distance 2000m terminal connections
• Type -13 - 8 channels
183
Expansion I/O Units — 900 MHz/2.4 GHz/5.8GHz
WI-I/O-EX-1-S-11 WI-I/O-EX-1-S-12
C1D2
C US
Technical Data
Inputs
Digital: suitable for voltage free contacts or NPN transistor, contact up to 16 selectable I/O up to 8 selectable I/O
wetting current 5mA, inputs are surge protected
Analog: “floating” differential inputs, common mode voltage 27V, 24VDC for 8 input channels, selectable as 4 dual-terminal floating inputsor 8
powering external loops provided, 0-20mA/0-10V resolution 12 bit, accuracy single-terminal commoned inputs.
0.1%
Pulse: specifications as per digital inputs Max pulse rate 1kHz, pulse 4 inputs (DIO1-4)
width min 0.5ms
Outputs
Digital: FET outputs, 30VDC 200mA up to 16 selectable I/O up to 8 selectable I/O
Pulse: specifications as per digital outputs 8 outputs (DIO1-8) 8 outputs (DIO1-8)
Max pulse rate 100Hz, pulse width min 5ms
Power Supply 10.8 - 30VDC, over-voltage and reverse power protected Internal 10.8 - 30VDC, over-voltage and reverse power protected Internal
monitoring of supply voltage. These values may be transmitted to monitoring of supply voltage. These values may be transmitted to
remote modules for monitoring. An internal DC/DC converter provides remote modules for monitoring. An internal DC/DC converter provides
24VDC 150mA for analog loop supply. 24VDC 150mA for analog loop supply.
Serial Port
RS485 serial port configurable up to 115.2Kb/s, 7/8 data bits, n/e/o parity, serial port configurable up to 115.2Kb/s, 7/8 data bits, n/e/o parity,
1 / 2 stop bits 1 / 2 stop bits
RS232 connector configuration port 9pin DB9 female connector, 9.6Kb/s, 8/n/1 configuration port 9pin DB9 female connector, 9.6Kb/s, 8/n/1
RS485 connector max cable distance 2000 m terminal connections max cable distance 2000 m terminal connections
General Data
Humidity 0-99% RH 0-99% RH
EMC Standards FCC Part 15, AS3548, 89/336/EEC FCC Part 15, AS3548, 89/336/EEC
LED indication power supply, processor OK, serial TX and RX, power supply, processor OK, serial TX and RX,
digital I/O digital I/O
Approvals Class 1 Div 2 hazardous areas C US
Class 1 Div 2 hazardous areas C US
Ordering Data
WI-I/O-EX-1-S-11 6720005038 WI-I/O-EX-1-S-12 6720005039
184
Expansion I/O Units — 900 MHz/2.4 GHz/5.8GHz
WI-I/O-EX-1-S-13
C1D2
C US
Technical Data
Inputs
Digital: suitable for voltage free contacts or NPN transistor, contact up to 8 selectable I/O
wetting current 5mA, inputs are surge protected
Outputs
Digital: FET outputs, 30VDC 200mA up to 8 selectable I/O
Analog: selectable as current/voltage source or current sink to 8 channels
common, max loop voltage 27V, max loop resistance 1000 ohms, 0 –
20mA/0 – 10V, 12 bit, accuracy 0.1%
Pulse: specifications as per digital outputs 8 outputs (DIO1-8)
Max pulse rate 100Hz, pulse width min 5ms
Power Supply 10.8 - 30VDC, over-voltage and reverse power protected. Internal
monitoring of supply voltage. These values may be transmitted to
remote modules for monitoring. An internal DC/DC converter provides
20VDC 150mA for analog loop supply.
Serial Port
RS485 serial port configurable up to 115.2Kb/s, 7/8 data bits, n/e/o parity,
1 / 2 stop bits
RS232 connector configuration port 9pin DB9 female connector, 9.6Kb/s, 8/n/1
RS485 connector max cable distance 2000 m terminal connections
General Data
Humidity 0-99% RH
EMC Standards FCC Part 15, AS3548, 89/336/EEC
Mounting DIN rail mounting
LED indication power supply, processor OK, serial TX and RX,
digital I/O
Approvals Class 1 Div 2 hazardous areas C US
Ordering Data
Type Part No.
WI-I/O-EX-1-S-13 6720005040
185
Transmitter (Single Sensor Units)—Introduction
WI-I/O 9-K Transmitter (Single Sensor Units) • Multi-hop repeater functions - up to 5 intermediate units
can be configured in any input-output link
The Single Sensor Wireless I/O range • External inputs plus internally calculated values - analog
of products is suitable for connecting setpoint status, pulse rate and pulse total, power supply
to a single sensor or group of sensors voltage, power supply alarm
and provides an economical solution • Setpoint status generated by comparing analog input to
for remote monitoring systems. high and low setpoints.
Capable of being powered by battery- • Pulse inputs generate separate pulse count value and a
only supplies, these products are pulse rate value. Pulse rates are treated as internal analog
particularly suitable where power is not registers with a configurable maximum value.
available. • Power supply generates internal I/O values that can be
•F
requency hopping spread transmitted–low normal supply voltage status, low battery
spectrum 902-928 MHz 1W, voltage status and battery voltage (analog)
license-free USA/Canada/Mexico • Can connect to up/down counter transducers such as
•C
onfigurable sub-bands license- shaft-encoders
free South America, Australia/NZ, • Easily configured to repeat the transmission several times
Asia, Europe available on request to ensure that the transmission is received correctly
• Easy-to-use E-Series Windows configuration available
at www.weidmuller.ca or weidmuller.com
Applications
• Wireless connection of flowmeters or energy meters
• Monitoring of storage tanks
• Monitoring cathodic protection on pipelines
• Wireless alarms from power reticulation fault-relays
Direct I/O
Direct I/O
Repeater
Digital Digital
Analog Analog Direct I/O
Pulse Pulse
Direct I/O
PC
Features DCS
SCADA
• Input-only unit - two digital/pulse one analog PLC
• Networks with Multi-I/O and Gateway units
• Analog Loop Supply for field devices Direct I/O
• Sensor signals (inputs) are transmitted to a Multi-I/O
module where the signals are re-created as output
signals, or passed via serial or Ethernet data bus to a host WI-I/O 9-K Transmitter Ordering Information
device such as a PLC or SCADA system. Unit Description
• Extremely low power consumption by reverting to “sleep” WI-I/O-9-K Wireless Transmitter (900 MHz)
mode
• Multiple power supply options including battery-only
supply
• Weatherproof IP66 / NEMA 4 enclosures
• Class 1 Div 2 hazardous areas approval
C US
• Any input on any unit can be wirelessly linked to any

output on any unit. Inputs can be linked to multiple
outputs.
• Peer-to-peer communications. Exception reporting.
Reliable self-checking messages. Highly secure data
encryption.
186
Transmitter (Single Sensor Units) — 900 MHz
Dimensions Digital Inputs
• Two inputs, suitable for voltage-free contacts / NPN, or

voltage input 0-1 VDC on / >3 VDC off
• Status transmission on change of input signal and on time
elapsed since last transmission - update time period 10
sec. - 5 days, a separate update time can be configured
when the discrete input is “on”
5.1" 6.7"
(150 mm) (170 mm) Pulse Inputs
• Pulse input max. rate 100 Hz, 3 msec on time (1000Hz
available using a 1/10 divider). Pulse counted as 16-
bit register with a 16-bit overflow register (total count
32-bit). Transmissions occur when count change
exceeds configured increase or on time elapsed since
last transmission. Update time 10 sec. - 5 days. Change-
of-state transmissions may be suspended if increase
exceeds a configured value to reduce radio traffic.
1.4"
(36 mm) • Up/Down Pulse Count: the two pulse inputs may be
configured to a single count to suit quadrature or
incremental shaft encoder transducers.
• Pulse Rate: calculated from rate of pulse input and treated
2.5" as an internal analog input. Configurable scaling. Trans
(64 mm)
mitted as per analog input.
Analog Inputs
• Frequency: frequency hopping spread spectrum
902-928MHz, sub-bands available • 0-25 mA (4-20mA, 0-10mA) available all models, 0-10V
• Power: 1W also available “floating” differential input, resolution
• Max. Range (line-of-sight): 20 miles (4 ERP), 12-bit, accuracy < 0.1 % measurement continuous
15km (1 ERP); 3000 ft / 1000 m in obstructed or sampled, sample time configurable 0 -9.1 hours,
industrial environments transducer warm-up time configurable 0.5-127 sec.
• Antenna Connector: SMA connector • Analog value transmitted on change of input signal or
• Temperature: -40 to 60°C / -40 to 140° F time elapsed since last transmission, change sensitivity
• Humidity: 0-99% RH configurable from 0.7-75%, update time configurable
• Regulatory Approvals: approved to FCC Part15.247, from 0.1 min. - 5 days
RS210; EMC compliant 89/336 EEC, EN 300 683,
AS3548, FCC Part 15 Power Supply
• Housing: weatherproof (IP66) painted aluminum
• Battery Supply: WI-BP-I/O-9-K Battery pack,
enclosure 170 x 64 x 36mm/ 6.7 x 2.5 x 1.4 inches;
6 x AA batteries, 9 VDC
weatherproof connector for external connections
• Normal Supply: 6-30 VDC, power consumption @12VDC -
• Each transmission may be configured to be sent 1 to 5
quiescent (sleep mode) 120μA, operating mode 10mA +
times
analog loop during radio transmission (50 - 100 msec.)
• LED indicators - radio TX, operation OK
• 300mA @ 1W
• High and low set-points generate internal digital status.
• Analog loop supply internally generated (24VDC)
Set-point status sets (on) when analog value <low set-
• Internal monitoring of supply low voltage status maybe
point and resets (off) when analog value > highset-point
transmitted to remote modules as an “input”
status transmitted as per digital input.
• Power consumption increases for pulse inputs > 10Hz
Input Type Source Function
Digital external status Set-point Status
Pulse Total external count
Pulse Rate internal analog
• High and low set-points generate internal digital status.
Analog external analog Set-point status sets (on) when analog value <low
Set-point internal status set-point and resets (off) when analog value > high
Supply Voltage internal analog
Supply Low Voltage internal status set-point. Status transmitted as per digital input.
Serial Port
• RS232 DB9 female DCE used for configuration
and diagnostics
187
Transmitter (Single Sensor Units) — Battery Pack
Battery Pack Specifications
The WI-BP-I/O-9-K is a battery pack WI-BP-I/O-9-K • Class I, Division 2

for the WI-I/O-9-K wireless device. The •E xpected Life:1 month to 1 year, depending on usage
battery pack is used in applications and power settings (WI-BP-I/O-9-K will indicate low
where power lines are either not battery status)
installed or not allowed.
WI-BP-I/O 9-K Battery Pack Ordering Information
Applications Unit Description
• Used to power WI-I/O-9-K units atop WI-BP-I/O-9-K Battery Pack for WI-I/O-9-K
of water tanks for monitoring fluid

level
• Used to power WI-I/O-9-K units to
monitor pipeline cathodes
Features
• 9V, 6 AA alkaline batteries
• Housed in a weatherproof (IP66)
enclosure
Dimensions
5.1" 6.7"
(150 mm) (170 mm)
1.4"
(36 mm)
2.5"
(64 mm)
188
Transmitter (Single Sensor Units)
WI-I/O-9-K
C1D2
C US
Technical Data
Inputs: two digital/pulse inputs, suitable for voltage free contacts / NPN, or voltage input 0-1 VDC on / >3 VDC off
Digital: status transmission on change of input signal and on time elapsed since last transmission - update time period 10 sec - 5days, a separate update
time can be configured when the discrete input is “on”
Pulse: Pulse rate up to 1000 Hz, 3 msec on time. Pulse counted as 16 bit register with a 16 bit overflow register (total count 32 bit). Transmissions occur
when count change exceeds configured increase, or on time elapsed since last transmission; update time 10 sec - 5 days ; change transmissions
may be suspended if increase exceeds a configured value to reduce radio traffic.
Up/Down Pulse Count the two pulse inputs may be configured to a single count, to suit quadrature or incremental shaft encoder transducers.
Pulse Rate calculated from rate of pulse input and treated as an internal analog input. Configurable scaling. Transmitted as per analog input.
Analog: one analog input 0-25 mA (4-20mA, 0-10mA)
resolution 0-10V also available “floating” differential input
accuracy 12 bit
sample time configurable < 0.1 % measurement continuous or sampled
transducer warm-up time configurable 1 min - 5 days
analog value transmitted on change of input signal or time elapsed 0.5-127 sec
since last transmission,
change sensitivity configurable 0.7-75%
update time configurable 0.1min - 5 days
Setpoint Status high and low setpoints generate internal digital status
setpoint status sets (on) when analog value < low setpoint and resets (off) when analog value > high setpoint
status transmitted as per digital input
Power Supply 6 - 30VDC
Power consumption @12VDC quiescent (sleep mode) 120µA, operating mode 10mA + analog loop
Power consumption during radio transmission 300mA @ 1W, 220µA @ 500mW
(50 - 100 msec) 100mA @ 100mW, 50mA @ 10mW
Analog loop supply internally generated Yes
Internal monitoring of supply low voltage status may be transmitted to remote modules as an “input”
General Data
Humidity 0 - 99% RH
EMC Standards compliant 89/336 EEC, EN 300 683, AS3548, FCC Part 15
Mounting
LED indication Radio TX, Operation OK
Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum 902-928MHz, sub-bands available
Transmit power 1W
Maximum line of sight range 20miles (4W ERP), 15 km (1W ERP)
Receiver data sensitivity -108 dBm
Data rate 19.2 Kbs with forward error correction
Antenna connector SMA female coaxial
Approvals Housing - IP66 NEMA4; FCC Part 15.247, RS210, Class 1, Div. 2 C US
Ordering Data
Type Part No.
WI-I/O-9-K 6720005004
Battery Pack (optional) WI-BP-I/O-9-K 6720005112
Plug and Lead-1 meter (included w/ radio) WI-PLI-9-K 6720005113
189
Wireless Gateways — Introduction
Wireless Gateways WI-GTWY-9 Main benefits:
Wireless gateways interface between • Wireless extension of factory automation, providing a

other Weidmuller wireless devices and high security firewall. The wireless gateway connects
control systems (such as PLC’s, DCS, to a databus and transfers I/O values to another
and SCADA). In addition to channeling wireless gateway unit via WIB-net communications.
the wireless network data into one The other gateway interfaces to its own databus.
central control system, they can also act Multiple gateway units can communicate in a WIB
as an eight input/output transceiver. peer-to-peer network.
•T here is an efficient wireless protocol conversion in
Applications the modules enabling an efficient transfer of data to
Modbus, Profibus, Ethernet and DeviceNet.
• Wirelessly connect PLCs on a new machine to an
• Interface between PLCs, DCS, HMI, or SCADA and
existing factory automation system
Weidmuller wireless units. The wireless gateway
• Interface different automation systems in different
keeps an “image” of the remote wireless network in its
sections of a plant
memory and interfaces this image to the databus.
• Connect protocol devices into a common
•N etwork wireless units and gateways to connect sensor
wireless network
signals and control systems
• Weidmuller wireless units are used to wirelessly
transmit signals for PLCs or DCS
Features
•C onnects to data bus at full bus speed (e.g. 12Mb/s for
Wireless gateways connect to popular process control and
Profibus, 100Mb/s for Ethernet)
automation databuses, and convert signal information to the
•P rovides Protocol Conversion (Profibus, Modbus,
proven WIB-net wireless protocol.
Ethernet, DeviceNet)
•C an interconnect master-slave, slave-slave
Direct I/O
and master-master
• Interconnects different data buses - wireless
protocol conversion
• Provides a peer-to-peer wireless network using WIB-net
• High security data encryption
• Automatic acknowledgment and error-correction
• Multiple path routing
•E ight on-board discrete I/O, individually configurable
as input or output
•N etwork configuration is performed with easy-to-use
free software
•W ide range power supply with integral back-up
battery-charging feature
• Frequency hopping spread spectrum
• 902-928 MHz 1W license-free USA/Canada/Mexico
•C onfigurable sub-bands license-free South America,
Australia/NZ, Asia, Europe available on request
Interconnection Flexibility
Profibus Ethernet
Modbus DF1
190
Wireless Gateways — Introduction
Dimensions • LED indication for processor OK, radio TX and RX, serial
TX and RX, active status
• Modbus RTU (binary), master / slave configurable;
RS232 or RS485, 300 - 19200 bits/sec.
Inputs and Outputs

• Eight discrete I/O, individually configurable as input or
output. Inputs suitable for voltage-free contacts. Outputs
6.57"
(167 mm) 7.2" are FET, 30VDC 500mA.
(183 mm)
Power Supply
• Battery Supply: battery charging circuit included for
12V back-up battery, max. charge current regulated
to 0.7A (>12V supply)
2.16"
• Normal Supply: 9 - 30VDC / 12 - 24VAC
(55 mm) • Normal current drain: 12V 150mA; 24V 90mA add 5mA
2.4"
(60 mm)
per active I/O, current drain during radio transmission,
add to above: 12V 350mA; 24V 200mA
Set-point Status
5.1"
(130 mm) • Modbus 4300 I/O points (analog plus discrete)
Serial Port
• RS232 9 pin DB9 female connector
• Frequency: frequency hopping spread spectrum 902- • RS485 terminal connections
928 MHz, sub-bands configurable
• Power: transmit power 1W, approved to FCC Part
Configuration and Diagnostics
15.247, RSS210
• Sensitivity: receiver data sensitivity – 108 dBm • Diagnostics include online read/write of I/O registers,
• Max. Range (line-of-sight): USA/Canada, 4W ERP 20+ radio signal strength values from remote units, and off-line
miles; other countries, 1W ERP, 15+ km depending on testing of databus protocol.
local conditions
• Data Rate:19.2 Kb/s with forward-error correction
• Antenna Connector: SMA female coaxial
• Humidity: 0 - 99% RH
• Regulatory Approvals: EMC Compliant EN 301 489,
FCC Part 15
• Certifications: Class I, Division 2 (USA, Canada)
• Housing: extruded aluminum case 130 x 183 x 60 mm,
5.1 x 7.2 x 2.4 inches, DIN-rail mounting, removable
terminal blocks for ease of module replacement, terminals
suitable for 12 gauge
(2.5 mm2) wire
• Radio communications can be configured for
combination of event-reporting (change-of-state),
update time, read/write blocks, and poll response.
Radio message includes system addressing, unit
addressing, error-checking, and configurable security
encryption. Communication control includes message
acknowledgments and up to four re-transmissions.
• Peer-to-peer addressing. Messages may be routed
through five intermediate repeater addresses.
• Fail-to-transmit and fail-to-receive alarms
are configurable
191
Wireless Gateways — 900 MHz
WI-GTWY-9-MD1 WI-GTWY-9-PR1
Modbus (Master & Slave), DF1 Profibus DP Slave
C1D2
C US
Radio communications can be configured for

combination of event reporting (change-of-value),
update time, read/write blocks and poll response.
addressing, error checking and configurable security
Peer to peer addressing. Messages may be routed
through four intermediate repeater addresses. Fail-to-
transmit and fail-to-receive alarms configurable
Technical Data
Power Supply 9 - 30VDC / 12 - 24VAC 9 - 30VDC / 12 - 24VAC

Battery charging circuit included for 12V back-up battery, max charge Battery charging circuit included for 12V back-up battery, max charge
current regulated to 0.7A current regulated to 0.7A (>12V supply)
(>12V supply) Normal current drain
Normal current drain MD1 version 12V 150mA; 24V 90mA
MD1 version 12V 150mA; 24V 90mA Other version 12V 270mA; 24V 170mA
Other version 12V 270mA; 24V 170mA Add 5mA per active I/O
Add 5mA per active I/O
Current drain during radio transmission Add 12V 350mA; 24V 200mA to above Add 12V 350mA; 24V 200mA to above
I/O Capacity 4300 I/O points (analog plus discrete) 416 I/O bytes up to 1952 DI/1952 DO, or up to
122 AI/122 AO
Register Size 16 bit 16 bit
Number of remote WI-GTWY-9 addresses 500 500
General Data
Operating Temperature -40 to 60°C (-40 to 140°F) 0 to 60°C (30 to 140°F)
Humidity 0 - 99 %RH 0 - 95 %RH
EMC Standards EN 301 489, FCC Part 15, Approved to FCC Part 15.247, RS210 EN 301 489, FCC Part 15, Approved to FCC Part 15.247, RS210
Mounting DIN rail mounting, DIN rail mounting,
LED indication for processor OK, radio TX and RX, serial TX and RX, active status for processor OK, radio TX and RX, serial TX and RX, active status
Wireless Communications Modbus RTU (binary), master / slave configurable. RS232 or RS485, Profibus-DP functionality according to EN 50170.
300 - 19200 bits/sec. Modbus RTU
Allen-Bradley DF1 full-duplex. RS232 only, 300 - 19200 bits/sec. RS-485 optically isolated with on-board DC/DC converter, automatic
baudrate detection (9600 bit/s - 12 Mbit/s)
On-board I/O Eight discrete I/O, individually configurable as input or output. Inputs Eight discrete I/O, individually configurable as input or output. Inputs
suitable for voltage free contacts. suitable for voltage free contacts.
Outputs are FET, 30VDC 500mA. Outputs are FET, 30VDC 500mA.
Configuration via free Windows software via free Windows software
Diagnostics on-line read/write of I/O registers, radio signal strength values from on-line read/write of I/O registers, radio signal strength values from
remote units, and off-line testing of data bus protocol. remote units, and off-line testing of data bus protocol.
Radio Transceiver
Frequency hopping spread spectrum 902-908 MHz, sub-bands configurable 902-908 MHz, sub-bands configurable
Receiver data sensitivity -108dBm -108dBm
Maximum line-of-sight range USA/Canada, 4W ERP, 20+ miles USA/Canada, 4W ERP, 20+ miles
Data rate 19.2 Kb/s with forward-error correction 19.2 Kb/s with forward-error correction
Class 1 Div 2 C US
Ordering Data
WI-GTWY-9-MD1 6720005020 WI-GTWY-9-PR1 6720005021
192
WI-GTWY-9-ET1
WI-GTWY-9-PR2 Ethernet IP, Modbus TCP,
Profibus DP Master TCP/IP functions
C1D2
C US

encryption. Communication control includes
message acknowledgments and up to four re-
transmissions. Peer to peer addressing. Messages
may be routed through four intermediate repeater
addresses. Fail-to-transmit and fail-to-receive alarms
configurable
Technical Data

current regulated to 0.7A (>12V supply) current regulated to 0.7A (>12V supply)
Normal current drain Normal current drain
MD1 version 12V 150mA; 24V 90mA MD1 version 12V 150mA; 24V 90mA
Other version 12V 270mA; 24V 170mA Other version 12V 270mA; 24V 170mA
Add 5mA per active I/O Add 5mA per active I/O
I/O Capacity 2048 bytes input and 2048 bytes output up to 4300 discrete I/O 2048 bytes input and 2048 bytes output up to 4300 discrete I/O
points, or up to 1024 analog in / 1024 analog out points, or up to 1024 analog in / 1024 analog out
General Data
Operating Temperature 0 to 60°C (30 to 140°F) 0 to 60°C (30 to 140°F)
LED indication for processor OK, radio TX and RX, serial TX and RX, for processor OK, radio TX and RX, serial TX and RX,
active status active status
Wireless Communications Profibus-DP functionality according to EN 50170. 10/100 Mbit/s, RJ45 connector, Transformer isolated interface
RS-485 optically isolated with on-board DC/DC converter, automatic Modbus/TCP class 0, class 1 and partially class 2 slave
baudrate detection EtherNet/IP level 2 I/O Server
(9600 bit/s - 12 Mbit/s) Embedded Web system (Dynamic HTTP), on-board file system (1.4MB
flash disc), user downloadable web pages through FTP server, Email
functionality (SMTP)
Radio Transceiver
Class 1 Div 2 C US
Ordering Data
WI-GTWY-9-PR2 6720005022 WI-GTWY-9-ET1 6720005023
193
WI-GTWY-9-DE1 WI-GTWY-9-M+1
DeviceNet Slave Modbus Plus Slave
C1D2
C US

Peer to peer addressing. Messages may be routed
through four intermediate repeater addresses. Fail-to-
transmit and fail-to-receive alarms configurable
Technical Data

current regulated to 0.7A current regulated to 0.7A
(>12V supply) (>12V supply)
Normal current drain Normal current drain
MD1 version 12V 150mA; 24V 90mA MD1 version 12V 150mA; 24V 90mA
Other version 12V 270mA; 24V 170mA Other version 12V 270mA; 24V 170mA
Add 5mA per active I/O Add 5mA per active I/O
I/O Capacity 512 bytes input and 512 bytes output up to 2048 bytes input and 2048 bytes output up to
4300 discrete I/O points, or up to 256 analog in / 256 analog out 4300 discrete I/O points, or up to 1024 analog in / 1024 analog out
General Data
Operating Temperature 0 to 60°C (30 to 140°F) 0 to 60°C (30 to 140°F)
Storage Temperature
LED indication for processor OK, radio TX and RX, serial TX and RX, for processor OK, radio TX and RX, serial TX and RX,
active status active status
Wireless Communications DeviceNet 2.0 Slave, optically isolated RS422 with selectable baudrate Modbus RTU (binary), master / slave configurable. RS232 or RS485,
between 125, 250 and 500 Kbit/sec. 300 - 19200 bits/sec.
Modbus Plus Slave, optically isolated RS485 with standard baudrate
of 1 Mbit/sec, global data base transactions with routing for up to six
networks.
Radio Transceiver
Class 1 Div 2 C US
Ordering Data
WI-GTWY-9-DE1 6720005024 WI-GTWY-9-M+1 6720005025
194
Wireless Data Modems—Introduction
Wireless Data Modems • Message filtering at MAC address level

• Two serial interfaces, RS232 and RS485
Wireless data modems connect to serial or Ethernet links • Serial connectivity + Ethernet connectivity at the
and transmit the data wirelessly. The modem controls the same time
wireless messages and data ports to provide a “transparent” • PPP and serial server functionality
data transfer. • Serial Modbus to Modbus TCP conversion
• Discrete channel for status I/O, for failure status or
Wireless Serial Data (Radio Modems) external status transfer.
• RS232 and RS485 connections • Easy to use configuration and Powerful diagnostics
• Industrial power supplies, industrial temperature rating • Configuration and diagnostics via web-browser
• Remote configuration and diagnostics via the wireless link
900 MHz RADIO MODEM (SERIAL DATA)
2.4GHz and 5.8GHz WIRELESS
Features
ETHERNET MODEM
• License-free operation in North
and South America Features
• Wireless data up to 115.2 Kb/s • Uses Global 2.4GHz/5.8GHz
• 902-928 MHz, 1W, frequency ISM band
hopping spread spectrum • Data rates up to 108 Mbps
• Typical line-of-sight distance 20 • 10/100 BaseT Ethernet,
miles North America wireless data up to
(4W ERP) 11 Mbits/sec.
• One serial data port—RS232 and • 802.11a/b/g compliant
RS485 connections provided 2.4GHz/ 5.8GHz DSSS, up to
• Serial data up to 115.2Kb/s 400mW
• Configuration by Hayes AT commands or Windows • Typical line-of-sight distance 5
Configuration software miles North America
(4W ERP)
Modes of Operation • Configurable as Access Point / Client; Bridge / Router
• Security, reliability, redundancy …
Transparent mode broadcast, “multi-drop” operation
• High RF output and superior receiver sensitivity gives
configurable error-checking, unlimited repeaters
excellent penetration in congested industrial environments
(store & forward).
• Multiple layers of error-detection and correction
Controlled mode addressable point-to-point operation, • Automatic changeover to another Access Point if the
authentication and automatic re-tries, addressed wireless link fails
repeater routing. • Military-grade AES security encryption of wireless data
• Industrial ratings down to –35°C
900 MHz WIRELESS ETHERNET MODEM • Firewall protection and efficient wireless management …
• Message filtering at MAC address level
Features
• Two serial interfaces, RS232 and RS485
The 900 MHz modem is an ideal • Serial connectivity + Ethernet connectivity at the
solution for Ethernet connections same time
in process control and automation • PPP and serial server functionality
applications - PLCs, DCS, • Serial Modbus to Modbus TCP conversion
SCADA, data acquisition … it • Discrete channel for status I/O, for failure status or
can handle multiple applications external status transfer.
simultaneously. • Easy to use configuration and Powerful diagnostics …
• 10/100 BaseT Ethernet, • Configuration and diagnostics via web-browser
wireless data up to • Remote configuration and diagnostics via the
200 Kbits/sec. wireless link
• 902-928 MHz, 0.1 - 1W
• Data rates up to 54 Mbps
• Typical line-of-sight distance 20 miles (4W ERP), up to 60
miles using high gain antennas (4W ERP)
• Configurable as Access Point / Client; Bridge / Router
• Multiple layers of error-detection and correction
• Military-grade AES security encryption of wireless data
• Firewall protection and efficient wireless management
195
Wireless Data Modems—Introduction
6720005054 6720005057 6720005015 1242110000 6720005051

WI-MOD-E-G WI-MOD-E-A WI-MOD-945-E IE-WL-AP-BR-CL-ABG-US WI-MOD-9-E
Frequency 2.412 - 2.472GHz 5.18 - 5.825GHz1 902-928MHz1 2.4Ghz / 5.8Ghz 902 - 928MHz1
Modulation 802.11b/g + OFDM 802.11a + OFDM 802.11 g + OFDM 802.11 a/b/g 802.11-FHSS
TX Power 15 - 400mW 2
15 - 400mW 2
15 - 630mW 15-100mW 100mW - 1W2
Data Rate 108Mbps 108Mbps 54Mbps 54Mbps 200Kbps
WDS (AP-AP) Yes Yes Yes Yes No
Self Heal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
(Spanning Tree)
Serial Client/ Server/Multicast Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Encryption Security Level WPA2 /802.11i WPA2 /802.11i WPA2/802.11i WPA / WPA2/802.1X 128 bit AES
(Maximum level highlighted) Encryption
MAC / IP Filtering Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Network Function AP /Client AP /Client AP /Client AP/Client/Bridge AP /Client
Bridge /Router Bridge /Router Bridge /Router Bridge /Router
Online Diagnostics Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Online Configuration Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Frequency availability - country regulatory dependant.
1
Configurable TX Power option available - country regulations apply.

2
196
Wireless Data Modems — 900 MHz
WI-MOD-9-D
Radio 900MHz
C1D2
C US
Technical Data
Power Supply 10 - 30 VDC or 10 - 24 VAC

Normal current drain 70mA/12VDC or 50mA/24VDC
Current when transmitting 350mA/12V or 250mA/ 24V
Low power mode current drain 20mA/12VDC or 15mA/24VDC
Serial Port
Standard data rates 1200 to 115200 baud.
RS232 and RS485 standard interface connections provided,
each connected to the same serial port.
Serial interfaces are asynchronous
non-return-zero (NRZ) format
Characters supported 7 or 8 data bits, even/odd/no parity, 1 or 2 stop bits
RS232 Connection provides full duplex operation as a DCE device with RTS/CTS hardware
handshaking- standard D9 connector
RS485 connection provides half duplex operation for twisted pair
multi-drop networks
Input and output buffers 2Kbytes
General Data
Operating Temperature 40 to 70°C (-40 to +158°F)
Humidity 0-99% non-condensing
EMC Standards FCC Part 15 Class A and FCC Part 15.247
Mounting DIN rail mounting
LED indication for unit OK, radio TX and RX, serial TX and RX, DCD (comms OK)
Radio Transceiver Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum Transceiver

Frequency - USA/Canada 902 - 928 MHz
Hop Sequence 16 x 50
Transmit Power 1W
Expected line-of-sight range, depending on local conditions USA/Canada 20+ miles
RF Data Transmission Rate
Range may be extended by: 19200 baud, 57600 baud, 115200 baud (selectable)
up to five intermediate repeaters in controlled mode
Antenna connection unlimited repeaters in transparent mode
Data Transmission SMA female coaxial
Transparent mode: Data is transmitted with a system and group address.
Data transmission begins as serial data is received—maximum packet
size is 530 bytes. All modules with the correct system address, which
receive the data packets, outputs the data—error checking is optional.
Controlled mode: Data is transmitted in packets with a system address, source address,
destination address, up to five intermediate repeater addresses, and
a 16 bit CRC error-check. If the packet is received with a correct error
check, only the destination module will output the data and will also
return an ACK transmission.
If the source module does not receive the ACK, it will retry a further
four times. DCD provides communications status. Auto-connect and
dial-up-control modes are available. CTS/RTS flow control provided
based on input buffer availability.
Configuration freeware software package or by Hayes AT commands
Diagnostics Radio noise, signal strength and bit error rate (BER) diagnostics
included. Radio signal strength value available on-line to host device.
Approvals Class 1, Div 2
C US
Ordering Data
Type Part No.
WI-MOD-9-D 6720005050
197
Wireless Data Modems — 900 MHz
WI-MOD-9-E WI-MOD-945-E
Ethernet 900MHz Ethernet 900MHz
C1D2
C US
Technical Data
Description: Ethernet 10/100 BaseT RJ45, IEEE 802.3 compliant.Bridge/router functions 10/100 BaseT RJ45, IEEE 802.3 compliant.Bridge/router functions
work with all Ethernet protocols work with all Ethernet protocols
Embedded Protocols: TCP/IP, UDP ARP, PPP, ICMP, HTTP, FTP, TFTP, TELNET TCP/IP, UDP ARP, PPP, ICMP, HTTP, FTP, TFTP, TELNET, SNMP,
RADIUS/802.1X, DHCP, OFDM
Serial 1.2 to 230.4 Kb/s
RS232 V.24 DCE 1.2 to 115.2 Kb/s 1.2 to 230.4 Kb/s
RS485 1.2 to 115.2 Kb/s Serial server, PPP, Modbus to Modbus TCP conversion
Serial server, PPP, Modbus to Modbus TCP conversion One I/O channel
Discrete I/O One I/O channel Voltage-free contact
Input Voltage-free contact FET 30VDC 500mA
Output FET 30VDC 500mA Configurable as Access Point or Client, Bridge or Router
Networking Configurable as Access Point or Client, Bridge or Router Point-to-point, Point-to-multipoint,
Point-to-point, Point-to-multipoint, user configurable addressing
user configurable addressing Repeater functionality
Repeater functionality MAC Filtering - whitelist or blacklist
MAC Filtering - whitelist or blacklist IP Filtering - whitelist or blacklist
ARP Filtering - whitelist or blacklist
General Data
Humidity 99% non-condensing 99% non-condensing
Power Supply 10 – 30VDC 10 – 30VDC
Current consumption 280mA (12V), 150mA (24V) Idle: 12V - 270mA; 24V - 140mA
Transmit (1W) 500mA (12V), 300mA (24V) (630mW) 12V - 470mA, (630mW) 24V - 250mA
LED indication Power/OK, Radio Rx and Tx, Radio Link, Power/OK, Radio Rx and Tx, Radio Link,
LAN Link/Activity,Serial Activity, Digital I/O, LAN Link/Activity, Serial Activity, Digital I/O,
LAN 10/100Mbit Link LAN 10/100Mbit Link
Weight < 0.4 kg / 0.8 lb < 0.4 kg / 0.8 lb
Radio Transceiver Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum Based on 802.11g DSSS; OFDM compliant
Frequency - USA/Canada 902 - 928 MHz 902 - 928 MHz
Hop Channel Spacing 16 x 50 N/A
Transmit Power 0.1 – 1W (20 – 30 dBm) configurable 1 - 24Mbps @ 630mW (28dBm)
54Mbps @ 250mW (24dBm) configurable
Receiver sensitivity -108 dBm @ 10-6 BER -95dBm @ 1MBps; -72dBm @ 54Mbps
Data rates 19.2, 57.6, 115.2, 230 Kb/s or auto rate selection 19.2, 57.6, 115.2, 230 Kb/s or auto rate selection
Protocol CSMA/CA with 32 bit CRC and auto-correction CSMA/CA with 32 bit CRC and auto-correction
Radio range up to 60 miles / 100 km line-of-sight using high gain antennas(*up to LOS (Line of Sight) 6+ miles/10km @ 630mW
4W ERP permitted in USA/Canada) (*up to 4W ERP permitted in USA/Canada)
Range may be extended using repeater features Range may be extended using repeater features
Antenna connection SMA female coaxial 2x Female SMA
Security 128 bit AES encryption or WPA PSK - 80211i - 802.1x
64 bit proprietary encryption (configurable) MAC Filtering; IP Filtering; ARP Filtering
MAC filtering Password protected configuration
Password protected configuration
Configuration HTTP with remote configuration via wireless link HTTP with remote configuration via wireless link
Diagnostics RSSI, channel noise, BER, connection monitoring and statistics RSSI, channel noise, BER, connection monitoring and statistics
Approvals FCC 15.247, RS210, FCC 15.247, RS210,
Hazardous area Class 1 Div 2 C US Hazardous area Class 1 Div 2, IEC 60950
Ordering Data
WI-MOD-9-E 6720005051 WI-MOD-945-E 6720005015
198
Wireless Data Modems — 2.4GHz/5.8GHz
WI-MOD-E-G WI-MOD-E-A
Ethernet 2.4GHz Ethernet 5.8GHz
Technical Data
Description: Ethernet 10/100 BaseT RJ45, IEEE 802.3 10/100 BaseT RJ45, IEEE 802.3
Bridge/router functions work with all Ethernet protocols Bridge/router functions work with all Ethernet protocols
Embedded Protocols: TCP/IP, UDP ARP, SNMP, RADIUS/802.1X, DHCP, DNS, PPP, ICMP, TCP/IP, UDP ARP, SNMP, RADIUS/802.1X, DHCP, DNS, PPP, ICMP,
HTTP, FTP, TFTP, TELNET HTTP, FTP, TFTP, TELNET
Serial
RS232 V.24 DCE 1.2 to 230.4 Kb/s 1.2 to 230.4 Kb/s
RS485 1.2 to 230.4 Kb/s 1.2 to 230.4 Kb/s
Serial server, PPP, Modbus to Modbus TCP conversion Serial server, PPP, Modbus to Modbus TCP conversion
Discrete I/O One I/O channel (expandable with WI-I/O-EX-1-S-XX units) One I/O channel (expandable with WI-I/O-EX-1-S-XX units)
Input voltage-free contact voltage-free contact
Output FET 30VDC 500mA FET 30VDC 500mA
Networking Configurable as Access Point or Client, Bridge or Router Configurable as Access Point or Client, Bridge or Router
Point-to-Point, Point-to-Multipoint, Point-to-Point, Point-to-Multipoint,
user configurable addressing user configurable addressing
WDS Mesh repeater functionality WDS Mesh repeater functionality
MAC Filtering – whitelist or blacklist. MAC Filtering – whitelist or blacklist.
Serial gateway TELNET Serial gateway TELNET
Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway
General Data
Operating Temperature -40 to +60°C (-40 to +140°F) -40 to +60°C (-40 to +140°F)
Humidity 99% non-condensing 99% non-condensing
Power Supply 9 – 30VDC 9 – 30VDC
Current consumption Idle: 12V-270mA; 24V - 140mA Idle: 12V-270mA; 24V - 140mA
Transmit: 12V - 470mA; 24V - 250mA Transmit: 12V - 470mA; 24V - 250mA
LED indication Power / OK, Radio Rx and Tx, Radio Link, LAN link / Activity , Serial Power / OK, Radio Rx and Tx, Radio Link, LAN link / Activity , Serial
Activity, Digital I/O Activity, Digital I/O
Weight < 1 lb / 0.5 kg < 1 lb / 0.5 kg
Wireless 2.414 – 2.462GHz Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS), 11 x 5.20 - 5.825GHz Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS), 11 x
5MHz Channel Spacing 5MHz Channel Spacing
802.11b/g compliant, auto rate selection 1 - 108 Mb/s, 802.11b/g compliant, auto rate selection 1 - 108 Mb/s,
OFDM compliant OFDM compliant
Radio Transceiver
Transmit Power 1 - 24Mb/s @ 400mW (+26dBm); -54Mb/s @ 125mW 6-24 Mb/s:400mW (+26 dBm) - 54 Mb/s:125mW (+21 dBm),
(+21dBm), dependent on local regulations dependent on local regulations
Receiver sensitivity 97dBm @ 1Mb/s, -74dBm @ 54Mb/s < 8% FER 94dBm @ 6Mb/s - 74dBm @ 54Mb/s
Radio range 1km @ 100mW; 3 miles / 5km @ 400 mW 1.8m/3km @ 500mW (Europe); 3 miles / 5km @ 400 mW
Range may be extended using repeater features Range may be extended using repeater features
Antenna connection Dual SMA female coaxial Dual SMA female coaxial
Security Data Encryption 64 / 128 bit WEP - WPA2 PSK - 802.11i - 802.1x Data Encryption 64 / 128 bit WEP - WPA2 PSK - 802.11i - 802.1x
MAC Address filtering; IP filtering; ARP filtering MAC Address filtering; IP filtering; ARP filtering
Password protected configuration Password protected configuration
Configuration HTTP with remote configuration via wireless link HTTP with remote configuration via wireless link
Web based system management - RF signal strength, Bit Error Rate, Web based system management - RF signal strength, Bit Error Rate,
connection monitoring and statistics connection monitoring and statistics
Diagnostics PPP Protocol Access to diagnostics PPP Protocol Access to diagnostics
Firmware upgradeable via serial port Firmware upgradeable via serial port
Approvals FCC Part 15.247, CE ETS 300 328, RSS 210, Hazardous area Class 1 FCC Part 15.247, CE ETS 300 328, RSS 210, Hazardous area Class 1
Div 2, IEC 60950 Div 2, IEC 60950
Ordering Data
WI-MOD-E-G 6720005054 WI-MOD-E-A 6720005057
199
Wireless Data Modems — WLAN
Industrial Wireless - Access point/bridge/client

• IEEE 802.11a/b/g compatible single radio module Wireless Data Modems—WLAN
(2.4 GHz or 5 GHz band)
• Power input by redundant 24 V DC power inputs or Power-over-Ethernet
• Multi-SSID and VLAN support
• Turbo Roaming for seamless wireless connections
• Integrated DI/DO for on-site monitoring and warning
• QoS (WMM) support 151,85 mm [5.98 in]
97 mm [3.82 in]
135 mm [5.31 in]
% \T
52.85 mm [2.08 in] 105 mm [4.13 in]
Technical Data
WLAN Interface Interface
Standards IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h for Wireless LAN Default Antenna
2 dBi dual-band omni-directional antenna, RP-SMA (male)
IEEE 802.11i for Wireless Security
IEEE 802.3u for 10/100BaseT(X) Connector for External Antennas RP-SMA (female)
IEEE 802.3af for Power-over-Ethernet LAN Port 10/100BaseT(X), auto negotiation speed
IEEE 802.1D for Spanning Tree Protocol (RJ45-type)
IEEE 802.1w for Rapid STP
Console Port RS-232 (RJ45-type)
IEEE 802.1Q VLAN
LED Indicators
Spread Spectrum and Modulation (typical) • DSSS with DBPSK, DQPSK, CCK PWR1, PWR2, PoE, FAULT, STATE, signal strength, CLIENT
• OFDM with BPSK, QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM MODE, BRIDGE MODE, WLAN, 10M, 100M
• 802.11b: CCK @ 11/5.5 Mbps,
Alarm Contact 1 relay output with current carrying capacity
DQPSK @ 2 Mbps,DBPSK @ 11 Mbps
of 1 A @ 24 V DC
• 802.11a/g: 64QAM @ 54/48 Mbps, 16QAM @ 36/24
Mbps, QPSK @ 18/12 Mbps, BPSK @ 9/6 Mbps Digital Inputs 2 electrically isolated inputs
• +13 to +30 V for state “1”
Operating Channels (central frequency) US: 2.412 to 2.462 GHz (11 channels) • +3 to -30 V for state “0”
5.18 to 5.24 GHz (4 channels) • Max. input current: 8 mA
EU: 2.412 to 2.472 GHz (13 channels) Physical Characteristics
5.18 to 5.24 GHz (4 channels) Housing Metal, IP30 protection
Security • SSID broadcast enable/disable Weight 850 g
• Firewall for MAC/IP/Protocol/Port-based filtering Dimensions 53.6 x 135 x 105 mm (2.11 x 5.31 x 4.13 in)
• 64-bit and 128-bit WEP encryption, Installation DIN-Rail mounting
WPA /WPA2-Personal and Enterprise Environmental Limits
(IEEE 802.1X/RADIUS, TKIP and AES)
Operating Temperature 0 to 60° C (32 to 140° F)
Storage Temperature -40 to 85° C (-40 to 185° F)
Transmission Rates 802.11b: 1, 2, 5.5, 11 Mbps Ambient Relative Humidity 5% to 95% (non-condensing)
802.11a/g: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 54 Mbps
Power Requirements
TX Transmit Power 802.11b: Typ. 23±1.5 dBm @ 1 to 11 Mbps
Input Voltage 12 to 48 V DC, redundant dual DC power inputs or 48 V DC
802.11g: Typ. 20±1.5 dBm @ 6 to 24 Mbps,
Power-over-Ethernet
Typ. 19±1.5 dBm @ 36 Mbps,
(IEEE 802.3af compliant)
Typ. 18±1.5 dBm @ 48 Mbps,
Typ. 17±1.5 dBm @ 54 Mbps Connector 10-pin removable terminal block
802.11a: Typ. 18±1.5 dBm @ 6 to 24 Mbps, Power Consumption • 0.121 to 0.494 A @ 12 to 48 V DC
Typ. 16±1.5 dBm @ 36 to 48 Mbps, • 0.3 A @ 24 V DC
Typ. 15±1.5 dBm @ 54 Mbps Reverse Polarity Protection Present
RX Sensitivity 802.11b: -97 dBm @ 1 Mbps, -94 dBm @ 2 Mbps, Regulatory Approvals
-92 dBm @ 5.5 Mbps, -90 dBm @ 11 Mbps Safety EN60950-1, UL60950-1
802.11g: -93 dBm @ 6 Mbps, -91 dBm @ 9 Mbps, Radio EN300 328, EN301 893,
-90 dBm @ 12 Mbps, -88 dBm @ 18 Mbps, EMC EN301 489-1/-17, FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class B,
-84 dBm @ 24 Mbps, -80 dBm @ 36 Mbps, EN55022/55024
-76 dBm @ 48 Mbps, -74 dBm @ 54 Mbps Hazardous Location UL/cUL Class I, Div. 2; ATEX Class I, Zone 2
802.11a: -90 dBm @ 6 Mbps, -89 dBm @ 9 Mbps, MTBF 392.209 hrs
-89 dBm @ 12 Mbps, -85 dBm @ 18 Mbps,
-83 dBm @ 24 Mbps, -79 dBm @ 36 Mbps, -75 dBm @ 48 Warranty
Mbps, -74 dBm @ 54 Mbps Warranty Period 5 years
Protocol Support Ordering Data
General Protocols: Proxy ARP, DNS, HTTP, HTTPS, IP, ICMP, SNTP, TCP, UDP,
Operating
RADIUS, SNMP, PPPoE, DHCP Models Model Type Part No.
Temperature
AP-only Protocols: ARP, BOOTP, DHCP, dynamic VLAN-Tags for IEEE 802.11a/b/g wireless AP/Bridge/ IE-WL-AP-BR-CL-ABG-EU 0 to +60° C 1242100000
802.1X-Clients, STP/RSTP (IEEE 802.1D/w) Client (European version) IE-WLT-AP-BR-CL-ABG-EU -40 to +75° C 1286480000
IEEE 802.11a/b/g wireless AP/Bridge/ IE-WL-AP-BR-CL-ABG-US 0 to +60° C 1242110000
Client for American market IE-WLT-AP-BR-CL-ABG-US -40 to +75° C 1286490000
Accessories Model Type Part No.
External Backup and Restore Module EBR-Module RS232 1241430000
19" Rack Mounting Kit RM-KIT 1241440000
200
201
Specialty Enclosures
Enclosures
Specialty Enclosures
At Weidmuller, we have the resources and capabilities
to design and build both industrial and ATEX certified
enclosures. We handle every aspect of the process:
• Initial design specifications
• Assembly and installation of box elements
• Design and specification of DIN-rail modules
• Terminal wiring
• Specifying, ordering and integrating
third-party products
• Application of special coatings
• Adding elements such as mounting plates
and holes or knockouts for cable glands
• Providing full ATEX certification
and documentation
T
Weidmuller is a Certified ATEX Installation House—ATEX
licensed to design and build ATEX certified enclosures,
providing you with all the required documentation and
certification and reducing your risk in hazardous locations.
Weidmuller is a licensed ATEX manufacturer—our
All this means that you don’t have to spend your time
specifying, ordering and managing inventory for your ATEX certified enclosures meet multiple global
projects. Design-Build-Deliver Services and Solutions standards and regulations and ensure that you have
does all this, and more. certified hazardous location protection.
Upon completion, we’ll ship your industrial or ATEX

certified enclosure to any location you specify–on time
and on budget.
202
Pre-configured Wireless Enclosures
Pre-configured
Wireless Enclosures
Weidmuller is pleased to offer three
pre-configured and assembled Wireless
Enclosure Solutions. These three
wireless enclosures feature plastic or
metal enclosures with either Wireless
Ethernet Modems or Radio Frequency (RF)
Transmitters/Receivers. Just connect power
and your signals and
you are wireless!
The Ethernet solution is available in both Ordering Data

a stainless steel or plastic enclosure, and Part No.
features a Weidmuller wireless Ethernet Wireless Ethernet Enclosure – Stainless Steel Solution 6760004616
(WiFi) 2.4Ghz modem, which can function Dimensions mm/in (h x w x d) 458 x 382 x 205 / 18.03 x 15.04 x 8.07
as an access point, bridge, client or router.
Features:
In addition to the modem technology, • NEMA4X Stainless Steel Enclosure
the enclosure comes complete with the • 2.4GHz (WiFi) Wireless Ethernet modem
following components: power supply, • Operate as a Client/Bridge/Access Point/Router
circuit protection, surge protection, terminal with a 400mW transmit power
blocks, ground blocks, antenna, antenna • Built in Security/Encryption including AES,
connection cables and through panel and WEP with matching antenna and all cabling
cable glands. • Assembled, wired, and tested!
• Surge protection included
This complete, preassembled solution • Transmit range up to 3 miles with appropriate antenna
provides all the necessary elements for a • Data transmission rates up to 54Mbps
remote wireless Ethernet installation.
Ordering Data
Part No.
Wireless Ethernet Enclosure - Plastic Solution 6760004617
Dimensions mm/in (h x w x d) 356 x 305 x 212 / 14.02 x 12.01 x 8.35
Features:
• NEMA 4X Plastic Enclosure
• 2.4GHz (WiFi) Wireless Ethernet modem
• Operate as a Client/Bridge/Access Point/Router
with a 400mW transmit power
• Built in Security/Encryption including AES,
and WEP with matching antenna and all cabling
• Assembled, wired, and tested!
• Transmit range up to 3 miles with appropriate antenna
• Data transmission rates up to 54Mbps
203
Pre-configured Wireless Enclosures
The I/O version is comprised of two pre- Ordering Data

assembled plastic enclosures. Each enclosure Part No.
contains a power supply, circuit protection, Wireless I/O 900MHz - Plastic Solution 6760004618
surge protection, antenna, antenna connection Dimensions mm/in (h x w x d) 307 x 256 x 162 / 12.08 x 10.09 x 6.38
cables and terminal blocks.
Features:
In addition to these components, one enclosure
• Two pre-assembled NEMA4x Plastic Enclosures and
houses a transmitter, and the second enclosure
Full IP67 Ingress protection
houses a receiver. The transmitter and receiver
• 900MHz (Frequency Hopping) Transmitter and
operate on 900Mhz radio bands, and are
Receiver with a 1W transmit power
preconfigured to send and receive multiple
• Preconfigured and mapped I/O
I/O signals. The I/O solution can transmit and
with matching antenna and all cabling
receive two digital signals and one analog
signal over a range of several miles.
• Cable glands included for signal and power access
• Assembled, wired, and tested!
This self-contained solution is designed
• Transmit range up to 20 miles with appropriate antenna
for quick and easy set-up. The pre-installed
• Transmitter accepts up to 1 analog and 2 digital intputs
terminals make I/O and power connections fast
• Receiver accepts up to 1 analog and 2 digital outputs
and easy, for “out of the box” operation.
204
Selection Guide
Wireless Accessories 900 MHz Antennas
Whip and Dipole

Gain Description Type Connector Type Part No.
-2 dBd Direct attach WI-ANT-900MHZ-0DB DUCK SMA M SMA male 6720005232
-2 dBd Mount Bkt & 3ft cable WI-ANT-DPL-DG900-1 SMA male 6720005086
0 dBd Direct attach WI-ANT-DEMO-900 SMA male 6720005089
0 dBd Mount Bkt & 15ft cable WI-ANT-DPL-0-16 SMA male 6720005080
3 dBd Only use with MAG Base 6720005263 WI-ANT-900MHZ-3DB STUB MAG Determined by MAGBASE 6720005230
3 dBd Only use with thru-panel base 6720005277 WI-ANT-0.9/2.4GHZ-3/4DB MOBILE Determined by Base (N Female) 6720005276
Omni
0 dBd Inc. 6720005271 clamp/brkt WI-ANT-900MHZ-0DB OMNI NF N female 6720005233
Directional
3 dBd Inc.6720005266 clamp/brkt WI-ANT-900MHZ-3DB YAGI NF N female 6720005219
6.5 dBd Inc.6720005266 clamp/brkt WI-ANT-900MHZ-6.5DB-2’YAGI NF N female 6720005221
10 dBd Inc.6720005266 clamp/brkt WI-ANT-900MHZ-10DB-2’YAGI NF N female 6720005223
2.4 GHz Antennas
Whip
0 dBi Direct attach WI-ANT-DEMO-2400 SMA male 6720005099
2 dBi Direct attach WI-ANT-24GHZ-2DB DUCK SMA-M SMA male 6720005207
3 dBi Use with MAG base 6720005263 WI-ANT-24GHZ-3DB FOR MAG BASE N female 6720005208
4 dBd Only use with thru-panel base 6720005277 WI-ANT-0.9/2.4GHZ-3/4DB MOBILE Determined by Base (N Female) 6720005276
Omni
4 dBi Inc. 6720005210 clamp/brkt WI-ANT-24GHZ-4DB OMNI NF N female 6720005200
Directional
9 dBi (60°) Inc. attached clamp/brkt WI-ANT-24GHZ-9DB DFP 2’NF N female 6720005212
10 dBi Inc. attached clamp/brkt WI-ANT-24GHZ-10DB YAGI NF N female 6720005205
14 dBi Inc. attached clamp/brkt WI-ANT-24GHZ-14DB YAGI NF N female 6720005206
205
Selection Guide
5.8 GHz Antennas
Whip
4dBi Only use with thru-panel base 6720005277 WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-4DB MOBILE Determined by Base (N Female) 6720005278
Omni
7dBi Inc. attached clamp/brkt WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-7DB OMNI NF N-Type Female connectors 6720005283
10dBi Inc. attached clamp/brkt WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-10DB OMNI NF N-Type Female connectors 6720005284
Directional
8dB / 9dB Inc. attached clamp/brkt WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-9DB DFP 2'NF N-Type Female connectors 6720005280
11dBi Inc. attached clamp/brkt WI-ANT 5.8GHZ 11DB FLAT PATCH N-Type Female connectors 6720005130
13dBi Inc. attached clamp/brkt WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-13DB DFP 2'NF N-Type Female Connectors 6720005281
18dB / 20dB Inc. attached clamp/brkt WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-20DB DFP 2'NF N-Type Female connectors 6720005282
WLAN Accessories
Antennas
5dBi Omni Antenna IE-ANT-O-AH-360-5-NF N - Type Female 1367120000
6dBi Omni Antenna IE-ANT-O-BG-360-6-NF N - Type Female 1367090000
7dBi Omni Antenna IE-ANT-O-ABG-360-7-NF N - Type Female 1367130000
9dBi Parabolic Antenna IE-ANT-P-ABG-75-9-NF N - Type Female 1367140000
Cables
Length Description Type Connector Type Part No.
2M Cable IE-CC-NM-RPSMAM-2M RP-SMA to N male 1367110000
4M Cable IE-CC-NM-RPSMAM-4M RP-SMA to N male 1367100000
206
Selection Guide
Detailed cable specifications on page 220 Cables
Cable Length (ft) Connector Type dB Loss 900Mhz dB Loss 2.4GHz dB Loss 5.8GHz Cable Type Type Part No.
1 SMA male - SMA male 0.1 0.2 0.3 PFP 195 WI-ACC-TYP195-1FT SMA M-SMA M 6720005243
1 SMA male - N male 0.1 0.2 0.3 PFP 195 WI-ACC-TYP195-1FT SMA M-NM 6720005270
1 N male - N male 0.1 0.2 0.2 PFP 400 WI-ACC-TYP195-1FT NM-NM 6720005246
200 N male - N male 5.0 9.6 N/A PFP 600 WI-ACC-TYP600-200FT NM-NM 6720005257
Hardware
Description For use with Type Part No.

DB9 Female RJ45 Serial Configuration Cable WI-I/O 9-L units WI-CSER-RJ45 6720005108
Antenna Mounting Brackets
Angled Bracket for 4, 6, and 10 dBi 2.4 MHz Omnis 2.4 GHz antennas WI-ACC-24GHZ-4610DB-ANG-BRKT 6720005209
Straight Bracket for 4, 6, and 10 dBi 2.4 MHz Omnis 2.4 GHz antennas WI-ACC-24GHZ-4610DB-STR-BRKT 6720005210
Mounting Bracket for part number 6720005203 2.4 GHz antennas WI-ACC-24GHZ-12DB-STR-BRKT 6720005211
Antenna MAG Base with 12’ SMA male cable 2.4 GHz & 900 MHz antennas WI-ACC-MAGBASE 12 RG58 SMA MALE 6720005263
Mounting Bracket for parts 6720005228 and 6720005229 900 MHz antennas WI-ACC-900MHZ-OMNI-STR-BRKT 6720005268
Mounting Bracket for 900MHz 6.5, 10, 12 dBd Yagis 900 MHz antennas WI-ACC-900MHZ-YAGI-STR-BRKT 6720005266
Mounting Bracket for part number 6720005226 900 MHz antennas WI-ACC-900MHZ-14YAGI-STR-BRKT 6720005267
Mounting Bracket for part numbers 6720005233,
6720005234, 6720005235 900 MHz antennas WI-ACC-900MHZ-035OMNI-STR-BRKT 6720005271
Mounting Bracket for part number 6720005236 900 MHz antennas WI-ACC-900MHZ-7OMNI-STR-BRKT 6720005272
Thru-panel mounting base for low profile antennas 6720005276 & 6720005278 WI-ACC-BH-BASE 5/8 HOLE NF 6720005277
Surge Protection & Bulkhead Mounts
125-1000 MHz Surge Polyphaser N female - N female Bulkhead & Surge ≤ 1 GHz WI-ACC-125-1000MHZ SURGE NF-NF 6720005261
2-6 GHz Surge Polyphaser N female - N female Bulkhead & Surge ≥ 2 GHz WI-ACC-2-6GHZ SURGE NF-NF 6720005262
Bulkhead Adapter N female -N female Bulkhead WI-ACC-BULK-ADAPT NF-NF 6720005250
Bulkhead Adapter SMA female - SMA female Bulkhead WI-ACC-BULK SMA F - SMA F 6720005296
Class 1 Division 1 Bulkhead SMA male - SMA female Bulkhead WI-ACC-BULK-C1D1 SMA M - SMA M 6720005298
Class 1 Division 1 Bulkhead SMA male - N male Bulkhead WI-ACC-BULK-C1D1 SMA M - NM 6720005299
SMA male to SMA female <2.5Ghz (direct radio connection) 2.4 GHz & 900 MHz antennas WI-DIV-CCMA 6720005111
Bandpass Filters
Outdoor rated 900Mhz Band Pass Filter 900 MHz antennas WI-ACC 900MHZ BAND PASS FILTER 6720005120
Outdoor rated 2.4Ghz Band Pass Filter 2.4 GHz antennas WI-ACC 2.4GHZ BAND PASS FILTER 6720005121
Outdoor rated 5.8Ghz Band Pass Filter 5.8 GHz antennas WI-ACC 5.8GHZ BAND PASS FILTER 6720005122
Adapters
Description Type Part No.
Reverse-Polarity SMA Male – SMA Female WI-ACC-ADAPT RP-SMA M - SMA F 6720005289
SMA male - SMA male Adapter WI-ACC-ADAPT SMA M - SMA M 6720005290
SMA female - SMA female Adapter WI-ACC-ADAPT SMA F - SMA F 6720005291
N male - N male Adapter WI-ACC-ADAPT NM - NM 6720005292
N female - N female Adapter WI-ACC-ADAPT NF - NF 6720005293
SMA female - N male Adapter WI-ACC-ADAPT SMA F - NM 6720005294
SMA male - N female Adapter WI-ACC-ADAPT SMA M - NF 6720005295
SMA female - SMA male Angled Adapter WI-ACC-ADAPT SMA F - SMA M ANGL 6720005297
207
Antennas — 5.8 GHz Omni Antennas
Antennas WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-7DB WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-10DB

WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-4DB MOBILE OMNI NF OMNI NF
Technical Data
Maximum Power 150 Watts 25 watts 25 watts

Polarization Vertical Vertical Linear Vertical Linear
Nominal Impedance 50 Ohms 50 Ohms 50 Ohms
VSWR across the band < 1.5:1 < 2.0 < 2.0
Radome Material PVC PVC PVC
Termination Determined by thru-panel base N Female N Female
Mounting Base Diameter Compatible with most 1-1/8" - 18 thread 1-5/16" 1-5/16"
mounts, including 3/4" hole mounts
Electrical Specifications
Frequency Range 4.9-5.9 GHz 5.15-5.875 GhHz 5.15-5.875 GhHz
Gain 4dBi 7dBi 10dBi
Half Power
Vertical Beamwidth 15° 10°
Mechanical Specifications
Antenna Type Low Profile Whipless Omni Omni
Connector Type For use with thru-panel base (6720005277) N Female N Female
Antenna Height 1.79" 10.2" 18.38"
Bending Moment at
Rated Wind 1.1 ft-lbs 5.6 ft-lbs
Max wind load @
rated velocity 3.1 lbs 6.8 lbs
Equivalent Flat Plate Area 1.5" OD 0.04ft2 0.08ft2
Rated Wind 125 mph 125 mph
Weight lbs (kg) 0.34 (0.15) 0.3 (0.14) 0.35 (0.16)
Temperature Range -40 to +70°C -40 to +70°C -40 to +70°C
Ordering Data
WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-4DB MOBILE 6720005278 WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-7DB OMNI NF 6720005283 WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-10DB OMNI NF 6720005284
208
Antennas — 5.8 GHz Directional Antennas
WI-ANT 5.8GHZ 11DB FLAT WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-13DB DFP WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-20DB DFP

WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-9DB DFP 2'NF PATCH 2'NF 2'NF
Technical Data

Maximum Power 25 watts 25 watts 25 watts 25 watts
Polarization Linear, Vertical/horizontal Linear, Vertical/horizontal Linear, Vertical/horizontal Linear, Vertical/horizontal
Nominal Impedance 50 Ohms 50 Ohms 50 Ohms 50 Ohms
VSWR across the band < 2.0:1 < 1.5:1 < 1.5:1 < 2.0:1
Radome Material UL 94-V0 Plastic UL 94HB Polymer UL 94-V0 Plastic UL 94-V0 Plastic
Termination N Female SMA-Female N Female N Female
Mounting Method adjustable Four 1/4" Holes adjustable Indoor/Outdoor articulating;
heavy duty adjustable
Frequency Range 4.94-5.85 (2.40-2.48) GHz 5.725 - 5.875 GHz 4.9-5.9 GHz 4.94-5.85 (2.40-2.48) GHz
Gain 9dBi (8dBi) 11 dBi 13 dBi 20dBi (18dBi)
Half Power 60° 60° 27° 21° (9°)
Vertical Beamwidth
Half Power 60° 30° 40° 21° (9°)
Horizontal Beamwidth
Front to Back Ratio >15 dB (>22dB) >25 dB > 25 dB >25 dB (>30dB)
Antenna Type Directional Panel Directional Panel Directional Panel Directional Panel
Connector Type N Female SMA-Female N Female N Female
Dimensions 5.1" x 4.7" x 1.5" 4.5" x 4.5" x 1" 5.1" x 4.7" x 1.5" 15.1" x13.9" x 1.9"
Max Wind Load @
Rated Velocity 9.3 lbs 9.3 lbs 85 lbs
Equivalent Flat Plate Area
Rated Wind 125 mph >150 mph 125 mph 125 mph
Weight lbs (kg) 0.5 (0.23) <0.4 (<0.2) 0.5 (0.23) 3.9 (1.8)
Temperature Range -40 to +70°C -40 to +85°C -40 to +70°C -40 to +70°C
Ordering Data
Type Part No. Type Part No. Type Part No. Type Part No.
WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-9DB 6720005280 WI-ANT 5.8GHZ 11DB 6720005130 WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-13DB 6720005281 WI-ANT-5.8GHZ-20DB 6720005282
DFP 2'NF FLAT PATCH DFP 2'NF DFP 2'NF
209
WI-ANT-DEMO-2400 WI-ANT-24GHZ-2DB WI-ANT-24GHZ-3DB

DUCK SMA-M FOR MAG BASE
Technical Data

Maximum Power 1 watt 50 watts 200/150/100 watts
Polarization Vertical Vertical, Linear Vertical
Nominal Impedance 50 ohms 50 ohms 50 ohms
VSWR across the band 1.5:1 < 1.5:1 < 1.5:1
Radome Material Polyurethane Polyurethane Stainless steel
Termination N female N female N female
Mounting Base Diameter N/A N/A N/A
Frequency Range 2.4 GHz 2.4 GHz 2.2 - 2.9 GHz
Gain 0dB 2 dBi 3 dBi
Half Power
Vertical Beamwidth N/A 50° 30°
Antenna Type Whip Whip ISM mobile with WLAN
Connector Type SMA male SMA male N female
Antenna Height 54 mm 114.3 mm 5.25" (133.35 mm)
Bending Moment at
Rated Wind N/A N/A N/A
Max Wind Load @
Rated Velocity N/A N/A N/A
Equivalent Flat Plate Area N/A N/A N/A
Rated Wind N/A N/A N/A
Weight lbs (kg) 0.019 (0.009) 0.15 (0.068) 0.25 (0.113)
Temperature Range N/A -40°C to +85°C -40°C to +70°C
Ordering Data
WI-ANT-DEMO-2400 6720005099 WI-ANT-24GHZ-2DB 6720005207 WI-ANT-24GHZ-3DB 6720005208
DUCK SMA-M FOR MAG BASE
210
WI-ANT-24GHZ-4DB WI-ANT-0.9/2.4GHZ-3/4DB WI-ANT-24GHZ-6DB

OMNI NF MOBILE OMNI NF
Representative Photo
Technical Data
Maximum Power 25 watts 100 watts 25 watts

Polarization Vertical Vertical Vertical
VSWR across the band < 1.5:1 < 2.0:1 < 1.5:1
Radome Material UV resistant pultruded fiberglass PVC UV resistant pultruded fiberglass
Termination N female Determined by Thru-panel base N female
Mounting Base Diameter 1.25" Compatible with most 1-1/8" - 1.25"
18 thread mounts, including 3/4"
hole mounts
Frequency Range 2.4 - 2.48 GHz 902-928 MHz / 2400-2500 MHz 2.4 - 2.48 GHz
Gain 4 dBi 4 dBi 6 dBi
Half Power Vertical Beamwidth 30° 20°
Antenna Type Omni Low Profile Whipless Omni
Connector Type N female For use with thru-panel base (6720005277) N female
Antenna Height 8.1" (205.7 mm) 2.4" (60.9 mm) 11.6" (294.6 mm)
Bending Moment at Rated Wind 0.7 ft-lbs 1.4 ft-lbs
Max wind load @ rated velocity 2.1 lbs 3.0 lbs
Equivalent Flat Plate Area .02 ft2 1.5" OD .04 ft2
Weight lbs (kg) 0.34 (0.154) 0.29 (0.13) 0.38 (0.172)
Temperature Range -40°C to +70°C -40°C to +70°C -40°C to +70°C
Ordering Data
WI-ANT-24GHZ- 6720005200 WI-ANT-0.9/ 2.4GHZ-3/4DB 6720005276 WI-ANT-24GHZ-6DB OMNI NF 6720005201
4DB OMNI NF MOBILE
211
WI-ANT-24GHZ-8DB WI-ANT-24GHZ-10DB WI-ANT-24GHZ-12DB

OMNI NF OMNI NF OMNI NF
Technical Data

Polarization Vertical Vertical Vertical
VSWR across the band < 1.5:1 < 1.5:1 < 1.5:1
Radome Material UV resistant pultruded fiberglass UV resistant pultruded fiberglass UV resistant pultruded fiberglass
Mounting Base Diameter 1.25" 1.25" 1.5"
Frequency Range 2.4 - 2.48 GHz 2.4 - 2.48 GHz 2.4 - 2.5 GHz
Half Power Vertical Beamwidth 13° 9° 7°
Antenna Type Omni Omni Omni
Connector Type N female N female N female
Antenna Height 20.2" (513.1 mm) 36.0" (914.4 mm) 44.0" (1118 mm)
Bending Moment at Rated Wind 4.4 ft-lbs 14.7 ft-lbs 41 ft-lbs
Max Wind Load @ Rated Velocity 5.2 lbs 10.1 lbs 22.4 lbs
Equivalent Flat Plate Area .06 ft2 .11 ft2 .25 ft2

Rated Wind 125 mph 125 mph 125 mph

Weight lbs (kg) 0.50 (0.226) 0.65 (0.295) 3.00 (1.400)
Ordering Data
WI-ANT-24GHZ-8DB 6720005204 WI-ANT-24GHZ-10DB 6720005202 WI-ANT-24GHZ-12DB 6720005203
212
WI-ANT-24GHZ-9DB WI-ANT-24GHZ-10DB WI-ANT-24GHZ-13DB

DFP 2’ NF YAGI NF DFP 2’ NF
Technical Data

Polarization linear linear linear
VSWR across the band <1.6: 1 <1.5: 1 <1.6: 1
Radome Material UV stable plastic UV stable plastic UV stable plastic
Cable Length and type 12" RG58/U 36" coax 12" RG58/U
Mounting Method Indoor/outdoor articulating; heavy duty heavy duty outdoor Indoor/outdoor articulating; heavy duty
outdoor adjustable adjustable outdoor adjustable
Frequency Range 2.3 - 2.5 GHz 2.4 - 2.485 GHz 2.3 - 2.5 GHz
Half Power
Horizontal Beamwidth 60° 55° 35°
Half Power
Vertical Beamwidth 60° 55° 35°
Front to Back Ratio >15 dB >23 dB >18 dB
Antenna Type Directional Panel Directional Yagi Directional Panel
Dimensions 5.1"x4.7"x1.5" 4.5" x 3" 8.8"x8.1"x1.6"
Max Wind Load
@ Rated Velocity 9.3 lbf 5.8 lbf 27.9 lbf
Equivalent Flat Plate Area 0.060 ft2
Weight lbs (kg) 0.5 (0.227) 1.0 (0.5) 1.2 (0.544)
Ordering Data
WI-ANT-24GHZ-9DB 6720005212 WI-ANT-24GHZ-10DB 6720005205 WI-ANT-24GHZ-13DB 6720005213
DFP 2’ NF YAGI NF DFP 2’ NF
213
WI-ANT-24GHZ-14DB WI-ANT-24GHZ-18DB
YAGI NF DFP 2’ NF
Technical Data
Maximum Power 5 watts 20 watts

Polarization linear linear
Nominal Impedance 50 ohms 50 ohms
VSWR across the band <1.5: 1 <1.6: 1
Radome Material UV stable plastic UV stable plastic
Cable Length and type 36" coax 12" RG58/U
Termination N female N female
Mounting Method Heavy duty outdoor adjustable Indoor/outdoor articulating; heavy duty
outdoor adjustable
Frequency Range 2.4 - 2.485 GHz 2.3 - 2.5 GHz
Gain 14 dBi 18 dBi
Half Power
Horizontal Beamwidth 30° 18°
Half Power
Vertical Beamwidth 30° 19°
Front to Back Ratio >30 dB >25 dB
Antenna Type Directional Yagi Directional Panel
Connector Type N female N female
Dimensions 14" x 3" 15.1"x13.9"x1.9"
Max wind load 18.3 lbf 85 lbf
@ rated velocity
Equivalent Flat Plate Area 0.20 ft2
Weight lbs (kg) 1.0 (0.5) 3.9 (1.77)
Temperature Range -40°C to +70°C -40°C to +70°C
Ordering Data
WI-ANT-24GHZ-14DB 6720005206 WI-ANT-24GHZ-18DB 6720005214
YAGI NF DFP 2’ NF
214
Antennas — 900 MHz Omni Antennas
WI-ANT-900MHZ-0DB WI-ANT-DPL-DG900-1 WI-ANT-DEMO-900

DUCK SMA M
Technical Data
Maximum Power 5 watts

Polarization vertical, linear
VSWR across the band <2.0:1
Radome Material
Termination SMA male SMA male SMA male
Mounting Base Diameter
Frequency Range 806-960 MHz/1710-2170 MHz 900-930 MHz 900-930 MHz
Gain 0 dBi -2 dBi 0 dBi
Half Power
Vertical Beamwidth
Antenna Type Portable whip Ground independent dipole 1/4 wave whip
Connector Type SMA male SMA male SMA male
Antenna Height 6.5" (16.5 cm) 6" (15 cm) 3.5" (9 cm)
Bending Moment
at Rated Wind
Max Wind Load
@ Rated Velocity
Equivalent Flat Plate Area
Rated Wind
Weight lbs (kg)
Temperature Range -40°C to +85°C
Ordering Data

WI-ANT-900MHZ-0DB 6720005232 WI-ANT-DPL-DG900-1 6720005086 WI-ANT-DEMO-900 6720005089

DUCK SMA M
215
WI-ANT-DPL-0-16 WI-ANT-900MHZ- WI-ANT-0.9/2. WI-ANT-900MHZ-0DB

3DB STUB MAG 4GHZ-3/4DB MOBILE OMNI NF
Technical Data
Maximum Power 10 watts 100 watts 100 watts 150 watts

Polarization vertical vertical vertical vertical
Nominal Impedance 50 ohms 50 ohms 50 ohms 50 ohms
VSWR across the band <1.5: 1 <1.5:1 < 2.0:1
Radome Material Fiberglass Stainless Steel PVC Fiberglass
Termination SMA male Determined by MAGBASE Determined by thru-panel base N female
Mounting Base Diameter Determined by MAGBASE Compatible with most 1-1/8" - 1-5/16"
18 thread mounts, including 3/4"
hole mounts
Frequency Range 853-930 MHz 896-940 MHz 902-928 MHz / 2400-2500 MHz 902-928 MHz
Gain 0 dBi 3 dB 3 dBi Unity
Half Power 75°
Vertical Beamwidth
Antenna Type Half wave dipole 5/8 wave over 1/4 wave Low Profile Whipless Omni
Connector Type SMA male Determined by MAGBASE For use with thru-panel base (6720005277) N female
Antenna Height 16" (40 cm) 11" (27.9 cm) 2.4" 14" (35.6 cm)
Bending Moment at 1.4 ft-lbs
Rated Wind
Max Wind Load @ 2.3 lbs
Rated Velocity
Equivalent Flat Plate Area 1.5" OD 0.06 ft2
Rated Wind 100 mph
Weight lbs (kg) 0.5 (0.2) 0.29 (0.13) 0.75 (0.34)
Ordering Data
Type Part No. Type Part No. Type Part No. Type Part No.
WI-ANT-DPL-0-16 6720005080 WI-ANT-900MHZ-3DB 6720005230 WI-ANT-0.9/2.4GHZ- 6720005276 WI-ANT-900MHZ- 6720005233
STUB MAG 3/4DB MOBILE 0DB OMNI NF
216
WI-ANT-900MHZ-3DB WI-ANT-900MHZ-5DB WI-ANT-900MHZ-7DB

Technical Data

Polarization vertical vertical vertical
VSWR across the band
Radome Material Fiberglass Fiberglass Fiberglass
Mounting Base Diameter 1-5/16" 1-5/16" 1-5/16"
Frequency Range 902-928 MHz 902-928 MHz 902-928 MHz
Gain 3 dB 5 dB 7 dB
Half Power
Antenna Type Omni Omni Omni
Antenna Height 23.25" (59.1 cm) 48" (121.9 cm) 96" (243.8 cm)
Bending Moment
at Rated Wind 4.7 ft-lbs 14.2 ft-lbs 62.5 ft-lbs
Max Wind Load
@ Rated Velocity 4.3 lbs 8.0 lbs 15.8 lbs
Equivalent Flat Plate Area 0.12 ft 0.22 ft 0.44 ft
2 2 2

Weight lbs (kg) 1.25 (0.57) 1.75 (0.79) 4 (1.81)
Ordering Data
WI-ANT-900MHZ-3DB 6720005234 WI-ANT-900MHZ-5DB 6720005235
WI-ANT-900MHZ-7DB 6720005236
217
Antennas — 900 MHz Directional Antennas
WI-ANT-900MHZ-3DB WI-ANT-900MHZ- WI-ANT-900MHZ-

YAGI NF 6.5DB-2’ YAGI NF 10DB-2’ YAGI NF
Technical Data

Polarization Linear Linear Linear
VSWR Across the band <1.5:1 <1.5:1 <1.5:1
Radome Material Aluminum 6061-T6 Aluminum 6061-T6 Aluminum 6061-T6
Mounting Method Includes mounting Includes mounting Includes mounting
hardware hardware hardware
Frequency Range 890-960 MHz 890-960 MHz 890-960 MHz
Gain 3 dBd 6.5 dBd 10 dBd
Half Power
Horizontal Beamwidth 168° 100° 56°
Half Power
Front to Back Ratio >10 dB >15 dB >20 dB
Antenna Type Directional Yagi Directional Yagi Directional Yagi
Antenna Dimensions (L x W) 13" x 6.8" 13" x 6.8" 24" x 6.8"
Weight lbs (kg) 1.3 (0.59) 2 (0.9) 6.8 (3.08)
Cross Sectional Area 0.11 ft 0.12 ft 0.24 ft
2 2 2
Max Wind Load

@ Rated Velocity 2.75 lbf 3 lbf 6 lbf
Elements 2 3 7
Cable Type LMR400 RG213 RG213
Cable Length 2 ft. 2 ft. 2 ft.
Ordering Data
WI-ANT-900MHZ-3DB 6720005219 WI-ANT-900MHZ-6.5DB-2’ 6720005221 WI-ANT-900MHZ-10DB-2’ 6720005223
YAGI NF YAGI NF YAGI NF
218
Antennas — 900 MHz Directional Antennas
WI-ANT-900MHZ- WI-ANT-900MHZ-
12DB-2’ YAGI NF 14DB-2’ YAGI NF
Representative Photo Representative Photo
Technical Data
Maximum Power 200 watts 200 watts

Polarization Linear Linear
Nominal Impedance 50 ohms 50 ohms
VSWR Across the band <1.5:1 <1.5:1
Radome Material Aluminum 6061-T6 Aluminum 6061-T6
Termination N female N female
Mounting Method Includes mounting Includes mounting
hardware hardwar
Frequency Range 890-960 MHz 890-960 MHz
Gain 12 dBd 14 dBd
Half Power 40° 32°
Horizontal Beamwidth
Half Power 34° 26°
Vertical Beamwidth
Front to Back Ratio >20 dB >25 dB
Antenna Type Directional Yagi Directional Yagi
Antenna Dimensions (L x W) 37" x 6.6" 63" x 6.6"
Weight lbs (kg) 2.5 (1.3) 3.5 (1.58)
Cross Sectional Area 0.35 ft2 0.67 ft2
Max wind load @ rated velocity 8.75 lbf 16.75 lbf
Elements 11 18
Cable Type RG213 RG213
Cable Length 2 ft. 2 ft.
Connector Type N female N female
Temperature Range -40°C to +70°C -40°C to +70°C
Ordering Data
WI-ANT-900MHZ-12DB-2’ 6720005225 WI-ANT-900MHZ-14DB-2’ 6720005226
YAGI NF YAGI NF
219
Cables
Cables PFP195 PFP400 PFP600
• Impedance: 50 ohms
• Foamed Polyethylene
• 100% Bonded Aluminum Foil
• Tinned Copper
Braid - CuSn
• Flame-retardant PVC
• Polyethylene Jacket
Cutoff Frequency 41 GHz 16.2 GHz 10.3 GHz
Velocity of Propagation 80% 85% 87%
Dielectric Constant 1.56 1.38 1.32
Time Delay nS/ft (nS/m) 1.27 (4.17) 1.20 (3.92) 1.17 (3.83)
Impedance 50 ohms 50 ohms 50 Ohms
Capacitance (pF/m) 79.7 78.4 76.8
Inductance uH/ft (uH/m) 0.064 (0.21) 0.060 (0.20) 0.058 (0.19)
Shielding Effectiveness >90 dB >90 dB >90 dB
DC Resistance:
Inner Conductor ohms/ 1000ft (/km) 7.6 (24.9) 1.39 (4.6) 0.53 (1.7)
Outer Conductor ohms/ 1000ft (/km) 4.9 (16.1) 1.65 (5.4) 1.2 (3.9)
Voltage Withstand 1000 VDC 2500 VDC 4000 VDC
Jacket Spark 3000 Vrms 8000 Vrms 8000 Vrms
Peak Power 2.5 kW 16 kW 40 kW
Bend Radius: installation in. (mm) 0.5 (12.7) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1)
Bend Radius: repeated in. (mm) 2.0 (50.8) 4.0 (101.6) 6.0 (152.4)
Bending Moment ft-lb (N-m) 0.2 (0.27) 0.5 (0.68) 2.75 (3.73)
Weight lb/ft (kg/m) 0.021 (0.03) 0.068 (0.10) 0.131 (0.20)
Tensile Strength lb (kg) 40 (18.2) 160 (72.6) 350 (158.9)
Flat Plate Crush lb/in. (kg/mm) 15 (0.27) 40 (0.71) 60 (1.07)
Center Conductor (mm) 0.94 Solid BC 2.74 Solid CCA 4.47 Solid CCA
Insulation (mm) 2.8 7.24 11.56
Binder Bonded Aluminum Foil Bonded Aluminum Foil Bonded Aluminum Foil
Shield (mm) 0.11 x 112 CuSn 0.15 x 192 CuSn 0.18 x 240 CuSn
Insulation Jacket (mm) 4.95 10.29 14.99
Environmental Specifications
Installation Temperature Range -40° to +185° F / -40° to +85° C -40° to +185° F / -40° to +85° C -40° to +185° F / -40° to +85° C
Storage Temperature Range -94° to +185° F / -70° to +85° C -94° to +185° F / -70° to +85° C -94° to +185° F / -70° to +85° C
Operating Temperature Range -40° to +185° F / -40° to +85° C -40° to +185° F / -40° to +85° C -40° to +185° F / -40° to +85° C
Cable length and part numbers on page 207.
220
WLAN Antennas
WLAN IE-ANT-O-BG-360-6-NF IE-ANT-O-AH-360-5-NF

Antennas
Technical Data
Electrical Data
Frequency (Mhz) 2400 - 2500 (Mhz) 5150 - 5875 (Mhz)
VSWR 1.8 < 1.7
Gain 6 dBi 5 dBi
3dB beamwidth (horizontal) 360° 360°
3dB beamwidth (vertical) 30° 25°
Front to back ratio - -
Vertical electrical tilt 0° 0°
General Data
Radiation Omnidirectional Omnidirectional
Nominal Impedance 50 Ohm 50 Ohm
Polarisation Vertical Vertical
Connector type 1 x N-Type female 1 x N-Type female
Connector position Bottom Bottom
Composite power max. 25 W 6W
Mechanical Data
Dimensions 250 x 22 mm (Height x Diameter) 160 x 16 mm (Height x Diameter)
Weight 300 g 300 g
Wind load frontal: 3N @ 160 km/h, lateral 3N @ frontal: 7N @ 160 km/h, lateral 7N @
160 Km/h 160 Km/h
Mast Diameter min. - 38.1 mm
Mast Diameter max. - 76.2 mm
Environmental Conditions outdoor outdoor
Operating Temperature -40°C to 80°C -45°C to 70°C
Storage Temperature -40°C to 80°C -45°C to 70°C
IP Rating IP67 IP64
Material Data
Radom Color RAL 7035 (light grey) RAL 9002 (grey-white)
Radom Material Glass Fiber PP
Back plate/base plate material - -
Ordering Data
Model Type Part No.
802.11 b/g Wireless Antenna;
IE-ANT-O-BG-360-6-NF 1367090000
Omni-directonal
802.11 a/h Wireless Antenna;
Omni-directonal IE-ANT-O-AH-360-5-NF 1367120000
Note: Mounting material included Mounting material included
221
WLAN Antennas
IE-ANT-P-ABG-75-9-NF IE-ANT-O-ABG-360-7-NF
Technical Data
Electrical Data
Frequency (Mhz) Band 1: 2400 - 2500 (Mhz) Band 1: 2400 - 2500 (Mhz)
Band 2: 5150 - 5875 (Mhz) Band 1: 5150 - 5875 (Mhz)
Band 3: 3400 - 3700 (Mhz)
Band 4: 4900 - 5470 (Mhz)
Band 5: 5470 - 5935 (Mhz)
VSWR <2 Band 1: < 1.8
Band 2: < 2
Band 3: < 2
Band 4: < 1.8
Band 5: < 1.8
Gain 9 dBi Band 1/2 Band 1: 6 dBi
Band 2: 6 dBi
Band 3: 7 dBi
Band 4: 8 dBi
Band 5: 8 dBi
3dB beamwidth (horizontal) 75° Band 1 ; 55° Band 2 -
3dB beamwidth (vertical) 55° Band 1/2 -
Front to back ratio 15 dB Band 1/2 -
Vertical electrical tilt 0° Band 1/2 -
General Data
Radiation Directional Omnidirectional
Nominal Impedance 50 Ohm 50 Ohm
Polarisation Vertical Vertical
Connector type 1 x N-Type female 1 x N-Type female
Connector position Bottom Bottom
Composite power max. 10 W 75 W
Mechanical Data
Dimensions 101 x 80 x 35 mm (Height x Width x Depth) 50.6 x 86 mm (Height x Diameter)
Weight 110 g 300 g
Wind load frontal: 7N @ 160 km/h, lateral 7N @ frontal: 10N @ 160 km/h
160 Km/h
Mast Diameter min. 40 mm -
Mast Diameter max. 60 mm -
Environmental Conditions outdoor outdoor
Storage Temperature -40°C to 80°C -40°C to 80°C
IP Rating IP67 IP68
Material Data
Radom Color RAL 7044 (grey) RAL 7043 (dark-grey)
Radom Material PC ASA_SAN
Back plate/base plate material - Stainless Steel
Ordering Data
Model Type Part No.
802.11 a/b/g/h Wireless Antenna;
IE-ANT-P-ABG-75-9-NF 1367140000
Directional
802.11 a/b/g/h Wireless Antenna;
IE-ANT-O-ABG-360-7-NF 1367130000
Omni-directonal
Note: Mounting material included Mounting material included
222
Cables
IE-CC-NM-RPSMAM-2M IE-CC-NM-RPSMAM-4M
Technical Data
Electrical Data
Impedance 50 Ohm +/- 2 50 Ohm +/- 2
Max. operating frequency 6 Ghz 6 Ghz
Signal delay 4.08 ns/m 4.08 ns/m
Attenuation @ 2.4 Ghz approx. 0.55 dB/m approx. 0.55 dB/m
Attenuation @ 5 Ghz approx. 0.87 dB/m approx. 0.87 dB/m
Mechanical Data
Length 2m 4m
Weight 6.3 kg/100m 6.3 kg/100m
Min. Bending radius (static) 28 mm 28 mm
Connector type Connector 1: N-type male Connector 1: N-type male
Connector 2: RP-SMA male Connector 2: RP-SMA male
Installation Temperature -20°C to 60°C -20°C to 60°C
Flammability IEC 60332-1, UL 1581 § 1080 (VW-1) IEC 60332-1, UL 1581 § 1080 (VW-1)
Halogen free IEC 60754 IEC 60754
UV resistance ISO 4892-2A ISO 4892-2A
Material Data
Jacket LSFH (modified polyethylene) LSFH (modified polyethylene)
Outer Diamter 5.7 mm 5.7 mm
Ordering Data
Models Type Part No.
Antenna cable, 2m length N-type (male) --> IE-CC-NM-RPSMAM-2M 1367110000
RP-SMA (male), Impedance 50 Ohm
Antenna cable, 4m length, N-type (male) -->
RP-SMA (male), Impedance 50 Ohm IE-CC-NM-RPSMAM-4M 1367100000
223
Hardware — Mounts
Mounts WI-ACC-24GHZ- WI-ACC-24GHZ- WI-ACC-24GHZ-

4610DB-ANG-BRKT 4610DB-STR-BRKT 12DB-STR-BRKT
Technical Data
Description
Stainless steel “L” bracket mount for wall or Aluminum MFB mount bracket. For mounting Heavy duty MFB mount bracket
pipe mount. For mounting omnidirectional 1-1/4" diameter antenna to 2-1/2" maximum
antenna to 2" maximum diameter mast. diameter mast.
Ordering Data
WI-ACC-24GHZ- 6720005209 WI-ACC-24GHZ- 6720005210 WI-ACC-24GHZ- 6720005211
4610DB-ANG-BRKT 4610DB-STR-BRKT 12DB-STR-BRKT
WI-ACC-MAGBASE WI-ACC-900MHZ- WI-ACC-900MHZ-

12 RG58 SMA MALE OMNI-STR-BRKT YAGI-STR-BRKT
Technical Data
Description
Low frequency magnetic mount Light duty parallel or perpendicular pipe Yagi clamp, fits mast OD of 0.5 - 0.84".
(for antennas operating 800-3000 MHz) to pipe clamp, fits 1.5 - 2.4" to Mounts to legs, towers, accessories
1.5 - 2.4" OD pipe with 1.25 - 2.4" OD
Ordering Data
WI-ACC-MAGBASE 12 6720005263 WI-ACC-900MHZ- 6720005268 WI-ACC-900MHZ- 6720005266
RG58 SMA MALE OMNI-STR-BRKT YAGI-STR-BRKT
WI-ACC-900MHZ- WI-ACC-900MHZ- WI-ACC-900MHZ-

14YAGI-STR-BRKT 035OMNI-STR-BRKT 7OMNI-STR-BRKT
Technical Data
Description
Yagi clamp, fits mast OD of 0.75 - 1". Aluminum MFB mount bracket. Heavy duty fiberglass base station mount.
Mounts to legs, towers, accessories with For mounting 1-5/16" diameter antenna to For mounting an antenna with 2-1/2"
1.25 - 2.4" OD 2-1/2" maximum diameter mast. maximum diameter onto 2-1/2" maximum
diameter mast.
Ordering Data
WI-ACC-900MHZ- 6720005267 WI-ACC-900MHZ- 6720005271 WI-ACC-900MHZ- 6720005272
14YAGI-STR-BRKT 035OMNI-STR-BRKT 7OMNI-STR-BRKT
224
Hardware — Surge Suppressors – Antenna Couplers
Surge Suppressor WI-ACC-125-1000MHZ SURGE WI-DIV-CCMA

NF-NF WI-ACC-2-6GHZ SURGE NF-NF SMA M – SMA F
Technical Data
Connector N female to N female N female to N female SMA Male to SMA Female

Frequency Range 125 - 1000 MHz 2.0 - 6.0 GHz <1200 MHz
VSWR <1.1 over frequency range 1.3: 1
Insertion Loss <0.1 dB over frequency range 0.1 dB <0.2dB over range
Turn-on 600fb Vdc +/- 20%
Ordering Data
WI-ACC-125-1000MHZ 6720005261 WI-ACC-2-6GHZ 6720005262 WI-DIV-CCMA 6720005111
SURGE NF-NF SURGE NF-NF SMA M-SMAF
Antenna Coupler WI-ACC-BULK-C1D1 WI-ACC-BULK-C1D1

SMA M - SMA M SMA M - NM
Technical Data
Maximum Fault Voltage 250 VDC, 250 VAC 50-60 Hz 250 VDC, 250 VAC 50-60 Hz
Maximum Antenna Power Output 2 watts or 33 dB 2 watts or 33 dB
Maximum Capacitance 5.64 nF 5.64 nF
Frequency Range 260 to 2483 MHz 260 to 2483 MHz
Impedenance 50 Ohms 50 Ohms
Approximate Signal Attenuation (1):
@ 425 MHz 0.6 dB 3.2 dB
@ 915 MHz 2.2 dB 2.4 dB
@ 2.4 GHz 2.6 dB 4.1 dB
Approximate Weight 0.5 lb (0.23 kg) 0.5 lb (0.23 kg)
Housing Material 300 Series Stainless Steel 300 Series Stainless Steel
Ambient Temperature Range -40°/+85° C -40°/+85° C
Approvals
Class 1 Div 1, group A, B, C, D Class 1 Div 1, group A, B, C, D
Ordering Data
WI-ACC-BULK-C1D1 6720005298 WI-ACC-BULK-C1D1 6720005299
SMA M - SMA M SMA M - NM
225
Hardware — Adapters
Adapters WI-ACC-ADAPT WI-ACC-ADAPT WI-ACC-ADAPT

SMA M - SMA M SMA F - SMA F NM - NM
Technical Data

Adapter Adapter Barrel Adapter

Connector SMA male to SMA male SMA female to SMA female N male to N male
Ordering Data
WI-ACC-ADAPT 6720005290 WI-ACC-ADAPT 6720005291 WI-ACC-ADAPT 6720005292
SMA M - SMA M SMA F - SMA F NM - NM
WI-ACC-ADAPT NF - NF WI-ACC-ADAPT SMA F - NM WI-ACC-ADAPT SMA M - NF
Technical Data
Barrel Adapter Adapter Adapter

Connector N female to N female SMA female to N male SMA male to N female
Ordering Data
WI-ACC-ADAPT 6720005293 WI-ACC-ADAPT 6720005294 WI-ACC-ADAPT 6720005295
NF - NF SMA F - NM SMA M - NF
WI-ACC-BULK WI-ACC-ADAPT
SMA F - SMA F SMA F - SMA M ANGL
Technical Data
Bulkhead Adapter Right Angle Adapter

Connector SMA female to SMA female with D-flat SMA male to SMA female
Ordering Data
WI-ACC-BULK 6720005296 WI-ACC-ADAPT 6720005297
SMA F - SMA F SMA F - SMA M ANGL
226
Terminal rail systems
Active and passive components, as well as intelligent Stainless steel

modules, are mounted on terminal rails. This method has
proved highly effective for decades. However, it is only after Stainless steel is a collective noun for all kinds of steel
the use of certain consumables – which are frequently not (alloys) which are smelted in a special process and have a
taken into consideration – that electrical installation is finally high degree of purity. Stainless steel has a much-enhanced
completed. In this chapter, you will find a range of terminal resistance to corrosion. Weidmuller’s stainless steel terminal
rails and profile rails for component installation, together rails have the following composition: X5 CrNi 18-10
with end brackets for holding and isolating the components. stainless steel (i.e. ∼18 % chromium, ∼10 % nickel).
These guarantee firm installation and isolation.
Weidmuller supplies components which show perfect Aluminium
functional compatibility.
Aluminium is second only to copper in its electrical
Terminal rails are made of either steel, stainless steel, conductivity. One advantage is its light weight. Aluminium
aluminium, copper or plastic, depending on the area of oxidises quickly in air; thus passivated, it offers excellent
application. corrosion protection.
They can also be used as a protective conductor busbar. Copper

Weidmuller PE / earth terminals in the W-Series, Z-Series,
I-Series, SAK- and AKZ-Series comply with requirements Copper, a heavy metal, has the best electrical conductivity
stipulated in IEC 60 947-7-2. According to VDE 0100 part of all metals used. As it is a soft metal, Weidmuller’s terminal
540, for conductors with cross-sectional areas exceeding rails are 2.3 mm thick.
10 mm2, both protective and neutral conductors may
be grouped together as a single category of conductors Plastic
designated PEN.
The plastic terminal rail scores on two counts: firstly, its
If a terminal rail is used as a PEN busbar, the following insulating properties, and secondly, its low weight. This
criteria must be observed: leads to its use in special applications where, for example,
clearance and creepage distances with respect to the
• Only E-Cu or aluminium profiles are allowed mounting plate cannot be achieved with the standard
• Short-circuit currents and thermal rated currents must be terminal rails.
taken into account
• The terminal rails are to be insulated as a contribution to Steel
protective insulation
The steel rail is the most widely used DIN-rail on the market.
Among metal DIN-rails, it has the lowest short-circuit
resistance, similar to stainless steel.
227
5.5 mm
TS15 terminal rail
15 mm
TS 15 x 5
Unperforated Aluminium Short-circuit strength Material thickness Length Qty. Part No.
corresponds to E-Cu wire
TS 15x5 2M/AL/BK 16 mm2 1 mm 2m 10 m 0134700000
max. permissible rated current for PEN function = 76 A)
Steel, galvanised and passivated
TS 15x5 2M/ST/ZN 10 mm2 1 mm 2m 2m 0514200000
With slotted hole Steel, galvanised and passivated

TS 15x5/LL 2M/ST/ZN 10 mm2 1 mm 2m 2m 0117500000
TS 15x5/LL 1M/ST/ZN 10 mm2 1 mm 1m 10 m 0117510000
Y
15 mm
TS 32 terminal rail
32 mm
TS 32 x 15
TS 32X15 2M/AL/BK 70 mm2 1.5 mm 2m 2m 0169300000
(max. permissible rated current for PEN function = 192 A)
TS 32X15 2M/ST/ZN 35 mm2 1.5 mm 2m 2m 0122800000
Stainless steel
TS 32X15 2M/CRN 35 mm2 1.5 mm 2m 2m 0293220000
With slotted hole Steel, galvanised and passivated Short-circuit strength Material thickness Length Qty. Part No.
TS 32X15/LL 2M/ST/ZN 35 mm2 1.5 mm 2m 2m 0514400000
228
7.5 mm
TS 35 x 7.5 terminal rail
35 mm
TS 35 x 7.5
TS 35X7.5 2M/AL/BK 35 mm2 1 mm 2m 2m 0330800000
TS 35X7.5 2M/ST/ZN 16 mm2 1 mm 2m 2m 0383400000
TS 35X7.5 1M/ST/ZN 16 mm2 1 mm 1m 10 m 0383410000
Stainless steel
TS 35X7.5 2M/CRN 16 mm2 1 mm 2m 2m 1747350000
TS 35X7.5/LL 2M/ST/ZN 16 mm2 1 mm 2m 2m 0514500000
TS 35X7.5/LL 1M/ST/ZN 16 mm2 1 mm 1m 10 m 0514510000
TS 35X7.5/LL/6 2M/ST/ZN 16 mm2 1 mm 2m 2m 0514570000

7
18
6.2
V
15 mm
TS 35 x 15 terminal rail
35 mm
TS 35 x 15
Unperforated Copper Short-circuit strength Material thickness Length Qty. Part No.
TS 35X15/2.3 2M/CU/BK 150 mm2 2.3 mm 2m 2m 0270100000
TS 35X15/2.3 2M/ST/ZN 50 mm2 2.3 mm 2m 2m 0498000000
Aluminium
TS 35X15/2.3 2M/AL/BK 70 mm2 2.3 mm 2m 2m 1848290000
Unperforated Steel, galvanised and passivated Short-circuit strength Material thickness Length Qty. Part No.
TS 35X15 2M/ST/ZN 25 mm2 1.5 mm 2m 2m 0236400000
TS 35X15/LL 2M/ST/ZN 25 mm2 1.5 mm 2m 2m 0236500000
TS 35X15/LL 1M/ST/ZN 25 mm2 1.5 mm 1m 10 m 0236510000
TS 35X15/LL/6x18 2M/ST/ZN 25 mm2 1.5 mm 2m 2m 1805980000

7
18
6.3
TS 35X15/LL/6x25 2M/ST/ZN 25 mm2 1.5 mm 2m 2m 1866290000

11
25
6.3
229
TS 35 x 15 terminal rail
V
15 mm
35 mm
TSK 35 x 15
Unperforated Plastic PVC RAL 7035 Length Qty. Part No.
TSK 35X15 2M PVC/GR 2m 2m 0514300000
TS 35 end capsz
End cap TS 35 x 7.5 Qty. Part No.
TS END CAP 35X7.5 100 1283470000
NEW
End cap TS 35 x 15
TS END CAP 35X15 100 1283480000
230
For TS 15 terminal rail

Polyamide 66, screw-in Colour Torque Qty. Part No.
EW 15 beige 0.4 Nm 50 0382860000
Polyamide with fibreglass, screw-in

EW 15/2 dark beige 0.4 Nm 50 1071900000
Polyamide 66, screwless

ZEW 15 beige 20 7920340000
EW 15
EW 15/2
ZEW 15

Polyamide 66, screw-in Colour Torque Qty. Part No.
EWK 2 beige 1.2 Nm 50 0199360000
EWK 1 beige 1.2 Nm 50 0206160000
Polyamide with fibreglass, screw-in

WEW 32/1 dark beige 0.5 Nm 50 1067600000
EWK 1
Metal, screw-in
MEW 1/32 silver 2 Nm 20 0445600000
EWK 2
MEW 1/32 WEW 32/1

Polyamide with fibreglass, Colour Torque Qty. Part No.
screw-in
WEW 35/1 dark beige 1.2 Nm 50 1059000000
WEW-35/2 dark beige 0.5 Nm 100 1061200000
WEW 35/1 GR grey 1.2 Nm 50 1227890000
WEW 35/1 SW black 1.2 Nm 50 1162600000
WEW 35/2 GR grey 0.5 Nm 100 1859200000
WEW 35/3 SW black 0.5 Nm 100 1061210000
Polyamide 66, screwless

ZEW (6 mm) beige 20 9540000000
WEW 35/2 ZEW 35/2 (8 mm) beige 20 8630740000
ZEW 35 GR grey 20 1238040000
ZEW 35/2 GR grey 20 1227850000
ZEW 35/2 SW black 20 1162610000
WEW 35/1
Polyamide 66, screw-in
EW 35 beige 0.5 Nm 50 0383560000
EW 35 GR grey 0.5 Nm 50 0383530000
EW 35 DB (V0) dark beige 50 1269050000
silver 5.5 Nm 10 1805610000
Metal, screwable
ZEW 35/2 MEW 35/1 silver 5.5 Nm 10 1805610000
EW 35 MEW 35/1
231
Terminal rail systems supports
Terminal rail supports

Thread Qty. Part No.
TSTW 5/M5 M5 10 0178100000
TSTW 5/M5 galvanised M5 10 1779100000
TSTW 6/M6 M6 10 0164000000
Terminal rail supports of type TSTW are used for

angled fixing of terminal rails at an angle of 35°.
TST 2/M5 M5 10 1286600000

TST 2/M6 M6 10 0101700000
The TST terminal rail support is used for assembly

of terminal rails in a frame or over a cut-out
TSTW 5/M5 TSTW 5/M5 galvanised Fixing screws

FKSC M5x8 Ø9 50 0295900000
FKSC M6x8 Ø9 50 0642600000
FKSC M6x12 Ø9 50 0353500000
Weidmuller supplies fixing screws with hexagonal sockets and a very low
head for the terminal rail supports so that the terminals can also be fitted
over the screw.
TSTW 6/M6 TST
232
Weidmuller – Partner in Industrial Connectivity
As experienced experts we support our customers and partners around the world
with products, solutions and services in the industrial environmment of power,
signal and data. We are at home in their industries and markets and know the
technological challenges of tomorrow. We are therefore continuously developing
innovative, sustainable and useful solutions for their individual needs. Together we
set standards in Industrial Connectivity.
Weidmuller, Canada Weidmuller, Mexico Weidmuller, United States

10 Spy Court Blvd. Hermanos Serdán 698, 821 Southlake Blvd.
Markham, Ontario L3R 5H6 Col. San Rafael Oriente Richmond, Virginia 23236
Telephone: (800) 268-4080 Puebla, Puebla, Mexico Telephone: (800) 849-9343
Facsimile: (877) 300-5635 C.P. 72029 Facsimile: (804) 379-2593
Email: info1@weidmuller.ca Telephone: 01 222 2686267 Email: info@weidmuller.com
Website: www.weidmuller.ca Facsimile: 01 222 2686219 Website: www.weidmuller.com
Email: clientes@weidmuller.com.mx
Website: www.weidmuller.com.mx 4/14 • LIT1315E

Catalog: Hazardous Location

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalog: Hazardous Location

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hazardous Location

Catalog 4.1: Catalog 8:

Catalog 4.2: Catalog 9:

Catalog 4.3: Catalog 10:

Catalog 4.4: Catalog 11:

Catalog 4.5: Catalog 12:

RockStar® Heat Trace Connector

The benefits for you:

Weidmuller presents the new and innovative Heat Trace

Product advantages are:

Heat Trace Connector

The Weidmuller Heat Trace Connector is designed to ­provide a maximum level of

Male HT – Connector Female HT – Connector

Accessories Description Material Properties Part No.

Non-Incendive Barrier Terminal Block

This terminal block allows circuits to be designated “Non-

Standard installation and wiring practices apply such as

Non-Incendive Barrier Terminal Block

MC6 Current Limiter

Although preventing the power supply from shutting down is

The voltage drop across the device is just 2.5V max. so

A version specifically for use in Fieldbus Foundation

• Limits loop current to 24mA maximum, even when there

Block Diagram Dimensions 9.5mm

• Ultra compact 6mm housing

It also provides 2 isolated outputs making it ideal for driving

The input of the MPI-Opto can be provided by a proximity

• Up to 50kHz switching frequency

MPI-Opto Solid State Relay

• Dual input; 5V or 12-28V 4 9

OUTPUTS: SINK OR SOURCE 50mA MAX.

DELCON Series Relays

Delcon Series Relays help to eliminate interference, signal

• Solid state relay for demanding conditions

Innovative— Add reliability to

Finnish – Delcon a control system

Loading capacity, AC Relays Loading capacity, DC Relays

Derating when switching

Hazardous area installation

EXI-series Input modules

Hazardous area installation

EXO-series Output modules

EXO-series Output modules

EXO Series DIN-rail modules

Hazardous area installation

Use only Delcon EXI/EXO -series

See table below

MICROSERIES C1D2 Relays

The MICROSERIES C1D2 Relay module can be used as a

• C1D2 approved for use in hazardous locations

Note: Cross-connectors and markers - refer to MICROSERIES accessories

Relays - MICROSERIES 1 change-over contact

Note: Cross-connectors and markers - refer to MICROSERIES accessories

Accessories Genera Data - MICROSERIES

Plug-in cross-connection Technical Data

Other accessories Dimensions

Isolation is optical. This means the output load does not

• Only 8mm wide

picoPak™ I - I 4-20mA Isolator

Load 0-500M or Rmax=[(Vs-14)/0.02]Ω Transmitter

Note: AP included with 990880000

Some loop splitters are actually two single channel devices

WavePak Loop Splitter

The Weidmuller Heat Trace Connector is designed to provide a maximum level of

• For controlling field devices located in explosion